Back Matter
Author:
Mrs. Sage De Clerck
Search for other papers by Mrs. Sage De Clerck in
Current site
Google Scholar
Close
and
Tobias Wickens
Search for other papers by Tobias Wickens in
Current site
Google Scholar
Close

Abstract

This appendix describes the changes in the Government Finance Statistics Manual 2014 (GFSM 2014) from the Government Finance Statistics Manual 2001 (GFSM 2001), and describes the differences with the traditional approach to fiscal reporting as depicted in A Government Finance Statistics Manual 1986 (GFSM 1986).

Appendix 1. Changes from the GFSM 2001 and GFSM 1986

This appendix describes the changes in the Government Finance Statistics Manual 2014 (GFSM 2014) from the Government Finance Statistics Manual 2001 (GFSM 2001), and describes the differences with the traditional approach to fiscal reporting as depicted in A Government Finance Statistics Manual 1986 (GFSM 1986).

Introduction

A1.1 In the GFSM 2014, the guidelines in the GFSM 2001 have been revised to harmonize with the updates in other macroeconomic statistical manuals and guides, such as the overarching System of National Accounts 2008 (2008 SNA), the sixth edition of the Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6), and the Public Sector Debt Statistics: Guide for Compilers and Users (PSDS Guide).

A1.2 The GFSM 2014 addresses important international economic developments in recent years and takes into account improved recording and methodological treatments of various events. The changes incorporated can broadly be summarized as methodological changes agreed to in the update of the 2008 SNA, clarifications on existing methodological guidelines, presentational changes, and editorial changes.

A1.3 The remainder of this appendix first describes the changes in the GFSM 2014, compared to the GFSM 2001. Since many countries are still in various stages of migrating from presenting fiscal statistics in a traditional way, based on the GFSM 1986, the second part of this appendix also provides a description of the difference between the guidelines in this Manual and the GFSM 1986.

Changes from the GFSM 2001

A1.4 The GFSM 2014 retains the basic conceptual framework of its predecessor, the GFSM 2001. However, this Manual introduces improved treatments for recent developments and specific events, elaborates on aspects of reporting that have proved to be complex, and takes into consideration new needs of compilers and users of GFS. The remainder of this section describes the main changes, grouped according to the chapters of the GFSM 2014, before describing changes in terminology introduced in this Manual. The discussion of the changes includes cross-references to the relevant paragraphs in the chapters.

Chapter 1

A1.5 A definition for fiscal policy, general government sector, and public sector is introduced in paragraph 1.2.

A1.6 A section to describe the evolution of international statistical guidelines on government finance statistics, starting in the early 1970s, is presented in paragraphs 1.6–1.9. This section also broadly outlines the reasons for the update of the GFSM 2001.

A1.7 The section on the structure and features of the GFS framework introduces two supplementary statements—namely, the Statement of Total Changes in Net Worth and the Summary Statement of Explicit Contingent Liabilities and Net Implicit Obligations for Future Social Security Benefits (see paragraphs 1.18–1.19). These supplementary statements are added to the GFS framework due to their analytical usefulness for users of fiscal data.

A1.8 The valuation principle described in paragraph 1.29 indicates that current market prices are used to value economic flows and stock positions. This principle is clarified by indicating that market-value equivalents are used for assets and liabilities that are not traded in markets, or are traded infrequently.

A1.9 The important linkages between GFS and other macroeconomic datasets are introduced in paragraph 1.35, also recognizing the close relationship with accounting standards. Paragraph 1.39 highlights the importance of good dissemination practices as spelled out in the General Data Dissemination System, Special Data Dissemination Standard, and the Special Data Dissemination Standard Plus.

Chapter 2

A1.10 The delineation of general government and public sector institutional units is clarified. The chapter is reorganized to first delineate the domestic economy, and then it describes institutional units and the types of units that exist in macroeconomic statistics, before defining institutional sectors. These principles are then applied to delineate the general government and public sectors, and the practical application of the sector classification principles to selected cases is described.

A1.11 The concept of residence is elaborated on to align with guidance of 2008 SNA and BPM6 (see paragraph 2.6). The additional guidance includes defining and describing the treatment of notional resident units (see paragraph 2.13) and nonresident special purpose entities (see paragraph 2.15). Additional guidance on identifying international and regional organizations is presented in paragraphs 2.16–2.19. The treatment of multiterritory regional enterprises (see paragraph 2.20) and currency union central banks (see paragraph 2.21) is explained.

A1.12 The rationale for working with the institutional unit in macroeconomic statistics is explained in paragraph 2.23. In addition, the concepts establishment and enterprise are defined and explained in paragraphs 2.24 and 2.25, respectively.

A1.13 The description of the types of institutional units is organized to make a distinction between persons or groups of persons in the form of households and legal or social entities (see paragraph 2.27). Households are defined and described in paragraphs 2.28–2.29, while legal or social entities are defined, and the types of legal or social entities described in more detail (see paragraphs 2.30–2.38).

A1.14 The section on applying the definition of institutional unit to government introduces a discussion on artificial subsidiaries and ancillary activities, and applies these concepts to resident SPEs and a government central borrowing authority (see paragraphs 2.42–2.45).

A1.15 The definition and identification of nonfinancial and financial corporations sectors are presented in detail (see paragraphs 2.52–2.57). The additional guidance is provided to clarify the distinction between these corporations and government units. This includes the introduction of three broad classes of financial corporations—namely, financial intermediaries, financial auxiliaries, and other financial corporations—and specifically explains financial intermediation.

A1.16 The delineation of general government and public corporations is clarified using the concept of market and nonmarket producers. The application of the concept economically significant prices to determine whether a unit is a market or nonmarket producer is elaborated on (see paragraphs 2.65–2.75).

A1.17 Guidance is provided on how to determine whether a nonprofit institution is under control of government. Indicators of control and how to apply these to establish control of government are provided in Box 2.1.

A1.18 An extensive discussion on the public corporations subsector is introduced in paragraph 2.104. The rationale for the extension of GFS to include data for public corporations is described in paragraph 2.105, and the types of public corporations are presented in paragraphs 2.113–2.121. Guidance is provided on how to determine whether a corporation is under control of government (see paragraphs 2.107–2.112). Indicators of control and how to apply them to establish control of government over corporations are provided in Box 2.2.

A1.19 Using the concepts of residence, institutional units, control, and market versus nonmarket producers, a decision tree for sector classification of the public sector is introduced in paragraph 2.124 and Figure 2.4.

A1.20 A separate section describes the practical application of the sector classification principles to selected cases—these cases are the topics of frequently asked questions. Included are: the identification of quasi-corporations (see paragraph 2.125); distinguishing head offices and holding companies (see paragraph 2.128); restructuring agencies (see paragraph 2.129); financial protection schemes (see paragraph 2.132); special purpose entities (see paragraph 2.136); joint ventures (see paragraph 2.140); sinking funds (see paragraph 2.144); pension schemes (see paragraph 2.147); provident funds (see paragraph 2.148); sovereign wealth funds (see paragraph 2.152); market regulatory agencies (see paragraph 2.156); and development funds and/or infrastructure companies or entities (see paragraph 2.160).

A1.21 The annex to Chapter 2 of the GFSM 2001, describing social protection, is subsumed in Appendix 2 of the GFSM 2014. This appendix presents guidance on the identification and sectorization of entities involved in social protection, as well as guidance on the recording of the flows and stock positions related to their economic activities.

Chapter 3

A1.22 A distinction between monetary and nonmonetary transactions is introduced in paragraphs 3.8 and 3.19, respectively. This distinction also forms the basis for the distinction between transfers (capital and current transfers), exchanges, in-kind transactions, and internal transactions.

A1.23 A definition of stock positions is provided in paragraph 3.36. The concepts economic benefits and ownership are used to define economic assets, before a distinction is drawn between legal and economic ownership in paragraphs 3.38–3.39. These concepts are used to determine the asset boundary and define assets and liabilities (see paragraphs 3.42–3.50).

A1.24 The GFSM 2014 reinstates a more balanced approach between having both accrual and cash information in an integrated statistical framework. Therefore, starting in paragraph 3.61, alternative recording bases are discussed with a reference to using the accrual basis of recording in the Statement of Operations (see paragraph 3.69) and using the cash basis of recording in the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash (see paragraphs 3.67 and 3.103).

A1.25 Additional guidance on the application of the accrual basis of recording principles is described from paragraph 3.76 onward. Guidance on the time of recording and measurement of taxes and other compulsory transfers is presented in paragraph 3.77.

A1.26 The time of recording dividends when using an accrual basis of recording is defined as when the equity or shares go ex-dividend (see paragraphs 3.87 and 5.112).

A1.27 When using an accrual basis of recording, the time of recording transactions in goods and services, nonfinancial assets, and many financial assets and liabilities is defined as the moment when economic ownership changes. Recognition is given to cases where change of ownership is not obvious and additional guidance for those cases is provided (see paragraphs 3.88–3.97).

A1.28 Guidance on the time of recording other economic flows is described in paragraphs 3.98–3.102.

A1.29 Guidance on using the cash basis of recording in the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash is elaborated in paragraphs 3.103–3.106.

A1.30 Guidance on valuation is elaborated on and the section is structured to present descriptions of the general valuation rule (see paragraph 3.107), valuation of transactions (see paragraphs 3.108–3.112), valuation of stock positions including alternatives valuation methods (see paragraphs 3.113–3.117), valuation adjustments in special cases (see paragraphs 3.118–3.125), and valuation of other economic flows (see paragraphs 3.126–3.129).

A1.31 The GFSM 2014 introduces a discussion on currency, starting with a discussion on the unit of account for the compilation of GFS in paragraph 3.130. Guidance is provided on currency conversions for transactions and stock positions (see paragraphs 3.132–3.133) and the distinction between domestic and foreign currency (see paragraphs 3.134–3.136) and currency of denomination and currency of settlement (see paragraphs 3.137–3.139).

A1.32 Starting in paragraph 3.152, the GFSM 2014 presents a detailed discussion of consolidation. The concept is defined (see paragraphs 3.153–3.154), a distinction is made between intrasectoral and inter-sectoral consolidation (see paragraphs 3.155–3.157), and reasons for consolidation are discussed (see paragraphs 3.158–3.160), before conceptual guidelines for the process of consolidation are presented (see paragraphs 3.161–3.164). Paragraphs 3.165–3.166 present practical guidelines on implementing consolidation, while paragraphs 3.167–3.168 describe consolidation principles used in other datasets.

Chapter 4

A1.33 The analytic objectives of the GFS framework were expanded to include the ability to assess management and policy decisions, as well as sustainability and liquidity decisions (see paragraphs 4.3–4.5).

A1.34 Paragraph 4.7 elaborates on the coverage of GFS, emphasizing that data should cover the nonmarket activities of the general government sector, as well as the market activities of the public sector.

A1.35 Two additional statements are included in the GFS framework, to further enhance the analytical usefulness of GFS (see paragraphs 4.13–4.15 and 4.46–4.49):

  • Statement of Total Changes in Net Worth

  • Summary Statement of Explicit Contingent Liabilities and Net Implicit Obligations for Future Social Security Benefits.

A1.36 The concept expenditure is reinstated as an aggregate in both the Statement of Operations and in the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash (see paragraph 4.21, Table 4.1, and Table 4.2).

A1.37 The definition and identification of policy lending are elaborated on in Box 4.1.

A1.38 The composition of the item net change in the stock of cash, as presented in the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash, is clarified—the item refers to the financial asset currency and deposits (3202), and should not include other financial instruments or overdrafts (see paragraph 4.33).

A1.39 The description of the Balance Sheet is expanded with a discussion on the use of the net worth concept in the case of public corporations (see paragraph 4.40).

A1.40 Box 4.1 in the GFSM 2001 is replaced with an annex to Chapter 4 of the GFSM 2014, Using GFS for Fiscal Analysis. The annex offers an overview of how analysts can use the data in GFS to build well-defined and internationally comparable fiscal indicators. Some of the indicators can be observed or derived directly from the GFS framework, while others can be derived using GFS together with additional data.

Chapter 5

A1.41 The rationale for defining revenue as an increase in net worth resulting from a transaction is added in paragraph 5.1.

A1.42 The definition of grants (13) is revised to no longer refer to grants as noncompulsory transfers. The change accommodates cases where compulsory revenue sharing occurs between government units. The definition is also expanded to indicate that grants are transfers that do not meet the definition of a tax, subsidy, or social contribution (see paragraphs 5.5 and 5.101).

A1.43 Definitions of the respective categories of other revenue (14) are replaced by a definition of the main category other revenue (14), with only references to the subcategories it comprises (see paragraph 5.6).

A1.44 The section on defining revenue is enhanced with the inclusion of a discussion on the treatment of refunds and corrections, and with an explanation of the delineation between revenue and transactions in assets and liabilities (see paragraphs 5.7–5.8).

A1.45 The section on the time of recording and measurement of revenue is expanded to clearly indicate the time of recording when using the accrual basis of recording, as well as the cash basis of recording (see paragraphs 5.10–5.11). Further clarification is provided on applying an accrual basis of recording to revenue transactions (see paragraphs 5.12–5.17), as well as on the treatment of amounts assessed, but discovered to be uncollectable (see paragraph 5.20).

A1.46 The basis on which the classification of revenue should be made is presented in paragraph 5.21, while paragraph 5.22 describes the rationale for standardized summary classifications and the usefulness of adding subitems according to analytical use and need.

A1.47 Paragraphs 5.27–5.32 describe the treatment of tax refunds and tax relief. In this regard, the GFSM 2014 adopted the gross recording of payable tax credits, while nonpayable tax credits continue to be treated on a net basis.

A1.48 The tax category unallocable (1113), in the GFSM 2001, is renamed other taxes on income, profits, and capital gains (1113) in the GFSM 2014, and a breakdown of the category is introduced to separately identify these taxes receivable from general government units (11131) and unallocable taxes on income, profits, and capital gains (11132) (see paragraph 5.42 and Tables 5.1 and 5.2). This change allows the identification of those taxes receivable from other general government units that are subject to consolidation.

A1.49 The tax attribution rules are described in paragraphs 5.33–5.38. The tax attribution rules applicable to cases where the activities of the religious organizations are funded from earmarked taxes collected by general government are clarified in paragraph 5.39.

A1.50 The GFSM 2001 tax category for taxes on financial and capital transactions (1134) is moved from property taxes (113) to general taxes on goods and services (1141). In the GFSM 2014, this tax category retains its name, but with a different classification code—namely, taxes on financial and capital transactions (11414) (see paragraphs 5.52 and 5.61). This change aligns the GFSM 2014 with the 2008 SNA, which regards this tax as a tax on the sale rather than on the property itself. To maintain consistency with codes used in the GFSM 2001, the codes in taxes on property do not follow directly.

A1.51 A new definition for excises is introduced in paragraph 5.62.

A1.52 The concept profits on fiscal monopolies (1143) is clarified, and its application to public enterprises, lotteries, and other gambling activities is elaborated on (see paragraphs 5.63–5.68).

A1.53 The coverage of taxes on specific services is extended to include the implicit taxes that result from the central bank imposing a rate of interest other than the market rates (see paragraphs 5.70 and 6.89, Box 6.2).

A1.54 The coverage of taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (1145) is clarified (see paragraph 5.72). Boundaries of this tax with administrative fees (paragraph 5.73), taxes on business activities (see paragraph 5.76), other tax categories (see paragraph 5.77), and the acquisition or use of an asset (see paragraph 5.78) are explained.

A1.55 Taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (1145) are subdivided into motor vehicle taxes (11451) and other taxes on the use of goods and on the permission to use goods or perform activities (11452). For the latter, the GFSM 2014 introduces several subcategories of taxes to clarify their classification (see paragraph 5.81 and Table 5.4). Furthermore, the accrual recording of business licenses and taxes on pollution (such as emission trading schemes) is elaborated on (see paragraph 5.81).

A1.56 The implicit taxes or subsidies created by multiple exchange rate regimes are introduced in paragraph 5.89. Furthermore, it is clarified that lumpsum payments receivable by government from monetary authorities should be disaggregated according to the economic nature of the components of the payment (see paragraph 5.90).

A1.57 The concept social contributions (12) is clarified (see paragraph 5.94), specifically making a distinction between voluntary and compulsory contributions, describing the flexibility arrangement for the recording of social contributions used in the 2008 SNA (see paragraph 5.95), and presenting the boundary between social contributions and other categories of taxes (see paragraph 5.96).

A1.58 The treatment of grants is elaborated on, specifically describing the distinction between current and capital grants, grants in kind, and the time of recording in an accrual and cash basis of recording (see paragraph 5.103–5.105).

A1.59 The time of recording dividends when using an accrual basis of recording is clarified to be when the equity or shares go ex-dividend (see paragraphs 3.87, 5.112, and 6.109). In addition, it is clarified that legally constituted corporations, reclassified to be a general government unit, could also distribute dividends (see paragraph 5.113). The treatment of disproportionately large dividends is clarified (see paragraphs 5.115–5.116).

A1.60 The coverage of property income from investment income disbursements (1414) is expanded to include distributions to holders of investment fund shares or units (see paragraph 5.120).

A1.61 The concept rent (1415) is elaborated on to explain the distinction between a resource lease, the creation of an asset, contracts, leases, and licenses (31441), or the sale of the resource. Two types of resource rent, for land and subsoil assets, are described in detail and the boundary with the rental of produced assets is explained (see paragraphs 5.124–5.133).

A1.62 The GFSM 2014 assumes the 2008 SNA and BPM6 treatment of reinvested earnings on foreign direct investment (1416) (see paragraphs 5.134–5.135 and 6.121).

A1.63 The classification of administrative fees (1422) is clarified to include fees payable for voluntary participation in deposit insurance or other guarantee schemes that do not qualify to be a standardized guarantee scheme. For it to be administrative fees, the amount payable should be in proportion to the cost of producing the service (see paragraph 5.138).

A1.64 The treatment of fines and penalties imposed for evasion of taxes and bails set by courts is clarified in fines, penalties, and forfeits (143) (see paragraph 5.143).

A1.65 The GFSM 2001 revenue categories for voluntary transfers other than grants (144) and miscellaneous and unidentified revenue (145) are subsumed in two new categories—namely, transfers not elsewhere classified (144) and premiums, fees, and claims receivable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes (145) (see paragraphs 5.145 and 5.149). Revenue from subsidies (14411) receivable is introduced as a separate category of transfer not elsewhere classified (see paragraph 5.146), while the other transfers are distinguished as other current transfers not elsewhere classified (14412) (see paragraph 5.147) and capital transfers not elsewhere classified (1442) (see paragraph 5.148).

A1.66 The revenue category premiums, fees, and claims related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes (145) (see paragraph 5.149) is introduced to allow for the appropriate recording of the revenue related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantees. Subcategories provide for the identification of premiums receivable (14511), fees for standardized guarantees receivable (14512), current claims receivable (14513), and capital claims receivable (1452) (see paragraphs 5.150–5.151).

Chapter 6

A1.67 The rationale for defining expense as a decrease in net worth resulting from a transaction is added in paragraph 6.1.

A1.68 The distinction between economic classification of expense and functional classification of expense is clarified in paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3, respectively.

A1.69 The section on defining expense is enhanced with the inclusion of a discussion on the treatment of refunds and corrections and the delineation between expense and transactions in assets and liabilities (see paragraphs 6.4–6.5).

A1.70 The section on the time of recording expense is expanded to clearly indicate the time of recording when using the accrual basis of recording, as well as the cash basis of recording. Furthermore, the time of recording of the acquisition and use of goods and services (22) is clarified (see paragraphs 6.6–6.7).

A1.71 The definition of compensation of employees is clarified to emphasize the individual employer-employee relationship, and the exchange of manual and intellectual labor services (see paragraph 6.9). Furthermore, the nature of wages and salaries in cash (see paragraph 6.13) and in kind (see paragraph 6.17) is elaborated on.

A1.72 Guidance on estimating imputed employers’ social contributions (2122) is elaborated on. A clear distinction between nonpension and employment-related pension benefits is introduced (see paragraphs 6.23–6.26).

A1.73 The section on the use of goods and services (22) is reorganized to: define the concept (see paragraph 6.27); make a distinction between the time of recording use of goods and services when using an accrual and cash basis of recording (see paragraphs 6.28–6.31); describe the boundary between use of goods and services and compensation of employees (see paragraph 6.33); describe the boundary between use of goods and services and transfers (see paragraph 6.37); describe the boundary between use of goods and services and transactions in the acquisition of nonfinancial assets (see paragraph 6.43); and describe other boundaries related to use of goods and services (see paragraph 6.50).

A1.74 Conceptually, the coverage of use of goods and services (22) in the GFSM 2001 is changed to exclude weapons and weapons systems in the GFSM 2014 (see paragraphs 6.49). These are recognized as the acquisition of a specific category of nonfinancial assets in the GFSM 2014 (see paragraph 8.43).

A1.75 The relationship between inventory (612) and use of goods and services (22) is clarified in Table 6.3.

A1.76 The treatment in GFS of the implicit fees for financial services is explained (see paragraphs 6.52 and 6.81). These implicit fees include items such as financial intermediation services indirectly measured (FISIM), service fees implied by nonlife insurance premiums, and the implicit fees payable by governments to central banks for nonmarket services.

A1.77 The concept consumption of fixed capital (23) is elaborated on. The relation between consumption of fixed capital as recorded in the 2008 SNA and in GFS is explained (see paragraph 6.53). The relation between consumption of fixed capital and depreciation as used in government financial records is also explained (see paragraph 6.54). The calculation of consumption of fixed capital is described in Box 6.1. Furthermore, the treatment of costs of ownership transfer as a component of consumption of fixed capital is explained in paragraphs 6.60 and 8.42.

A1.78 The description of interest (24) is clarified to show the relationship between interest as recorded in the 2008 SNA and interest as recorded in the GFSM 2014. It is suggested to identify the counterpart for interest transactions to allow for consolidation (see paragraph 6.62). A discussion on recording interest, when using a cash basis of recording, is introduced in paragraph 6.65. Recording interest in the case of grace periods and step-up interest arrangements is explained in paragraphs 6.69–6.70. The recording of interest related to index-linked securities is explained in paragraphs 6.75–6.78. Furthermore, clarification is provided on the treatment of interest on debt securities with embedded derivatives, nonperforming loans, and arrears (see paragraphs 6.79–6.82).

A1.79 Recording subsidies (25) is clarified. The treatment of subsidies in cases when an institutional unit acts on behalf of another unit to redistribute the subsidies is explained in paragraph 6.84. It is also clarified that subsidies are receivable by all resident and nonresident producers, and that units such as general government units, nonprofits institutions serving households, and households can receive subsidies in their capacity as producers (see paragraph 6.86). The coverage of subsidies is extended to include the implicit subsidy that results from the central bank imposing a rate of interest other than the market rates (see paragraphs 5.70 and 6.89, Box 6.2). The discussion on subsidies also introduced the distinction between subsidies on products and subsidies on production to better align with this distinction in the 2008 SNA (see paragraphs 6.89–6.90).

A1.80 To further delineate subsidies, a list of items that do not constitute subsidies is included (see paragraph 6.91), and Box 6.3 elaborates on transactions with public corporations with specific reference to the classification of “capital injections” into public corporations.

A1.81 The definition of grants (26) is revised to no longer refer to grants as noncompulsory transfers. This change accommodates cases where compulsory revenue sharing occurs between government units. The definition is also expanded to indicate that grants are transfers that do not meet the definition of a tax, subsidy, or social contribution (see paragraph 6.92).

A1.82 The treatment of grants in kind is elaborated on, specifically describing the distinction between current and capital grants, and the time of recording in, respectively, an accrual and cash basis of recording (see paragraph 6.93–6.95).

A1.83 The circumstances under which social assistance benefits (272) become payable are clarified to include contributions payable to social insurance schemes on behalf of households who cannot otherwise afford to participate in the scheme (see paragraph 6.102).

A1.84 The distinction between imputations for employment-related nonpension social benefits and employment-related pensions and other retirement benefits is clarified in paragraph 6.105.

A1.85 The time of recording dividends (2811) when using an accrual basis of recording is clarified to be when the equity or shares go ex-dividend (see paragraphs 3.87, 5.112, and 6.109). The treatment of disproportionately large dividends is clarified (see paragraphs 5.116 and 6.110).

A1.86 The coverage of property expense for investment income disbursements (2813) is expanded to include distributions to holders of investment fund shares or units (see paragraph 6.113).

A1.87 It is clarified that rent (2814) includes amounts payable under resource leases on land, subsoil resources, and on other natural resources. The measurement of such amounts payable is clarified in the context of the corresponding revenue item (see paragraph 6.120).

A1.88 The GFSM 2014 assumes the 2008 SNA and BPM6 treatment of reinvested earnings on foreign direct investment (2815) (see paragraph 6.121).

A1.89 The GFSM 2001 expense categories for miscellaneous other expense (282) are subsumed in two new categories in the GFSM 2014—namely, transfers not elsewhere classified (282) and premiums, fees, and claims payable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes (283) (see paragraphs 6.122 and 6.125, respectively). The transfers are distinguished as current transfers not elsewhere classified (2821) (see paragraph 6.123) and capital transfers not elsewhere classified (2822) (see paragraph 6.124).

A1.90 The expense category premiums, fees, and claims related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes (283) is introduced to allow for the appropriate recording of the expense related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes. Subcategories provide for the identification of premiums payable (28311), fees for standardized guarantees (28312), current claims payable (28313), and capital claims payable (2832) (see paragraph 6.125).

A1.91 The discussion on the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) in Chapter 6 of GFSM 2001 is moved to the annex to Chapter 6 in GFSM 2014.

A1.92 COFOG in GFS is limited to the expenditure of government, which differs from its application to all outlays of government as used in the OECD/UN classification (see paragraph 6.127 in the annex).

A1.93 The annex is reorganized to separately present: the structure of COFOG classifications (see paragraph 6.128); uses of COFOG (see paragraph 6.130); distinction between individual and collective goods and services (see paragraph 6.133); units of classification (see paragraph 6.140); problems in identifying functions of government (see paragraph 6.143); and the cross-classification of expenditure (see paragraph 6.148). No changes occurred in the functions themselves.

Chapter 7

A1.94 The usefulness of a set of balance sheets integrated with economic flows is elaborated on in paragraph 7.2.

A1.95 A distinction is drawn between legal and economic ownership in paragraphs 3.38–3.41 and 7.5–7.13. These concepts are used to determine the asset boundary and to provide an overview of assets and liabilities (see paragraphs 7.14–7.19).

A1.96 The asset boundary is clarified to not include contingent assets and liabilities (see paragraph 7.13), and financial claims are clarified to include: debt instruments; financial derivatives and employee stock options; equity and investment fund shares; and monetary gold in the form of unallocated gold accounts (see paragraph 7.15).

A1.97 The GFSM 2001 treatment of monetary gold and SDRs (6201/6301) as financial assets without a corresponding financial claim is revised. In the GFSM 2014, only monetary gold in the form of gold bullion is regarded as a financial asset without a corresponding financial claim. Also, recognizing that transactions in SDR holdings may be entered into by two domestic units, the exclusion of SDRs from domestic financial asset flows is eliminated (see paragraphs 7.15 and 7.125–7.134, respectively).

A1.98 The concept of produced versus nonproduced nonfinancial assets is introduced in paragraph 7.17–7.19.

A1.99 The valuation of assets and liabilities is elaborated on in paragraphs 7.20–7.25. The usefulness of nominal value of financial instruments is presented in paragraph 7.21, while the treatment of cost of ownership transfer is described in paragraph 7.22. Possible methods of estimating current market prices are described in paragraphs 7.25–7.33.

A1.100 Determining the time of change in ownership of fixed assets that are produced over two or more accounting periods, and those built under a public-private partnership, is elaborated on (see paragraphs 7.37 and 7.39, respectively).

A1.101 The creation of notional units to own fixed assets in territories where they are not residents is explained in paragraphs 2.13 and 7.91.

A1.102 Identifying public monuments and guidance on their recording are clarified in paragraph 7.42.

A1.103 The definition and identification of dwellings (61111) are clarified and guidance on the valuation of dwellings is provided in paragraphs 7.44–7.45.

A1.104 Within buildings and structures, a category of fixed assets for land improvements (61114) is added. The cost of ownership transfer on all land is included with land improvements (see paragraphs 7.49–7.51).

A1.105 Subcategories are introduced for machinery and equipment other than transport equipment (61122) to separately identify information, computer, and telecommunications (ICT) equipment (see paragraphs 7.56–7.57) and machinery and equipment not elsewhere classified (see paragraph 7.57).

A1.106 The definition and identification of cultivated biological resources (61131) are clarified, and the time of recording when the production of these fixed assets takes a long time to complete is elaborated on. Subcategories are introduced to further clarify the composition of this item (see paragraphs 7.59–7.63 and Table 7.5).

A1.107 The definition and identification of intellectual property products (61132) are elaborated on. Subcategories separately identify research and development (611321), mineral exploration and evaluation (611322), computer software and databases (611323), entertainment, literary, and artistic originals (611324), and other intellectual property products (611325). The coverage of this item is expanded to include research and development products so that patented resources no longer appear as nonproduced assets. Furthermore, the coverage of computer software is expanded to include databases (see paragraphs 7.64–7.73).

A1.108 Weapons systems are introduced as a separate fixed asset category (see paragraph 7.74).

A1.109 In the GFSM 2014, categories of inventory (612) are aligned with the categories used in 2008 SNA. The category strategic stocks (6121) is eliminated as a separate category of inventory and is subsumed in goods for resale (61224), and a category for military inventories is added (see paragraphs 7.75–7.86).

A1.110 The definition of land (6141) is clarified and guidance is provided on the valuation of land (see paragraphs 7.92–7.96).

A1.111 The GFSM 2001 category subsoil assets is replaced by mineral and energy resources (6142). The ownership and recording of this category of asset are elaborated on in paragraphs 7.97–7.99.

A1.112 The classification of other naturally occurring assets (6143) is elaborated on. Subcategories for specific classes of other naturally occurring assets are introduced, and their definitions are clarified (see paragraphs 7.100–7.103 and Table 7.7).

A1.113 The category intangible nonproduced assets (6144) is clarified, and subcategories are introduced for contracts, leases, and licenses (61441) and goodwill and marketing assets (61442) (see paragraphs 7.104–7.117).

A1.114 Negotiability is introduced as a distinguishable feature of securities (see paragraph 7.119).

A1.115 Market value for valuing debt instruments is elaborated on by providing practical guidance on valuation (see paragraph 7.122).

A1.116 Monetary gold and Special Drawing Rights (6201, 6221, 6301, 6321) as financial instruments are elaborated on (see paragraphs 7.125–7.134).

A1.117 The coverage of currency and deposits (6202/6302) is clarified and the valuation of this instrument explained (see paragraphs 7.135–7.142).

A1.118 A description of various types of debt securities (6203/6303) and their recording is introduced in paragraphs 7.143–7.156.

A1.119 The description of loans (6204/6304) is expanded to clarify financial leases (see paragraph 7.158), gold swaps (see paragraph 7.161), and off-market swaps (see paragraph 7.162). The treatment of securities repurchase agreements is clarified as a collateralized loan (see paragraph 7.159). The valuation of loans and treatment of nonperforming loans are presented in paragraph 7.163.

A1.120 The category equity and investment fund shares (6205/6305) is elaborated on to distinguish various types of financial instruments (see paragraphs 7.164–7.177). Investment fund shares (62052/63053) have a specialized role in financial intermediation and are introduced as a separate category (see paragraphs 7.174–7.177).

A1.121 The category for the reserves of insurance, pension and standardized guarantee schemes (6206/6306) is clarified by introducing subcategories for: nonlife insurance technical reserves (see paragraphs 7.183–7.186); life insurance and annuities entitlements (see paragraphs 7.187–7.188); pension entitlements (see paragraphs 7.189–7.198); claims of pension funds on pension managers (see paragraphs 7.199–7.200); and provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes (see paragraphs 7.201–7.202).

A1.122 The coverage of insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes (6206/6306) is expanded following recognition of standardized guarantees in a way similar to nonlife insurance and the recognition of claims of pension funds on pension managers (see paragraphs 7.201–7.202 and 7.1997.200, respectively).

A1.123 The category financial derivatives and employee stock options (6207/6307) is clarified by defining the two concepts (see paragraphs 7.204 and 7.221, respectively), describing the types of financial derivatives (see paragraphs 7.209–7.218), and explaining the use of margins (see paragraphs 7.219–7.220).

A1.124 The main balancing item on the balance sheet, net worth (6), is clarified and the relationship with equity for public corporations explained (see paragraphs 7.228–7.233).

A1.125 The items recorded as memorandum items to the balance sheet are expanded to include: net financial worth (see paragraph 7.235), various valuations of gross and net debt (see paragraphs 7.236–7.245), concessional loans and the implicit transfers resulting from loans at concessional interest rates (see paragraph 7.246), arrears (see paragraphs 7.247–7.250), explicit contingent liabilities (see paragraphs 7.251–7.260), net implicit obligations for future social security benefits (see paragraph 7.261), and nonperforming loans (see paragraph 7.262).

A1.126 The classification of the counterparty of financial assets and liabilities by institutional sector is introduced in paragraphs 7.264–7.265 and Table 7.11.

A1.127 The classification of debt liabilities and their corresponding financial assets by maturity is introduced in paragraphs 7.266–7.271 and Table 7.12.

Chapter 8

A1.128 The concept of net investment in nonfinancial assets is introduced in paragraph 8.4, and a distinction drawn with gross investment in nonfinancial assets (i.e., consumption of fixed capital is not taken into account).

A1.129 The treatment of costs of ownership transfer associated with acquiring and disposing of nonfinancial assets (other than inventory) is clarified (see paragraphs 8.6–8.8).

A1.130 The valuation of transactions in nonfinancial assets is elaborated to make a clear distinction between valuation of acquisitions and disposals of: fixed assets (see paragraph 8.9); inventories (see paragraph 8.10); land (see paragraph 8.11); and nonproduced assets other than land (see paragraph 8.11).

A1.131 Time of recording transactions in nonfinancial assets is clarified to be when economic ownership changes. Guidelines for alternatives to use when change of ownership is not obvious are provided (see paragraphs 8.13–8.17).

A1.132 The classification of transactions in nonfinancial assets is identical to the classifications of the same stock positions introduced in Chapter 7 (see paragraph 8.22 and Table 8.1).

A1.33 The treatment of public monuments as buildings and structures (3111) is clarified in paragraph 8.30.

A1.134 Transactions related to land improvements (31114) are introduced as a separate category of transactions in paragraph 8.31.

A1.135 Transactions related to cultivated biological resources (31131) are clarified to include net investment in livestock that are cultivated for the products they yield, and net investment in plantations, orchards, etc. Guidance is provided on the valuation of these transactions (see paragraphs 8.34–8.36).

A1.136 Guidance on the transactions in intellectual property products (31132) is expanded to clarify the valuation of transactions related to research and development (311321) (see paragraph 8.38), mineral exploration and evaluation (311322) (see paragraph 8.39), computer software and databases (311323) (see paragraph 8.40), and entertainment, literary, and artistic originals (311324) (see paragraph 8.41).

A1.137 The treatment of costs of ownership transfer on nonproduced assets other than land (31133) is introduced in paragraph 8.42. Figure 8.1 is included to illustrate the treatment of these costs in the GFS framework.

A1.138 The recording of transactions related to the acquisition and disposals of weapons systems (3114) is introduced in paragraph 8.43.

A1.139 Transactions related to the additions and withdrawals of inventory (312) are elaborated on. A distinction is made between the owner of inventory acting as a producer of goods and services and acting as an owner of assets (see paragraphs 8.44–8.47).

A1.140 The nature and treatment of transactions in all the categories of nonproduced assets are elaborated on (see paragraphs 8.49–8.58).

Chapter 9

A1.141 An explanation of the relationship between transactions and the impact of these on financial assets/liabilities is introduced in paragraph 9.3. Similarly, the impact of net lending/net borrowing on the economy is explained in paragraph 9.5.

A1.142 Concessional loans and their treatment in macroeconomic statistics are clarified in paragraph 9.12.

A1.143 Arrears are defined in paragraph 9.20, and the recording of transactions related to arrears is described in paragraphs 9.21–9.23.

A1.144 The classification of transactions in financial assets and liabilities by instrument and residence of the counterparty is described in paragraphs 9.24–9.27. The classification by instrument that follows is the same as those described in the balance sheet (Chapter 7).

A1.145 Transactions related to monetary gold and special drawing rights (3201/3301) are clarified in paragraphs 9.28–9.32.

A1.146 For debt securities (3203/3303), transactions related to interest and amortization are elaborated on (see paragraphs 9.36 – 9.43).

A1.147 The impact of recording transactions between the owners of enterprises and the enterprise is clarified. Transactions such as dividends, transfers, membership dues and subscription fees payable to international organizations, and other operations, such as privatization and nationalization, are clarified in the description of transactions in equity (32051/33051) (see paragraphs 9.47–9.55).

A1.148 The recording of the change in value of investment fund shares or units, other than from holding gains and losses, is described in paragraph 9.56.

A1.149 For insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes (3206/3306), the transactions influencing these reserves are elaborated on for each sub-category of the reserves (see paragraphs 9.57–9.69).

A1.150 The coverage of financial derivatives and employee stock options (3207/3307) is expanded to separately identify employee stock options. Transactions related to financial derivatives (32071/33071) are clarified. A distinction is introduced between transactions at inception, on secondary markets, with ongoing servicing, and at settlement (see paragraphs 9.71–9.76). Transactions related to employee stock options (32072/33072) are introduced in paragraph 9.77.

A1.151 The classification of transactions in financial assets and liabilities by sector and residence is introduced in paragraphs 9.85–9.87 and Table 9.2.

A1.152 The classification of transactions in debt liabilities and their corresponding financial assets by maturity is introduced in paragraph 9.88. If analytically useful, the same classification structure could be applied for transactions as what is depicted for stock positions in Table 7.12.

Chapter 10

A1.153 Other economic flows are described and the two components of other economic flows—namely, holding gains and losses and other changes in the volume of assets—are defined in paragraph 10.1.

A1.154 The section on holding gains for particular types of nonfinancial assets is elaborated on. Specific guidance is added on: the difference between unrealized and realized holding gains (see paragraph 10.6); neutral and real holding gains (see paragraph 10.11); estimating the holding gains on fixed assets (see paragraphs 10.13–10.15) and inventories (see paragraphs 10.16–10.17); valuables (see paragraph 10.18); and nonfinancial assets disposed of during the reporting period (see paragraphs 10.19–10.20).

A1.155 The impact of various events on the valuation of financial instruments is elaborated on. Specific guidance is added on: monetary gold and SDRs (see paragraphs 10.21–10.22); financial assets and liabilities with fixed monetary values (see paragraph 10.23); debt securities (paragraphs 10.24–10.29); equity and investment fund shares (see paragraphs 10.30–10.34); insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes (see paragraphs 10.35–10.41); and financial derivatives and employee stock options (see paragraphs 10.42–10.43).

A1.156 Paragraph 10.44 introduces holding gains and losses related to financial instruments denominated in foreign currencies, and debt instruments that do not accrue interest over an unusually long time are discussed in paragraph 10.45.

A1.157 Paragraph 10.46 introduces three events that result in other changes in the volume of assets—namely, the appearance or disappearance of existing resources as economic assets, the effects of external events, and changes in classifications.

A1.158 The appearance or disappearance of financial assets and liabilities from the balance sheet is elaborated on with specific reference to the appearance of public monuments and valuables (see paragraph 10.50). Circumstances under which natural assets, such as subsoil assets, noncultivated biological resources, other natural resources, or land, appear on the balance sheet are explained in paragraph 10.52.

A1.159 The effects of external events on the value of assets and liabilities are described in paragraph 10.59. Details on the recording of these events are provided and include catastrophic losses (see paragraph 10.60), uncompensated seizures (see paragraph 10.62), and other volume changes not elsewhere classified (see paragraph 10.63).

A1.160 Paragraph 10.83 introduces the reclassification of costs of ownership transfer on nonproduced assets other than land, and the consumption of fixed capital relating to these costs. The reclassification is necessary to maintain the integration of stock positions and flows.

A1.161 Paragraph 10.79 elaborates on the reclassifications of negotiable securities necessary due to secondary transactions.

A1.162 The reclassification of monetary gold held in the form of gold bullion when it becomes a reserve asset is introduced as an example of changes in the classification of financial assets and liabilities (see paragraph 10.84).

Cross-Cutting Changes in Terminology

A1.163 The following changes in terminology were made to further clarify the text of the Manual.

  • References to GFS system are replaced with GFS framework—this allows a clear distinction with the 2008 SNA.

  • In the context of GFS, references to accounting principles and periods are replaced by references to statistical guidelines and reporting periods—this allows a clear distinction with the use of the term accounting in source data compilation in the context of public sector accounting.

  • References to flows are replaced by references to economic flows, while it is acknowledged that flows will often be used as a short form for economic flows.

  • References to the balances of assets and liabilities as stocks are replaced by references to stock positions—this allows a clear distinction with the use of the word “stocks” referring to a specific type of financial instrument.

  • References to net acquisition of nonfinancial assets are replaced with references to net investment in nonfinancial assets—the former term is often misinterpreted as including only the acquisition minus disposals of nonfinancial assets, while consumption of fixed capital should also be included in this concept. Similar to what is customary in the case of operating balances, references to net/ gross investment in nonfinancial assets can now be used to make a distinction for the including/ excluding of consumption of fixed capital.

  • References to net lending/borrowing are replaced with references to net lending/net borrowing, to enhance the precision in terminology.

  • References to the Statement of Government Operations are replaced with references to Statement of Operations—this allows the use of this statement for government units as well as public sector units.

  • References to other nonrecurrent taxes on property (1135) in the GFSM 2001 are replaced with references to capital levies (1135)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to property income attributed to insurance policyholders are replaced with references to property income from investment income disbursements—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to the expense for social contributions (212) are replaced by references to employers’ social contributions (212)—this clarifies the economic nature of this item. Similarly, actual social contributions (2121) and imputed social contributions (2122) are replaced with actual employers’ social contributions (2121) and imputed employers’ social contributions (2122), respectively.

  • References to the outlays of government are replaced with references to expenditure—this eliminates confusion with the use of outlays in the OECD/UN classification, which include expense, acquisition of nonfinancial assets, and transactions in financial assets and liabilities.

  • References to nonresidential buildings (61112) are replaced with references to buildings other than dwellings (61112)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to other machinery and equipment (61122) are replaced with references to machinery and equipment other than transport equipment (61122)—this allows the revised GFS category to align with historic data and to subsume the 2008 SNA categories of information, computer, and telecommunications equipment and other machinery and equipment.

  • References to cultivated assets (61131) are replaced with references to cultivated biological resources (61131)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to subsoil assets (6142) are replaced with references to mineral and energy resources (6142)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to intangible fixed assets (61132) are replaced with references to intellectual property products (61132)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology. The word “products” is included to make clear that it does not include third-party rights, which are nonproduced assets.

  • References to securities other than shares (6203/6303) are replaced with debt securities (6203/6303)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to shares and other equity (6205/6305) are replaced with equity and investment fund shares (6205/6305)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to insurance technical reserves (6206/6306) are replaced with insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes (6206/6306)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to financial derivatives (6207/6307) are replaced with financial derivatives and employee stock options (6207/6307)—this allows the terminology in GFS to align with 2008 SNA terminology.

  • References to entity when meaning a good, service, nonfinancial asset, etc. are replaced with references to resource—this eliminates the confusion with entities referred to in the context of institutional units.

Changes from the GFSM 1986

Introduction

A1.164 The integrated GFS framework described in the GFSM 2014 represents a substantial modernization and expansion of the framework described in A Manual on Government Finance Statistics, 1986 (GFSM 1986). Major changes have been made to definitions, classifications, balancing items, the coverage of units and economic events to be recorded in the GFS framework, and the timing at which economic events are to be recorded. The GFS framework is also more harmonized with other macroeconomic statistical frameworks than is the GFSM 1986. There are numerous detailed changes within each major topic, but an exhaustive listing of all such changes is beyond the scope of this appendix.

Coverage of Units

A1.165 The focus of the coverage of units in the GFS framework is the general government sector as defined in the 2008 SNA. Its definition is based on the concept of an institutional unit, which is described in Chapter 2. The general government sector consists of all resident government units and all resident nonprofit institutions that are controlled by government. The coverage of the GFSM 1986 is defined on a functional basis rather than a unit basis. It includes all units carrying out a function of government, but, in principle, only those transactions that are directly related to the functions of government are included. By implication, the transactions that do not represent the fulfillment of a fiscal policy are excluded. In particular, all transactions related to the functions of the monetary authority and other depository financial institutions are excluded.

A1.166 Supranational authorities are international organizations that have been endowed with the authority to raise taxes or other compulsory transfers within the territories of the countries that are members of the authority. Despite the fact that supranational authorities fulfill some of the functions of government within each member country, they are always considered nonresident institutional units. As a result, they are not included in the GFS framework for any country. In the GFSM 1986, transactions resulting from governmental functions carried out within a country by supranational organizations are included in the statistics for that country. It is possible, however, to compile statistics for supranational authorities using the GFS framework as if they constituted a separate country and to classify relevant categories of transactions by country.

Time of Recording Economic Events

A1.167 The time at which transactions and other economic flows are recorded is determined by the principles of accrual accounting in the GFS framework. That is, flows are recorded when economic value is created, transformed, exchanged, transferred, or extinguished. In the GFSM 1986, transactions are recorded when cash is received or paid. In general, flows are recorded at an earlier time under the accrual basis than under the cash basis.

A1.168 Recording flows on the accrual basis will automatically capture past-due obligations, such as arrears of debt principal, interest payments, or payments for goods and services. In the GFSM 1986, use of the cash basis means that arrears and changes in the level of arrears are not recorded.

A1.169 The accrual basis of recording permits the difference between the redemption value of a bond or similar security and its issue price to be recorded as interest as it is earned or incurred rather than when the security matures. In the GFSM 1986, the entire difference between the issue and redemption prices is recorded as interest when the security is redeemed.

Coverage of Events

A1.170 The coverage of events in the GFS framework is broader than in the GFSM 1986 because the revised framework includes all economic events that affect assets, liabilities, revenue, or expense, rather than just those represented by a cash transaction. For example, barter and grants of goods and services are included. The GFSM 1986 incorporates in-kind transactions only selectively and as memorandum items.

A1.171 The GFS framework includes other economic flows, which are all flows other than transactions that affect a unit’s stock position of assets, liabilities, and net worth. Other economic flows must be included to fully reconcile the balance sheet at the beginning of an accounting period with the balance sheet at the end of the period. Examples of other economic flows are price changes and the destruction of assets. By definition, other economic flows are noncash events, which means that they are not part of the GFSM 1986.

Valuation

A1.172 Assets and liabilities are valued at current market prices in the GFS framework, including debt securities that may have a different nominal value. Several assets/liabilities are valued at nominal value as proxy for market value—for example, loans generally are not traded and therefore do not have market values. They are recorded at their nominal values. In the GFSM 1986, debt securities are always valued at the amount the government is obligated to pay when the debt matures, which may differ from both the nominal value and the current market value. The GFS framework includes a provision for recording the nominal value of debt securities as a memorandum item.

Gross and Net Recording of Flows

A1.173 The presentation of flows on a gross or net basis is, for the most part, the same in the GFS framework and the GFSM 1986. The major exception pertains to the sales and expenses of market establishments. Generally speaking, a market establishment is a part of a general government unit that is situated in a single location and whose primary activity is to produce and sell goods and services at economically significant prices. In concept, it is possible to compile complete accounting records with respect to an establishment’s productive activity, including sales and the costs of production. In the GFS framework, the sales and costs of production of market establishments are presented on a gross basis as revenue and expense, respectively. In the GFSM 1986, the net value of sales less the costs of production is recorded as revenue if positive and as expenditure if negative.

Integration of Flows and Stocks

A1.174 The GFS framework is fully integrated—that is, the stock position at the end of a reporting period can be derived from the stock position at the beginning of the reporting period and the flows occurring during the period. As a result of this integration, all events that affect the financial performance, financial position, or liquidity situation of the general government sector are included. In the GFSM 1986, the stock positions included are limited to debt liabilities. The changes in the stock position of debt liabilities cannot be reconciled with the flows recorded. Flows in the GFSM 1986 represent only cash flows and will not account for changes in stocks related to flows other than cash, such as discounts allowed, debt assumption, debt forgiveness, etc. Supplementary tables are included that indicate the additional data that would be needed to complete the reconciliation.

Definitions and Classifications

A1.175 Revenue in the GFS framework is an increase in net worth resulting from a transaction. Thus, revenue includes grants but excludes proceeds from disposals of nonfinancial assets. In the GFSM 1986, revenue is defined as the set of all nonrepayable receipts other than grants. Thus, revenue includes proceeds from disposals of nonfinancial assets.

A1.176 Similarly, expense in the GFS framework is a decrease in net worth resulting from a transaction. Purchases of nonfinancial assets do not affect net worth and are not considered expense transactions. The term “expense” replaces “expenditure” from the GFSM 1986 because it is more closely associated with the accrual basis of recording and indicates that transactions in nonfinancial assets are excluded. Expenditure is defined in the GFSM 1986 as the set of all nonrepayable payments and includes purchases of nonfinancial assets.

A1.177 The classifications of revenue are substantially different in the two manuals. Revenue in the GFSM 1986 is classified as tax, nontax, or capital revenue. Grants form a separate, nonrevenue category of receipts. In the GFS framework, revenue is subdivided into taxes, social contributions, grants, and other revenue. In more detail:

  • Taxes exclude social contributions in the revised GFS framework, but include them in the GFSM 1986.

  • Social contributions in the GFS framework include social security contributions, which are classified as taxes in the GFSM 1986, and other social contributions to social insurance schemes operated for the benefit of government employees, which are classified as nontax revenue in the GFSM 1986.

  • Other revenue in the GFS framework includes most of the category of nontax revenue in the GFSM 1986 plus capital transfers, which are classified as capital revenue in the GFSM 1986.

  • Capital revenue in the GFSM 1986 consists of sales of nonfinancial assets and receipts of capital transfers. Sales of assets are not revenue in the GFS framework, but capital transfers are classified as revenue.

A1.178 Expense/expenditure is classified in two ways—by function and by economic type of transaction—in both the GFS framework and the GFSM 1986. The classification by function in both manuals is the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) published by the United Nations. The GFS framework incorporates the 2000 edition of COFOG.

A1.179 The classification of expense by economic type in the GFS framework is broadly similar to the corresponding classification in the GFSM 1986. The primary exception is that acquisitions of nonfinancial assets are not considered an expense in the GFS framework. Other changes include the following:

  • Consumption of fixed capital is an expense in the GFS framework. As a noncash expense, it is excluded from the GFSM 1986.

  • Transfer payments are classified by type of payment in the GFS framework. In the GFSM 1986, they are classified by the sector receiving the payment. The major types of transfer payments are subsidies, grants, social benefits, transfers not elsewhere classified, and premiums, fees, and claims related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes.

A1.180 A new classification is dedicated to net investment in nonfinancial assets resulting from transactions because they are not classified as revenue or expense in the GFS framework. The classification follows the parallel classification in the 2008 SNA, which is based on the type of asset involved in the transaction. This classification includes consumption of fixed capital because it represents a decline in the value of fixed assets.

A1.181 “Lending minus repayments” is a category of transactions in the GFSM 1986 representing the net acquisition of financial assets for policy purposes, and is classified together with expenditure for the calculation of the overall deficit/surplus. In the GFS framework, these transactions are classified together with other transactions in financial assets. However, if supplementary information is available on policy lending, both the overall balance and policy lending can be calculated from GFS source data, as a fiscal indicator (see annex to Chapter 4, Table 4A.2).

Balancing Items

A1.182 Several new balancing items are introduced in the GFS framework, a consequence of the view that fiscal analysis must include a variety of considerations and that no single measure is sufficient for all purposes. In the GFSM 1986, the analytic framework is focused on a single balancing item, the overall deficit/surplus, although provision is made for other balancing items.

A1.183 The analytic framework of the integrated GFS features several balancing items. The Statement of Operations includes the following:

  • The net operating balance, which is defined as revenue minus expense and represents the change in net worth resulting from transactions

  • Net lending/net borrowing, which is defined as the net acquisition of financial assets minus the net incurrence of liabilities, or, alternatively, as the net operating balance minus the net investment in nonfinancial assets; it is also equal to the gross operating balance minus gross investment in nonfinancial assets.

A1.184 The Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash includes the cash surplus/deficit to indicate the balance of cash flows from government operations and the gross investment in nonfinancial assets. It is similar to the overall deficit/surplus of the GFSM 1986 except that net cash outflows from policy lending (lending minus repayment of policy-related transactions in financial assets or liabilities) are not subtracted.

A1.185 Another balancing item in the GFS framework is the overall balance, defined as net lending/net borrowing adjusted through the rearrangement of transactions in assets and liabilities that are deemed to be for public policy purposes. Notably, policy lending is added to expense while privatization proceeds (including fixed asset sales) are included as transactions in financial items in calculating the overall fiscal balance. It is the equivalent of the overall deficit/surplus in the GFSM 1986, but determined using the accrual basis of recording.

A1.186 Other balancing items in the GFS framework include net worth, net financial worth, the change in net worth, the change in net financial worth (all related to the balance sheet), the change in net worth from other economic flows, the primary balance, and savings. There are no similar balancing items in the GFSM 1986.

Harmonization with Other Statistical Systems

A1.187 The GFS framework is harmonized with other international macroeconomic statistical systems. That is, the basic concepts, definitions, and conventions are the same to the extent possible, given the objective of the GFS framework to provide data that support fiscal analysis. The other statistical manuals with which the GFS framework has been harmonized are the 2008 SNA, the sixth edition of the IMF’s Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual, and the IMF’s Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual (in the process of being updated). In contrast, the GFSM 1986 follows the 1968 version of the SNA where possible, but the degree of harmonization is much less, primarily because of the use of the cash basis of recording in the GFSM 1986. Appendix 7 of this Manual provides additional information on linkages of the GFS framework with other macroeconomic statistics.

Appendix 2. Social Protection

This appendix describes the various organizational structures used to provide social protection and the associated government finance statistics compiled for the general government or public sectors.

Introduction

A2.1 Social protection is the systematic intervention intended to relieve households and individuals of the burden of a defined set of social risks.1 Social risks are defined as events or circumstances that may adversely affect the welfare of households either by imposing additional demands on their resources or by reducing their income. Needs may occur due to sickness, unemployment, retirement, housing, education, or family circumstances. Many governments devote considerable economic resources to protect citizens and their employees against these risks.

A2.2 This appendix describes the nature of social protection, the boundary between social protection and private insurance, and the criteria used in the classification of social protection arrangements. A typology of social protection arrangements is presented. The typology has the purpose of identifying the type and sector attribution of social protection arrangements, in order to assist the compiler in the recording of flow and stock positions. Examples of the recording of specific flows related to various types of social protection arrangements are presented in tabular form.2

The Nature of Social Protection

A2.3 Households benefit from social protection in different ways:

  • Households could receive benefits when they meet certain eligibility criteria that originated from a social risk without making any contributions. These benefits are classified as an expense that leads to a redistribution of income through transfers.

  • Households could make contributions and receive benefits as transfers receivable in the event of the occurrence of the specified social risks. Neither the contributions nor the benefits constitute an exchange as no direct exchange of economic value occurs. The payment of the social contribution entitles the contributor to some contingent future benefits. The finances of these arrangements function similarly to nonlife insurance schemes (see paragraph A4.70). Such social protection arrangements are essentially a process of redistribution across a wide section of the population, with many individuals contributing resources so that those in need may benefit.3 These social benefits are classified as an expense.

  • Households (including employees, self-employed, and unemployed) could make contributions (actual and imputed) to a scheme to accumulate assets. They can withdraw from these accumulated assets in the event of the occurrence of the specified social risk. Examples are employment-related pensions and other retirement benefits, compulsory saving schemes, and other types of annuities. The finances of these arrangements function similarly to life insurance schemes (see paragraph A4.69). There is relatively little redistribution among the various households holding similar policies, and members of households are able to predict with a reasonable degree of certainty what they will receive and when. Therefore, contributions and payments of these benefits are transactions in financial assets and liabilities.

A2.4 Depending on the nature of the social protection arrangement, the unit that administers the arrangement could earn revenue (social contributions) and/or incur expense (social benefits) related to the social protection arrangement. Social contributions [GFS] (12) are actual or imputed revenue receivable by social insurance schemes to make provision for social insurance benefits payable (see paragraphs 5.94–5.100). As an expense, social benefits [GFS] (27) are current transfers receivable by households intended to provide for the needs that arise from social risks (see paragraphs 6.96–6.106). Alternatively, the unit that administers the arrangement could be involved in transactions in financial assets and liabilities, classified as insurance, pensions, and standardized guarantee schemes (see paragraphs 7.178–7.202).

A2.5 The social risks covered by social protection vary from country to country and from scheme to scheme. Generally, social protection may be divided into two classes—namely:

  • Pensions and other retirement benefits

  • All other social benefits, collectively described as nonpension social benefits.

A2.6 Pensions and other retirement benefits are payable when individuals cease employment upon retirement. Pensions may also be payable to other individuals—for example, a bereaved spouse or other dependents, or to someone suffering from a permanent disability. As indicated in Figure A2.1, pensions and other retirement benefits are provided to individuals via social assistance, social security, employment-related pension schemes, or private insurance.

Figure A2.1
Figure A2.1

Boundary between Social Protection and Private Insurance

1 Including defined-contribution schemes, treated similar to life insurance.

A2.7 Nonpension social benefits include payments made to individuals when they are temporarily unemployed, suffering from a medical condition, or suffering from an event that prevents them from working for a period. The following list of typical non-pension social benefits illustrates their general nature:

  • The beneficiaries, or their dependents, require medical, dental, and other treatments, or hospital, convalescent, or long-term care as a result of sickness, injuries, maternity needs, chronic invalidity, old age, etc. These social benefits are provided in kind in the form of treatment or care provided free or at prices that are not economically significant, or by reimbursing expense incurred by households or individuals.

  • The beneficiaries have to support dependents of various kinds: spouses, children, elderly relatives, physically or mentally disabled persons, etc. These social benefits are usually payable in cash in the form of regular dependents’ or family allowances.

  • The beneficiaries suffer a reduction in income as a result of not being able to work full-time. These social benefits are usually payable regularly in cash for the duration of the condition or for a maximum period. In some instances, a lump sum may be provided additionally or instead of the regular payment. People may be prevented from working for various reasons, including involuntary unemployment, temporary layoffs, short-time working, sickness, accidental injury, the birth of a child, etc.

  • The beneficiaries suffer a reduction in income because of the death of the main income earner. These social benefits are usually payable in cash, often in the form of regular allowances or, in some instances, a lump sum.

  • The beneficiaries are provided with housing either free or at prices that are not economically significant, or by reimbursing some of the expense they incur.

  • The beneficiaries are provided with allowances to cover education expenses incurred on behalf of themselves or their dependents; education services may occasionally be provided in kind (i.e., education services provided free or at prices that are not economically significant4 to those subject to social risks).

A2.8 Social benefits can be provided in cash or in kind. If provided in kind, the goods or services could be produced by the unit providing the benefits, they could be purchased by the unit providing the benefits from a market producer before distributing them to the household, or the households could purchase the goods and services and be reimbursed. Some benefits are provided indirectly, such as through tax allowances, exemptions, and deductions; benefits provided in this manner are not considered social benefits in GFS. However, if social benefits are made available via the tax system in the form of payable tax credits, these payable tax credits should be recorded on a gross basis and recorded as a social benefit payable by government (see paragraphs 5.29–5.32).

A2.9 In GFS, a social benefit expense is always a transfer payment because the benefits are provided without the recipients being required to provide something of equivalent value in return. Allowances provided as compensation of employees or loans provided by employers to employees are not social benefits. Transfers are defined and explained in more detail in paragraph 3.10.

A2.10 Social benefits do not include transfers payable in response to events or circumstances that are not normally covered by social insurance schemes. Therefore, transfers made in response to unusual events, such as natural disasters or destruction during wars, should be recorded as transfers not elsewhere classified (282) in GFS (see paragraphs 6.122–6.126).

Boundary between Social Protection and Private Insurance

A2.11 Social benefits are provided by general government employers to their employees and their dependents, or other units, such as trade unions and nonprofit institutions serving households. Social benefits are always provided in collective arrangements. Consequently, individual insurance policies taken out on the private initiative of individuals or households solely in their own interest are excluded from social protection arrangements. When individuals take out insurance policies in their own names, on their own initiative, and independently of their employers or government, the claims receivable are not treated as social benefits, even if the policies are taken out against the same kinds of social risks as those listed in paragraphs A2.6–A2.7—these private initiatives are treated as private insurance.

A2.12 Individual saving arrangements that maintain the integrity of the participants’ contributions and are restricted to protecting against social risks are private insurance schemes. Under such arrangements, the contributions of the participants and/or their employers are kept in a separate account and may be withdrawn under specified circumstances, such as retirement, unemployment, invalidity, and death.

A2.13 Social protection arrangements (covering social assistance and social insurance) must be organized collectively for groups of workers or be available by law to all workers or designated categories of workers, possibly including unemployed persons as well as employed. Social insurance includes private social insurance schemes arranged for selected groups of workers employed by a single employer, and social security schemes (see paragraph 2.101).5

A2.14 Many social insurance schemes (covering social security schemes and employment-related insurance schemes) are organized collectively for groups of workers so that those participating do not have to take out individual insurance policies in their own names. In such cases, there is no difficulty about distinguishing social insurance from private insurance taken out on an individual basis. However, some social insurance schemes may permit, or even require, participants to take out policies in their own names. In order for an individual policy to be treated as part of a social insurance scheme, the eventualities or circumstances against which the participants are insured must be of the kind listed in paragraphs A2.5–A2.7, and, in addition, one or more of the following conditions must be satisfied:

  • Participation in the scheme is obligatory either by law for a specified category of persons, whether employed or unemployed, or under the terms and conditions of employment of an employee, or group of employees.

  • The scheme is a collective one operated for the benefit of a designated group of persons, whether employees or unemployed, participation being restricted to members of that group.

  • An employer makes a contribution (actual or imputed) to the scheme on behalf of an employee, regardless of whether the employee also makes a contribution.

A2.15 The premiums payable, and claims receivable, under individual policies taken out under a social insurance scheme are recorded as social contributions and social benefits. Most individual policies that qualify as social insurance schemes are likely to be for pension provision, but it is possible that they may cover other eventualities—for example, to provide income if the policyholder is unable to work for a prolonged period because of ill health.

A2.16 Participation in insurance schemes, public or private, may be voluntary for the workers concerned, but it is more common for it to be obligatory. For example, participation in schemes organized by individual employers may be required by the terms and conditions of employment collectively agreed between employers and their employees. Participation in nationwide social security schemes organized by government units may be compulsory by law for the entire labor force, except perhaps for persons who are already covered by private schemes. Making a distinction in underlying source data between compulsory and voluntary social contributions is required when the total fiscal burden is calculated (see Table 4A.1). In contrast, social assistance is provided without any insurance involved (see paragraph A2.25).

Classification Criteria for Social Protection Arrangements

A2.17 As indicated in Figure A2.2, the following criteria are used in macroeconomic statistics to classify social protection arrangements:

Figure A2.2
  • Contributory versus noncontributory—Contributory schemes require actual or imputed social contributions by the protected persons or by other parties on their behalf to obtain entitlement to the benefits. Noncontributory arrangements do not require the payment of contributions, but other eligibility requirements may apply.

  • Compulsory versus voluntary—Compulsory schemes may be established by law and/or regulation or by agreement between employer and employees. In some cases, a scheme may be mixed, where some people are required to participate and others are allowed a choice. Participation in voluntary schemes is at free will.

  • Cover the whole (or large segments of the) population or just government employees—Social protection is provided collectively to the general population (or a large segment of the general population), although possibly limited by eligibility criteria, while employment-related schemes provide benefits as part of the conditions of employment.6

  • Provide pension and other retirement benefits, or other types of social benefits—Social protection arrangements distinguish between those that provide pensions and other retirement benefits, and those that provide other types of nonpension benefits, such as medical, unemployment, disability, etc. This distinction determines the transactions recorded for the arrangement; for example, employment-related pension schemes are considered to give rise to liabilities in the form of pension entitlements recorded under the debt instrument insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes.

  • Autonomous versus nonautonomous—A social protection scheme is autonomous when a separate institutional unit exists7 that is directly held responsible, and accountable, for the decisions and actions the unit takes. Where a separate institutional unit does not exist, the arrangement would be considered nonautonomous and be classified with the unit that controls it.

  • Defined-contribution versus defined-benefit schemes—A defined-contribution scheme is one where the benefits are determined by the actual contributions made to the scheme, and the investment income and holding gains and losses earned on these and previous contributions. Under a defined-benefit scheme, the ultimate benefit is calculated by means of a formula embodied in the terms of the social insurance scheme. These benefits are usually determined in terms of the undertakings made by the employer or operator of the scheme.

  • Funded versus unfunded schemes—A social insurance scheme is funded if contributions are held in a segregated fund (reserve), from which future benefits will be payable. If a segregated fund is sufficient to finance the present value of the future benefits payable, the scheme is fully funded. If the segregated fund is insufficient to finance the net present value of the future benefits payable, it is underfunded. If the reserve is more than sufficient to finance the net present value of the future benefits payable, it is overfunded. For an unfunded scheme, contributions are not held in a segregated fund (reserve). By definition, unfunded schemes have no separate pool of reserves and cannot be a separate institutional unit.

Typology of Social Protection Arrangements

A2.18 The classification of social protection is based on the type of social protection arrangement governing the payment of the benefits. Social protection can be organized as social assistance or social insurance schemes, with the latter organized as social security schemes or employment-related social insurance schemes. The units involved in the organization and operation of social protection can be general government units, public corporations, nonprofit institutions serving households, or private corporations.

A2.19 Using the various aspects of the classification criteria for social protection, as described earlier, Figure A2.2 provides a typology designed to assist compilers in identifying and classifying various social protection arrangements. Identifying the type of unit involved in social protection arrangements is an important step in determining the recording of flows and stock positions, which differs depending on the type of arrangement.

A2.20 The first level in the typology of social protection is based on whether payments of contributions are required to obtain entitlement to benefits. Where no contributions are required, social protection is provided as a social assistance arrangement (see paragraphs A2.25–A2.29). The requirement to make payments of social contributions by the protected persons or by other parties on their behalf to obtain entitlement to the benefits indicates the existence of a social insurance scheme (see paragraphs A2.30–A2.31). However, noncontributory employment-related social protection schemes provided by employers for the benefit of their employees are treated as if they were contributory schemes because contributions are imputed. The amounts necessary to obtain coverage against the specified social risks are imputed as social contributions, and another transaction imputes the employees’ payment of the same amounts to the employer as social contributions (see paragraph A2.40).

A2.21 The next level in the typology of social protection is determined by whether the social insurance is arranged as a defined-contribution or defined-benefit scheme. Defined-contribution schemes will constitute either a compulsory savings arrangement or an employment-related pension scheme, and, as described in paragraph A2.12, these arrangements are treated similarly to life insurance. Paragraphs A2.55–A2.59 describe the treatment of defined-contribution schemes.

A2.22 Within social insurance, the types of beneficiaries covered by the scheme determine the next level in the typology. When the beneficiaries are the general population, or a large segment of the general population, the scheme would be a social security scheme, as discussed in paragraphs A2.33–A2.39. If individuals or households are eligible to receive social benefits as a group of employees, it is an employment-related social insurance scheme, as discussed in paragraph A2.40.

A2.23 The typology of employment-related social insurance schemes further distinguishes based on the types of benefits provided by the scheme: Employment-related pension schemes provide pension and other retirement benefits and are discussed in paragraphs A2.41–A2.59; employment-related nonpension social insurance schemes provide nonpension benefits and are discussed in paragraphs A2.64–A2.66. These benefits may be provided in cash or in kind, similar to the benefits as described in paragraph A2.27.

A2.24 Employment-related pension and other retirement benefit schemes can further be distinguished by whether they are funded or unfunded (see paragraph A2.17). While unfunded schemes are always considered nonautonomous, for funded schemes a further distinction is made between those that are nonautonomous (see paragraph A2.44) or autonomous (see paragraph A2.47).

Social Assistance

A2.25 Social assistance provides social protection benefits to all persons who are in need without any formal requirement to participate as evidenced by the payment of contributions. The eligibility to receive social benefits is not conditional on the payment of contributions by the protected persons or by other parties on their behalf. There may, however, be specific eligibility criteria, such as a “means test,” where the expression indicates a maximum qualifying level of income or assets. The benefits payable by such an arrangement are social assistance benefits. Social assistance benefits (272) are transfers payable in cash or in kind to households to meet the same needs as social insurance benefits but are not made under a social insurance scheme (see paragraph A2.30).

A2.26 All social assistance is organized and operated by government units and NPISHs. The benefits are payable to households, out of the unit’s general resources, according to the specified criteria. Eligibility is purely related to the criteria stipulated in the social protection arrangement.

A2.27 Social assistance benefits may be provided in cash or in kind. The classification of this expense is further discussed in paragraphs 6.101–6.102, and Table A2.1 illustrates the recording of flows related to social assistance. Social assistance benefits in kind are recorded when:

Table A2.1

Illustrative Recording of Flows Related to Social Assistance

article image

In a cash reporting environment, the expense will be recorded at the time of the cash flow. In an accrual reporting environment, an other account payable should be recorded in cases where the payment is not made when the eligibility criteria have been met.

The flow of inventories will be recorded only in an inventory accounting system.

  • Government provides directly to the households goods and services purchased from market producers.

  • Market entities provide goods and services directly to households, with the government providing reimbursement either directly to the provider or to the household for expenses incurred. Although households are reimbursed in cash for eligible purchases of goods and services, the transaction should be recorded as social assistance benefits in kind.8

A2.28 A distinction should be made between social assistance benefits and certain other expense categories incurred by government—notably:

  • When a government unit produces the goods and services provided to households as social assistance benefits, they are not recorded as social benefits but rather by type of expense incurred in producing these goods and services: compensation of employees (21), use of goods and services (22), and consumption of fixed capital (23).9

  • If a government unit reimburses corporations for the cost of goods and services provided to targeted social assistance beneficiaries, the transfers are recorded as social assistance benefits in kind. These transfers to corporations should be distinguished from subsidies (25), which are transfers to enterprises intended to reduce prices or increase the provision of goods and services for the general population.

  • Social assistance benefits do not include transfers payable in response to events or circumstances that are not normally covered by social insurance schemes (see paragraph A2.10).

A2.29 Typically, social assistance benefits will be recorded on an accrual basis as an expense when all eligibility criteria have been met and the benefits become payable. Although some benefits, such as disability or maternity payments, may be payable over several reporting periods, no liability for the future payments of social assistance benefits should be recorded on the balance sheet of government. Other accounts payable will be recognized only in cases where a benefit accrued but remained unpaid at the end of a reporting period.10 However, to increase transparency and allow an analysis of the sustainability of social assistance policies, an estimate of the present value of social assistance benefits that have already been earned, according to the existing laws and regulations, but are payable in the future, could be calculated in a manner similar to the liabilities of an employment-related insurance scheme.

Social Insurance Schemes

A2.30 Social insurance schemes provide social protection and require formal participation by the beneficiaries, evidenced by the payment of contributions (actual or imputed). These schemes are organized in such a way that a third party, usually an employer or the government, encourages or obliges individuals to participate in a scheme that provides benefits for a number of identified circumstances, including pensions in retirement. Social insurance schemes have much in common with direct insurance (see paragraph A4.68) and may be run by insurance corporations. The payment of contributions (corresponding to premiums in the case of direct insurance) and benefits (corresponding to claims in the case of direct insurance) is recorded according to the nature of the scheme. Participation is usually linked to employment, and contributions are payable either by the participants, an employer, or both. Therefore, a social insurance scheme is an insurance scheme for which the following two conditions are satisfied:

  • The benefits receivable are conditional on participation in the scheme and constitute social benefits.

  • At least one of the following three conditions is met:

    • Participation in the scheme is obligatory either by law or under the terms and conditions of employment of an employee, or group of employees.

    • The scheme is a collective one operated for the benefit of a designated group of workers, whether employed or unemployed, participation being restricted to members of that group.

    • An employer makes a contribution (actual or imputed) to the scheme on behalf of an employee, regardless of whether the employee also makes a contribution.

A2.31 A social insurance contribution is the amount payable to a social insurance scheme in order for a designated beneficiary to be entitled to receive the social benefits covered by the scheme. A social insurance benefit is a social benefit payable because the beneficiary participates in a social insurance scheme and the identified circumstances have occurred.

A2.32 As indicated in paragraph A2.22, the types of beneficiaries covered by the social insurance scheme determine the next level in the typology of this scheme (see Figure A2.2). The individuals or households eligible to receive social insurance benefits are either a group of employees, the general population, or a large segment of the general population. Social security schemes are social insurance schemes that cover the community as a whole, or large sections of the community, and are imposed and controlled by government units. In contrast, as indicated in paragraph A2.40, social insurance schemes in which employers provide social insurance benefits only to their employees, former employees, or their beneficiaries are referred to as other employment-related social insurance schemes. Where the same scheme covers the general population and government employees, the scheme is treated as a social security scheme. However, if the conditions for participation and benefits payable, as determined by the employment contract, differ from those of the social security scheme for nongovernment employee participants, an employment-related scheme exists and the flows and stock positions of the two schemes should be distinguished within the social security fund (see paragraph 2.102).

Social security schemes

A2.33 Social security schemes are social insurance schemes covering the community as a whole, or large sections of the community, and are imposed and controlled by government units. These schemes cover a wide variety of programs, providing benefits in cash or in kind for old age, invalidity or death, survivors, sickness and maternity, work injury, unemployment, family allowance, health care, etc. There is not necessarily a direct link between the amount of the contribution payable by an individual and the benefits receivable.

A2.34 Social security schemes that are organized separately from the other activities of government units, hold their assets and liabilities separately from the latter, and engage in financial transactions on their own account qualify as institutional units. These institutional units are described as social security funds. A social security fund is a particular kind of government unit that is devoted to the operation of one or more social security schemes. These special types of government units are identified separately in a subsector to allow for the alternative methods of constructing subsectors of the general government sector (see paragraph 2.78). The existence of a social security fund depends on its organization as a separate institutional unit, not on other characteristics of the scheme, such as types of benefits provided or sources of finance.

A2.35 Not all social security schemes are operated by social security funds. Where a separate social security fund does not exist, the transactions of the social security scheme would be reported as an integral part of the transactions of the government unit that controls operations of the social security scheme. Social security schemes can therefore be operated by government units that are not social security funds. Consequently, statistics for the social security funds subsector may not include all social security schemes. If a social security scheme is not a separate institutional unit, however, there may be separate accounts to manage the scheme’s finances, which would permit compiling supplementary statistics on social security activities with broader coverage than that of the social security subsector.

A2.36 By definition, social security schemes are contributory—participants in the scheme are required to make regular contributions to be eligible to receive benefits for themselves or their dependents. The primary receipts of social security schemes are social security contributions. As shown in Table 5.1 in Chapter 5, social security contributions are classified according to their source, which may be employers or households. Participation in social security schemes can be compulsory or voluntary. Further breakdown in the classification of these social contributions would allow a distinction between contributions receivable in cash and in kind, and between compulsory and voluntary contributions. In addition to social contributions, social security schemes may receive grants from general government resources and may earn property income from the investment of their assets.

A2.37 Social security benefits [GFS] (271) payable are current transfers and are classified as one of the social benefits categories. These can further be classified as being payable in cash or in kind (see Table 6.1). Social security benefits in kind can be provided to beneficiaries in the same ways as social assistance benefits in kind (see paragraphs A2.27–A2.28). Table A2.2 illustrates the recording of some of the flows related to social security schemes.

Table A2.2

Illustrative Recording of Flows Related to Social Security Schemes

article image
Note: The net implicit obligation for future social security benefits should be recorded as a memorandum item (see paragraph 7.261).

In a cash reporting environment, the revenue/expense will be recorded at the time of the cash flow. In an accrual reporting environment, an other account receivable/payable should be recorded in cases where the payment is not made when the eligibility criteria have been met.

The flow of inventories will be recorded only in an inventory accounting system. In a cash reporting environment, social benefits in kind will not be recorded. The purchases of goods and services distributed as social benefits in kind will be included in purchases of goods and services (22).

A2.38 Social security schemes are characterized by a degree of contingent reciprocity. Social security contributions secure entitlements to benefits that are contingent on the event underlying the social risk occurring. Nonetheless, the amount and timing of receipts of benefits by beneficiaries (if any) are subject to various eligibility criteria without necessarily a direct relationship between the amount of the contribution payable by an individual and the benefits receivable. Therefore, the link between benefits and contributions is not considered sufficiently strong to give rise to a financial claim on the part of contributors. The potential individual claims of contributors (and therefore the corresponding government obligations) are regarded as contingent. Also, because social security benefits can be changed at will by the government or legislature as part of its overall economic policy, there is uncertainty about the eventual payment or level of payment of these social benefits.11 As a result, in GFS, no liabilities are associated with the potential future claims on social security schemes. An expense is recorded only when payment of the benefits is due.

A2.39 However, a high expectation exists that social security benefits earned according to the existing laws will be payable in the future. Therefore, an estimate equal to the net implicit obligations for future social security benefits should be presented as a memorandum item to the Balance Sheet, and details of it presented as a supplementary statement, the Summary Statement of Explicit Contingent Liabilities and Net Implicit Obligations for Future Social Security Benefits (see paragraphs 4.47 and 7.261).

Other employment-related social insurance schemes

A2.40 Other employment-related social insurance schemes derive from an employer-employee relationship in the provision of pension entitlement and other social benefit to employees as part of the conditions of employment. By definition, these schemes are contributory and, for government or public sector units, protect only their own employees and dependents. The provision of social insurance benefits by government to its own employees is considered to be part of an actual or implicit contract between the government, as employer, and the employees, to compensate them for the provision of their labor services. Therefore, employment-related social insurance schemes give rise to requited expense transactions for government when the social contributions became payable. To accurately reflect the accrued costs of employment, the actual and imputed social insurance contributions should be recorded as employers’ social contributions (212) in the expense category for compensation of employees (21) (see Table 6.1).

Employment-related pensions and other retirement benefit schemes

A2.41 Employment-related social insurance schemes that provide pensions and other retirement benefits can be organized as a funded or unfunded social insurance scheme. Table A2.3 illustrates the recording of some of the flows of employment-related pensions.

Table A2.3

Illustrative Recording of Flows Related to Employment-Related Pension Schemes

article image

In a cash reporting environment, the revenue/expense will be recorded at the time of the cash flow. In an accrual reporting environment, an other account receivable/payable should be recorded in cases where the payment is not made when the eligibility criteria have been met.

These disbursements will primarily be reinvested in the fund as social contributions, while the portion that will meet the cost of operating the fund should be recorded as the purchases of a financial service from the pension fund.

A2.42 There are three types of employment-related pension schemes:

  • A nonautonomous pension scheme that is therefore regarded as an integral part of the employer

  • A separate institutional unit that operates a pension scheme that is therefore regarded as an autonomous pension fund

  • A scheme managed by an insurance enterprise on behalf of the employer regarded as a financial corporation.

A2.43 The manner in which the employment-related pension scheme is organized determines the recording of the associated transactions. Insurance enterprises and autonomous pension funds are units of the financial corporations sector, while nonautonomous pension funds and unfunded employment-related social insurance schemes are units of the general government sector.

Nonautonomous employment-related pension schemes

A2.44 Nonautonomous social insurance schemes are operated by the employer, and these schemes are usually unfunded schemes because they are organized by the employer without assigning specific accounts or otherwise creating special reserves for the payment of benefits. Instead, the benefits are payable from the employer’s general resources.

A2.45 A nonautonomous pension fund for public sector employees does not meet the criteria to be considered an institutional unit, and is therefore deemed to be included in the unit that operates the scheme. This is also the case when the employer has established segregated reserves, but the organization and operations of the scheme do not meet the criteria to be an institutional unit (see paragraph 2.22). The economic flows and stock positions of nonautonomous employment-related pension funds are integrated with those of the controlling employer. All of the assets, liabilities, transactions, and other economic events of the pension fund are combined with the corresponding items of the employer operating the scheme, which may be a general government unit or a public corporation. The treatment of the assets, liabilities, transactions, and other economic events related to the nonautonomous pension fund is similar to that of an autonomous pension fund. However, in this case, the contributions payable as a component of compensation of employees, the receipt of the contributions by the pension scheme, and the associated liabilities are recorded by the same level of government. These flows are not eliminated in consolidation because households are regarded as, respectively, the recipient and payer. These flows should be rerouted as described in paragraph 3.28.

A2.46 In accordance with the accrual basis of recording, the amount that would be required to cover the accrual of the social benefits must be imputed. This will also ensure that the full cost of employment is accounted for by recording the imputed social contributions, with a counterpart entry that creates the associated liability for these pension benefits. This imputation recognizes the economic flows during the period in which the underlying economic event takes place. It also improves transparency because it records the cost of providing the social benefits to its employees and flags the risks associated with the future demands on resources. When these pension benefits are paid, the payment is recorded as a reduction in liabilities.12

Autonomous employment-related pension schemes

A2.47 To be regarded as autonomous, the entity responsible for the employment-related pension scheme must have the characteristics of an institutional unit (see paragraph 2.22). These institutional units are considered to provide financial services (i.e., insurance/ pensions) to the household sector, and are therefore classified in the financial corporations sector. They are classified as either private or public financial corporations, depending on whether they are controlled by the private or public sectors (see Box 2.2).

A2.48 An employer may contract with a third party to administer the pension funds for its employees. The employment-related pension scheme is then managed through an insurance enterprise or an autonomous pension fund. The employer’s primary responsibility with respect to the scheme is to pay the social contributions on behalf of its employees. The government unit records the payment as part of compensation of employees, under actual social contributions (see Table 6.1 and paragraph 6.21). No other transactions are recorded by the government unit as employer, as it has no direct liability for future provision of social benefits.

A2.49 However, in cases where the employer continues to determine the terms of the pension schemes and retains the responsibility for any deficit in funding, as well as the right to retain any excess funding, the employer is described as the pension manager and the unit working under the direction of the pension manager is described as the pension administrator. If the agreement between the employer and the third party is such that the employer passes the risks and responsibilities for any deficit in funding to the third party in return for the right of the third party to retain any excess, the third party becomes the pension manager as well as the administrator.

A2.50 When the pension manager is a unit different from the administrator, and the responsibility for any deficit, or claims on any excess, rests with the pension manager, the claim of the pension fund on the pension manager should be shown under the liability, claims of pension funds on pension managers (63064). By contrast, if the pension fund makes more investment income from the pension entitlements it holds than necessary to cover the increase in entitlements, the difference is payable to the pension manager of the scheme. The pension manager records this claim on the pension administrator as a financial asset, claims of pension funds on pension managers (62064).13

A2.51 If government controls the financial corporation that manages the employment-related pension scheme for government employees, the corporation will be part of the public financial sector, and the relevant flows and stock positions would be recorded when compiling GFS for the public sector. The receipt of social contributions by this insurance enterprise or pension fund gives rise to a liability, classified in the financial instrument insurance, pensions, and standardized guarantee schemes (6306), and more specifically in pension entitlements (63063). The liability originates from the obligation to pay future pension benefits—any subsequent payment of the benefits will be recorded as a reduction in this liability. Although the social contributions are payable directly by the employer to the financial corporation, they are recorded in GFS as if payable by the employer to households as compensation of employees: households in turn pay the contributions to the financial corporation. Because of this rerouting, these transactions should not be eliminated in consolidation of the public sector (see paragraph 3.28).

A2.52 For the financial corporation, revenue from the investment of the financial reserves should be classified as the relevant category of property income. However, since these resources are considered to give rise to an asset of the policyholders, such income should be attributed to policyholders. An expense is recorded, classified as property expense for investment income disbursements (2813), with a counterpart entry that increases the liability to reflect the policyholders’ increase in claims for pension entitlements.

A2.53 Autonomous employment-related pension schemes can be organized as a defined-benefit pension scheme or a defined-contribution pension scheme.

Defined-benefit pension schemes

A2.54 A defined-benefit pension scheme is one where the benefits payable to an employee on retirement are determined by the use of a formula, either alone or as a minimum amount payable. The level of benefits promised to participating employees is determined by a formula embodied in the terms of the social insurance scheme. These terms are usually based on factors such as the participants’ length of service and salary.14 The calculation of imputed contributions and net present value of future benefits requires advanced actuarial techniques, beyond the responsibility of GFS compilers. The present value of future benefit entitlements increases each period because there is one fewer period over which it is discounted. This increase should be a transaction in property expense for investment income disbursements (2813) (see paragraph 6.113). Furthermore, a holding gain should be recorded with respect to the liability in order to reflect any change in the value of the liability because of a change in the interest rate used to discount the future benefits. A change in the liability resulting from a change in the benefit structure should always be treated as an other volume change, because it does not constitute a transaction but represents a unilateral change brought about by the employer.

Defined-contribution pension schemes

A2.55 A defined-contribution pension scheme is one where the benefits payable to an employee on retirement are defined exclusively in terms of the level of the funds built up from the contributions made over the employee’s working life and the increases in value that result from the investment of these funds by the manager of the scheme. The risk of the scheme to provide an adequate retirement income is thus borne by the employee, and the benefits that will be payable depend on the assets of the fund.15 For a defined-contribution pension scheme, a pension fund is always deemed to exist.

A2.56 Contributions to a defined-contribution pension scheme are invested on behalf of the employees as future beneficiaries. The investment income on the cumulated assets of the pension fund is recorded as revenue for the fund, classified according to the nature of the respective property income revenue (usually including interest (1411), dividends (1412), or rent (1415)). The investment income is also recorded as being distributed to the beneficiaries (classified as property expense for investment income disbursements (2813)), who are deemed to reinvest the income in the pension fund as contributions. Therefore, the investment income payable on defined-contribution entitlements is equal to the investment income on the financial investments plus any net operating surplus earned by renting land or buildings owned by the fund.

A2.57 The value of the pension entitlement liability of a defined-contribution pension scheme is the market value of the financial assets held by the pension fund on behalf of the future beneficiaries. Any changes in the market value of these investments of the pension fund would include holding gains and losses. These holding gains and losses should be recorded as changes in the value of the relevant assets of the institutional unit administering the pension fund. In addition, these holding gains or losses should also be attributed to the policyholders. Therefore, a matching entry for the holding gain or losses in the liability of the pension fund toward households should be recorded.

A2.58 For a defined-contribution pension scheme, the risks and costs associated with the scheme are borne by the beneficiaries. There are no imputed contributions for defined-contribution pension schemes, unless the employer operates the scheme directly. In that case, the value of the costs of operating the scheme is treated as an imputed contribution payable to the employee as part of compensation of employees. This amount is recorded by the employer as the sale of a financial service to the employees, classified as imputed sales of goods and services (1424) (see paragraph 5.140). When the fund is operated by a unit other than the employer, the operating costs are financed from investment income retained by the fund to meet its costs and generate a profit. Therefore, in keeping with the recording of insurance, the investment income generated is treated as being attributed in full to the beneficiaries in the household sector who use part of the income to purchase a financial service from the fund, and reinvest the remainder with the fund.

A2.59 As indicated in paragraphs A2.3 and A2.21, defined-contribution schemes are similar to life insurance schemes.16 However, a scheme that may be defined in terms similar to a defined-contribution scheme, but with a guaranteed minimum benefit specified, or other hybrid schemes, should be treated as defined-benefit pension schemes in macroeconomic statistics.

Government assumption of employment-related pension obligations of other institutional units

A2.60 On occasion, large one-off transactions (lump-sum transactions) may occur between a government and another institutional unit, often a public corporation, linked to pension reforms or to privatization of the public corporations. The goal may be to make the corporation competitive, or financially more attractive, by removing existing pension liabilities from its balance sheet. This goal is achieved by government assuming the liability in exchange for an asset or assets from the other institutional unit. When the value of the asset(s) receivable is the same as the value of the liability assumed, the transaction is recorded as a transaction in financial assets and liabilities for both units involved.

A2.61 However, if the value of the asset(s) receivable by government is less than the value of the liability assumed, an expense in the form of a capital transfer from government to the corporation is recorded for the difference. The assumer (government) records an increase in liabilities for pension entitlements, an increase in the relevant financial and/or nonfinancial assets, and an expense in the form of capital transfer to the corporation (see paragraph 6.91). The corporation records a decrease in liabilities for pension entitlements, a decrease in financial and/or nonfinancial assets, and revenue in the form of a capital transfer from government.

A2.62 If the value of the asset(s) receivable is more than the value of the liability incurred, a capital transfer receivable from the corporation to the government is recorded for the difference (see paragraph 5.148). The corporation records a decrease in liabilities for pension entitlements, a decrease in financial and/or nonfinancial assets, and an expense in the form of a capital transfer to government.

A2.63 Even if the arrangement transforms the pension liability, so that it is to be administered as part of a social security fund, the initial assumption of the pension obligation should be recorded as in the foregoing paragraphs. The pension obligations absorbed by the social security fund continue to be classified as pension entitlement liabilities. These obligations are gradually extinguished as the benefits are paid out.

Employment-related nonpension social insurance schemes

A2.64 Employment-related nonpension social insurance schemes can be operated by the government or by autonomous nongovernment entities. In either case, the actual or imputed employers’ contributions are included as an expense in the compensation of employees, under social contributions. For funded schemes, the actual contributions made to the scheme are classified under actual employers’ social contributions. For unfunded schemes, the amount that would be required to purchase equivalent social benefits must be imputed by the employer, and should be classified under imputed employers’ social contributions. Where a scheme is operated by the government, a simultaneous transaction equal to the actual or imputed social contributions is recorded as revenue from the household sector back to government, and classified under other social contributions by employees. The social benefits provided by the government are classified as an expense under employment-related social benefits. Table A2.4 illustrates the recording of some of these flows of employment-related nonpension social insurance schemes.

Table A2.4

Illustrative Recording of Flows Related to Employment-Related Nonpension Social Insurance Schemes

article image
Note: The net implicit obligation for future social security benefits should be recorded as a memorandum item (see paragraph 7.261).

In a cash reporting environment, the revenue/expense will be recorded at the time of the cash flow. In an accrual reporting environment, an other account receivable/payable should be recorded in cases where the payment is not made when the eligibility criteria have been met.

The flow of inventories will be recorded only in an inventory accounting system.

A2.65 Some employers provide nonpension social benefits directly to their employees, former employees, or dependents without involving an insurance enterprise or autonomous pension fund, and without creating a special fund or segregated reserve for the purpose. Employees may be considered as being protected against various specified social risks, even though no reserves are built up to provide for future entitlement to social security benefits. An expense for employers’ social contributions should therefore be imputed for such employees (see paragraph 6.22), equal in value to the amount of social contributions revenue needed to obtain the de facto entitlements to the accrued social benefits. These amounts take into account any actual contributions made by the employer or employee. The amounts depend not only on the levels of the benefits currently payable but also on the impact on future employer’s liabilities of demographic and actuarial factors, such as expected changes in the numbers, age distribution, and life expectancies of their present and previous employees. Therefore, the values that should be imputed for the contributions ought, in principle, to be based on the same kind of actuarial considerations that determine the levels of premiums charged by insurance enterprises.

A2.66 In practice, however, it may be difficult to estimate such imputed contributions. The government unit may make estimates itself, perhaps on the basis of the contributions payable into similar funded schemes, in order to calculate its likely liabilities in the future. Otherwise, the only practical alternative may be to use the unfunded nonpension benefits payable by government during the same reporting period as an estimate of the imputed remuneration that would be needed to cover the imputed contributions. This is a second best option as the value of the imputed contributions may diverge from the unfunded nonpension benefits actually paid in the same period, due to factors such as the changing composition and age structure of the government labor force.

Appendix 3. Debt and Related Operations

This appendix provides guidance on selected issues that may arise in the recording of flows and stock positions related to public sector debt.

Introduction

A3.1 In the recording of debt1 of the general government or public sectors, complex methodological issues can arise with regard to flows (i.e., transactions and other economic flows) and stock positions associated with the debt liabilities. Some of the most common issues are discussed in detail, with examples of their treatment, in Chapter 4 of the PSDS Guide. This appendix provides a summary of the same issues and their treatment.

Debt Reorganization

A3.2 Debt reorganization (also referred to as debt restructuring) is defined as an arrangement involving both the creditor and the debtor (and sometimes third parties) that alters the terms established for servicing an existing debt. Governments are often involved in debt reorganization, as debtor, creditor, or guarantor.

A3.3 Debt reorganization usually involves relief for the debtor from the original terms and conditions of debt obligations. This may be in response to liquidity constraints, where the debtor does not have the cash to meet debt service payments due, or sustainability issues, where the debtor is unlikely to be able to meet its debt obligations in the medium term.

A3.4 A failure by a debtor to honor its debt obligations (e.g., default) does not constitute debt reorganization because it does not involve an arrangement between the creditor and the debtor. Similarly, a creditor can reduce the value of its debt claims on the debtor in its own accounts through debt write offs—unilateral actions that arise, for example, when the creditor regards a claim as unrecoverable, perhaps because of bankruptcy of the debtor, and, as a result, no longer carries the claim on its balance sheet. Again, this is not considered debt reorganization.

A3.5 The four main types of debt reorganization are:

  • Debt forgiveness, which is a reduction in the amount of, or the extinguishing of, a debt obligation by the creditor via a contractual arrangement with the debtor.

  • Debt rescheduling or refinancing (or debt exchange), which is a change in the terms and conditions of the amount owed, which may result in a reduction in debt burden in present value terms.

  • Debt conversion and debt prepayment (or debt buybacks for cash), where the creditor exchanges the debt claim for something of economic value, other than another debt claim, on the same debtor; examples of debt conversion are debt-for-equity swaps, debt-for-real-estate swaps, debt-for-development swaps, and debt-for-nature swaps.2

  • Debt assumption when a third party is also involved.

A3.6 A debt reorganization package may involve more than one of the types just mentioned; for example, most debt reorganization packages involving debt forgiveness also result in a rescheduling of the part of the debt that is not forgiven or cancelled.

Debt Forgiveness

A3.7 Debt forgiveness (or debt cancellation) is defined as the voluntary cancellation of all or part of a debt obligation within a contractual arrangement between a creditor and a debtor. With debt forgiveness, there is a mutual agreement between the parties involved and an intention to convey a benefit. In contrast, with debt write-off, there is no such agreement or intention—it is a unilateral recognition by the creditor that the amount is unlikely to be collected (see paragraphs A3.32–A3.34).3 Debt forgiven may include all or part of the principal outstanding, inclusive of any accrued interest arrears (interest that fell due for payment in the past) and any other interest costs that have accrued. Debt forgiveness includes forgiveness of some, or all, of the principal amount of a credit-linked note arising from an event affecting the entity on which the embedded credit derivative was written. Also included is forgiveness of principal that arises when the debt contract stipulates that the debt will be forgiven if a specified event occurs, such as forgiveness in the case of a type of catastrophe. Debt forgiveness does not arise from the cancellation of future interest payments that have not yet fallen due and have not yet accrued.

A3.8 Debt forgiveness is always recorded as a capital grant or transfer from the creditor to the debtor, which extinguishes the financial claim and the corresponding debt liability. A government or public sector unit may be involved in debt forgiveness as a creditor or a debtor. Market prices are the basis for valuing debt forgiveness, except for loans, where nominal value is used.

A3.9 Although no transactions are recorded for debt forgiveness under the cash basis of recording, the stock positions relating to the debt liability and the corresponding financial asset would reflect the debt forgiveness.

Debt Rescheduling and Refinancing

A3.10 Debt rescheduling and refinancing involve a change in an existing debt contract and its replacement by a new debt contract, generally with extended debt service payments.4 Debt rescheduling involves rearrangements on the same type of instrument, with the same principal value and the same creditor as with the old debt. Debt refinancing entails a different debt instrument, generally at a different value, and possibly with a different creditor.5 For example, a creditor may choose to apply the terms of a Paris Club (see PSDSG, paragraphs 10.125–10.134) agreement either through a debt rescheduling option (changing the terms and conditions of its existing claims on the debtor) or through refinancing (making a new loan to the debtor that is used to repay the existing debt).

Debt rescheduling

A3.11 Debt rescheduling is a bilateral arrangement between the debtor and the creditor that constitutes a formal postponement of debt service payments and the application of new and generally extended maturities. The new terms normally include one or more of the following elements: extending repayment periods, reductions in the contracted interest rate, adding or extending grace periods for the payment of interest and principal, fixing the exchange rate at favorable levels for foreign currency debt, and rescheduling the payment of arrears, if any. In the specific case of zero-coupon securities, a reduction in the principal amount to be paid at redemption to an amount that still exceeds the principal amount outstanding at the time the arrangement becomes effective could be classified as either an effective change in the contractual rate of interest or a reduction in principal with the contractual rate unchanged. Such a reduction in the principal payment to be made at maturity should be recorded as debt forgiveness, or debt rescheduling if the bilateral agreement explicitly acknowledges a change in the contractual rate of interest. Paris Club creditors provide debt relief to debtor countries in the form of rescheduling, which is debt relief by postponement or, in the case of concessional rescheduling, reduction in debt service obligations during a defined period (flow treatment) or as of a set date (stock treatment).

A3.12 With debt rescheduling, the applicable existing debt is recorded as being repaid and a new debt instrument (or instruments) created with new terms and conditions. This treatment does not apply, however, to interest arrears that are rescheduled when the conditions in the existing debt contract remain unchanged. In such a case, the existing debt contract is not considered as rescheduled, only the interest arrears. A new debt instrument is recorded for the rescheduled interest arrears.

A3.13 The debt rescheduling transaction is recorded at the time agreed to by both parties (the contractually agreed time), and at the value of the new debt (which, under a debt rescheduling, is the same value as that of the old debt). If no date is set, the time at which the creditor records the change of terms is decisive. If the rescheduling of obligations due beyond the current period is linked to the fulfillment of certain conditions, when the obligations fall due (such as multiyear Paris Club rescheduling), entries are recorded only in the period when the specified conditions are met.

Debt refinancing

A3.14 Debt refinancing involves the replacement of an existing debt instrument or instruments, including any arrears, with a new debt instrument or instruments. It can involve the exchange of the same type of debt instrument (such as a loan for a loan) or different types of debt instruments (such as a loan for a bond). For example, a public sector unit may convert various export credit debts into a single loan, or exchange existing bonds for new bonds through exchange offers given by its creditor (rather than a change in terms and conditions).

A3.15 The treatment of debt refinancing transactions is similar to debt rescheduling. The debt being refinanced is extinguished and replaced with a new financial instrument, or instruments. The old debt is extinguished at the value of the new debt instrument, except for nonmarketable debt (e.g., a loan) owed to official creditors.

A3.16 If the refinancing involves a direct debt exchange, such as a loan-for-bond swap, the debtor records a reduction in liabilities under the appropriate debt instrument and an increase in liabilities to show the creation of the new obligation. The transaction is recorded at the value of the new debt (reflecting the current market value of the debt), and the difference between the value of the old and new debt instruments is recorded as a holding gain or loss. However, if the debt is owed to official creditors and is nonmarket-able, the old debt is extinguished at its original value with the difference in value with the new instrument recorded as debt forgiveness (see paragraphs A3.7–A3.9). Where there is no established market price for the new bond, an appropriate proxy is used. For example, if the bond is similar to other bonds being traded, the market price of a traded bond would be an appropriate proxy for the value of the new bond. If the debt being swapped was recently acquired by the creditor, the acquisition price would be an appropriate proxy. Alternatively, if the interest rate on the new bond is below the prevailing interest rate, the discounted value of the bond, using the prevailing interest rate, could serve as a proxy. If such information is not available, the face value of the bond being issued may be used as a proxy. See also debt-for-equity conversion in paragraph A3.21).

A3.17 The balance sheet reflects the changes in the stock positions as a result of the transactions extinguishing the old debt instrument and creating the new debt instrument along with any valuation changes. For example, a loan-for-bond exchange will generally result in a reduction in the liabilities of the debtor (reduction in the claim of the creditor on the debtor) because the loan is recorded at nominal value, while the bond is recorded at market value, which may be lower.

A3.18 If the proceeds from the new debt are used to partially pay off the old (existing) debt, the remaining old debt is recorded being extinguished and a new debt instrument is created (equal to the value of the remaining old debt extinguished), unless the old debt is paid off through a separate transaction.

A3.19 If the terms of any new borrowings are concessional, the creditor could be seen as providing a transfer to the debtor. Debt concessionality is discussed in paragraphs A3.39–A3.41.

Debt Conversion and Debt Prepayment

Debt conversion

A3.20 Debt conversion (swap) is an exchange of debt—typically at a discount—for a nondebt claim (such as equity), or for counterpart funds that can be used to finance a particular project or policy. In essence, public sector debt is extinguished and a non-debt liability created in a debt conversion.

A3.21 A common example of debt conversion is debt-for-equity swaps.6 Determining the value of the equity may be difficult if the equity is not actively traded on a market, as is likely to be the case if the unit that issued the equity is a controlled public corporation. If the equity is not traded, its valuation should be based on one of the methods set out in paragraph 7.173.

A3.22 Further examples of debt conversions are other types of debt swaps (such as external debt obligations for exports or “debt-for-exports”) or debt obligations for counterpart assets that are provided by the debtor to the creditor for the creditor to use for a specified purpose, such as wildlife protection, health, education, and environmental conservation (debt-for-sustainable-development).

A3.23 Direct and indirect debt conversions should be distinguished. A direct swap leads directly to the acquisition of a nondebt claim on the debtor (such as a debt-for-equity swap). An indirect debt conversion involves another claim on the economy, such as a deposit, that is subsequently used to purchase equity.

Debt prepayment

A3.24 Debt prepayment consists of a repurchase, or early payment, of debt at conditions that are agreed between the debtor and the creditor. The debt is extinguished in return for a cash payment agreed between the debtor and the creditor. The transaction is recorded at the value of the debt prepaid. Debt prepayment could be driven by the debtor’s need to reduce the cost of its debt portfolio by taking advantage of favorable economic performance or market conditions to repurchase debt.

A3.25 If the debt is owed to official creditors and is nonmarketable (e.g., a loan), an element of debt forgiveness could be involved (i.e., if the prepayment occurs within an agreement between the parties with an intention to convey a benefit). As explained in the section on debt forgiveness (see paragraph A3.8), a capital transfer or capital grant from the creditor to the debtor is recorded for debt forgiveness, which reduces the value of the outstanding liability/claim.

Debt Assumption and Debt Payments on Behalf of Others

Debt assumption

A3.26 Debt assumption is a trilateral agreement between a creditor, a former debtor, and a new debtor (typically a government unit), under which the new debtor assumes the former debtor’s outstanding liability to the creditor, and is liable for repayment of debt. Calling a guarantee is an example of debt assumption. If the original debtor defaults on its debt obligations, the creditor may invoke the contract conditions permitting the guarantee from the guarantor to be called. The guarantor unit must either repay the debt or assume responsibility for the debt as the primary debtor (i.e., the liability of the original debtor is extinguished). A public sector unit can be the debtor that is defaulting or the guarantor. A government can also, through agreement, offer to provide funds to pay off the debt obligation of another government unit owed to a third party.7

A3.27 The statistical treatment of debt assumption depends on (i) whether the new debtor acquires an effective financial claim on the original debtor, and (ii) if there is no effective financial claim, the relationship between the new debtor and the original debtor and whether the original debtor is bankrupt or no longer a going concern.8 This implies three possibilities (see Figure A3.1):

Figure A3.1
Figure A3.1

Decision Tree for the Statistical Treatment of Debt Assumption

1 An “effective financial claim” is understood to be a claim that is supported by a contract between the new debtor and the original debtor, or (especially in the case of governments) an agreement, with a reasonable expectation to be honored, that the original debtor will reimburse the new debtor.
  • The debt assumer (new debtor) acquires an effective financial claim on the original debtor. The debt assumer records an increase in debt liabilities to the original creditor, and an increase in financial assets, such as in the form of loans, with the original debtor as the counterparty. The original debtor records a decrease in the original debt liability to the creditor and an increase in liabilities, such as in the form of a loan, to the debt assumer. The value of the debt assumer’s claim on the original debtor is the present value of the amount expected to be received by the assumer. If this amount is equal to the liability assumed, no further entries are required.

    If the amount expected to be recovered is less than the liability assumed, the debt assumer records an expense in the form of capital transfer/grant to the original debtor for the difference between the liability incurred and the financial asset acquired in the form of loans. For the debt assumer, gross debt increases by the amount of debt assumed.

  • The debt assumer (new debtor) does not acquire an effective financial claim on the original debtor. This may be the case when the original debtor is bankrupt or no longer a going concern, or when the debt assumer seeks to convey a benefit to the original debtor. The debt assumer records an expense in the form of a capital transfer/grant to the original debtor, and an increase in debt liabilities to the original creditor. The original debtor records revenue in the form of a capital transfer/grant, which extinguishes the debt liability on its balance sheet.

    The exception to this case is when the original debtor is a public corporation that continues to be a going concern, which is discussed next.

  • The debt assumer (new debtor) does not acquire an effective financial claim and the original debtor is a public corporation that continues to be a going concern. The debt assumption amounts to an increase in the equity owned by the debt assumer in the public corporation (original debtor). The debt assumer records an increase in debt liabilities to the original creditor, and an increase in financial assets in the form of equity and investment fund shares. The public corporation records a decrease in the debt liability to the original creditor, and an increase in nondebt liabilities in the form of equity and investment funds shares.

A3.28 A special case is where debt assumption involves the transfer of nonfinancial assets (such as fixed assets or land) from, for example, a public corporation (original debtor) to the debt assumer (new debtor). In this case, the debt assumer records an increase in debt liabilities to the original creditor and the acquisition of a nonfinancial asset(s). If the market value of the nonfinancial asset(s) is equal to the value of the liability assumed, no further entries are required. A capital transfer/grant between the debt assumer and original debtor is recorded for any difference between the value of the liability assumed and the market value of the nonfinancial assets.

A3.29 Although no transactions are recorded for debt assumption under the cash basis of recording, the stock positions would change due to the debt assumption. Any subsequent payments in cash relating to the assumed debt would be recorded as interest, and/or transactions in financial assets other than cash and liabilities, as relevant.

Debt payments on behalf of others

A3.30 Rather than assuming a debt, a public sector unit may decide to repay that debt or make a specific payment on behalf of another institutional unit (original debtor), without a guarantee being called or the debt being taken over. In this case, the debt stays recorded solely on the balance sheet of the other institutional unit, the only legal debtor. While this activity is similar to debt assumption, as the existing debt remains with unaltered terms, debt payment on behalf of others is not considered debt reorganization. Such a situation may occur where a debtor is experiencing temporary liquidity difficulties rather than permanent solvency problems.9

A3.31 The treatment of debt payments on behalf of others depends on whether the public sector unit paying the debt acquires an effective financial claim on the debtor.

  • If the paying unit obtains an effective financial claim on the original debtor, the paying unit records an increase in financial assets (e.g., loans) and a decrease in currency and deposits. The recipient (debtor) records a decrease in the original debt liability and an increase in another liability—which may be debt or nondebt—to the paying unit. If the claim of the paying unit on the debtor is in the form of a debt instrument, gross debt and net debt of the paying unit and recipient (debtor) do not change. However, if the claim of the paying unit on the debtor is in the form of a nondebt instrument—for example, equity:

    • For the paying unit, gross debt remains unchanged, but net debt increases (due to the reduction in its financial assets in the form of currency and deposits).

    • For the recipient (debtor), gross debt and net debt decrease (due to the reduction in the debt liability).

  • If the paying unit does not obtain an effective financial claim on the original debtor, the paying unit records an expense in the form of a capital transfer—classified according to the nature of the recipient—and a decrease in financial assets in the form of currency and deposits. The receiving unit (debtor) records a revenue in the form of a capital transfer—classified according to the nature of the paying unit—and a decrease in the original debt liability.

Other Debt-Related Issues

Debt Write-Offs and Write-Downs

A3.32 Debt write-offs or write-downs refer to unilateral reductions by a creditor of the amount owed to it. This usually occurs when a creditor concludes that a debt obligation has no value or a reduced value because part or all of the debt is not going to be repaid (frequently because the debtor is insolvent). For example, a public corporation that borrowed from the general government unit may be insolvent. As a result, the general government unit’s claim loses some, or all, of its value and is written down or written off on the balance sheet of the government unit (creditor).10 In contrast, a unilateral write-off by a debtor, or debt repudiation, is not recognized in the macroeconomic statistical systems.

A3.33 Unlike debt forgiveness (see paragraphs A3.7–A3.9), which is a mutual agreement and, therefore, a transaction, a debt write-off or write-down is a unilateral action and, therefore, recorded as other changes in the volume of assets. The financial asset is removed from the balance sheet of the creditor and the corresponding liability should be removed from the balance sheet of the debtor, also through other changes in the volume of assets, to maintain consistency in the macroeconomic statistics.11

A3.34 Although no transactions are recorded for a debt write-off or write-down under the cash basis of recording, the stock positions relating to these operations would be reduced, reflecting the debt write-off or write-down.

New Money Facilities

A3.35 In some arrangements that assist the debtor to overcome temporary financing difficulties, new money facilities are agreed with the creditor to repay maturing debt obligations. The two debt instruments involved—the maturing debt obligation and the new money facility—are treated separately.

A3.36 The creditor records a reduction in the original claim on the debtor and an increase in a new claim on the debtor. Similarly, the debtor records a reduction in the original liability to the creditor and an increase in a new liability to the creditor. If the terms of the new borrowings are concessional, the creditor could be seen as providing a transfer to the debtor. (Debt concessionality is discussed in paragraphs A3.39–A3.41.)

Debt Defeasance

A3.37 With defeasance, a debtor unit removes liabilities from its balance sheet by pairing them with financial assets, the income and value of which are sufficient to ensure that all debt-service payments are met. Defeasance may be carried out by placing the assets and liabilities in a separate account within the institutional unit concerned or by transferring them to another unit. In either case, the macroeconomic statistical systems do not recognize defeasance as affecting the outstanding debt of the debtor. Thus, no transactions with respect to defeasance are recorded in the GFS framework, as long as there has been no change in the legal obligations of the debtor. When the assets and liabilities are transferred to a separate account within the unit, both assets and liabilities should be reported on a gross basis. If a separate entity resident in the same economy is created to hold the assets and liabilities, that new unit should be treated as an ancillary entity and consolidated with the defeasing unit.

A3.38 The sectorization of restructuring agencies (also referred to as “defeasance structures”) is discussed in paragraphs 2.129–2.131.

Debt Concessionality

A3.39 There is no consistent definition or measure of debt concessionality in macroeconomic statistics. However, it is generally accepted that concessional loans occur when units lend to other units and the contractual interest rate is intentionally set below the market interest rate that would otherwise apply. The degree of concessionality can be enhanced with grace periods,12 and frequencies of payments and maturity periods favorable to the debtor.

A3.40 Since the terms of a concessional loan are more favorable to the debtor than market conditions would otherwise permit, concessional loans effectively include a transfer from the creditor to the debtor. However, the means of incorporating the transfer impact within macroeconomic statistics have not been fully developed, although various alternatives have been advanced. Accordingly, until the appropriate treatment of concessional debt is agreed, information on concessional debt should be provided in a memorandum item to the balance sheet (see paragraph 7.246) and/or in supplementary tables.

A3.41 The case of Paris Club debt concessionality is discussed in Chapter 4 of the PSDS Guide.

Debt Arising from Bailout Operations

A3.42 A bailout refers to a rescue from financial distress. It is often used when a government unit provides either short-term financial assistance to a corporation to help it survive a period of financial difficulty, or a more permanent injection of financial resources to help recapitalize the corporation. A bailout may, in effect, constitute nationalization if the government acquires control of the corporation it is bailing out. Bailouts of financial institutions are a case in point. They are likely to involve highly publicized, one-time transactions often involving large amounts and are, therefore, easy to identify.

A3.43 Analysts generally refer to “capital injections” made by government into corporations when some significant financial support is provided to capitalize or recapitalize the corporation in financial distress. The 2008 SNA uses “capital injections” to mean a direct intervention that is recorded in macroeconomic statistics either as a capital transfer, a loan, an acquisition of equity, or a combination of these. Direct intervention by general government units may take various forms—for example:

  • Providing recapitalization through an injection of financial resources (“capital injection”) or the assumption of a failed corporation’s liabilities.

  • Providing loans and/or acquiring equity in the corporations in distress (i.e., “requited recapitalization”) on favorable terms, or not.

  • Purchasing assets from the financially distressed corporation at prices greater than their true market value.

A3.44 Indirectly, general government may intervene by extending the range of guarantees it is prepared to offer.

A3.45 Broadly, two main issues arise with bailout operations:

  • The first issue is the sectorization of the entity or unit created to finance or manage the sales of assets and/or liabilities of the distressed corporation. The sectorization is important, in particular, for determining whether its transactions, other economic flows, and stock positions (debt liabilities and other assets and liabilities) are within the general government sector or public corporations sector.

  • The second issue is the appropriate statistical treatment of “capital injections.”

The sectorization issue

A3.46 A government might create a restructuring agency (or “defeasance structure”) in the form of a special purpose entity (SPE), or other type of public body, to finance or to manage the defeasance of impaired assets or repayment of liabilities of the distressed corporation.13 As is the case with all entities in macroeconomic statistics, the sectorization of a restructuring agency should reflect the underlying economic nature of the entity. Thus, the sectorization rules, as outlined in Chapter 2, should be applied to determine whether such an entity or unit should be treated as part of the general government sector or public financial corporations sector:

  • If a public institutional unit is created by government solely to assume management of the assets or liabilities of the distressed corporation, and is not a market producer, the unit should be classified in the general government sector because it is not involved in financial intermediation.

  • If the new unit has other functions and the management of the assets or liabilities of the distressed corporation is a temporary task, its classification as a government unit or a public financial corporation is made according to the rules described in the section on restructuring agencies in paragraphs 2.129–2.131.

Statistical treatment of “capital injections”

A3.47 The assistance provided by government (or another public sector unit) to the unit suffering financial distress is usually recorded as a loan, a capital transfer, or an equity injection. Figure A3.2 provides a decision tree for the statistical treatment of “capital injections.”

Figure A3.2
Figure A3.2

Decision Tree for the Statistical Treatment of “Capital Injections”

1 An “effective financial claim” is understood to be a claim that is supported by a contract between the new debtor and the original debtor, or (especially in the case of governments) an agreement, with a reasonable expectation to be honored, that the original debtor will reimburse the new debtor.2 A realistic rate of return on funds is indicated by the intention to earn a rate of return that is sufficient to generate dividends or holding gains at a later date, and that is a claim on the residual value of the corporation.

A3.48 When a public sector unit (investor unit), such as a government unit, intervenes by means of a capital injection that is legally in the form of a loan to the corporation in distress, the statistical treatment depends on whether the investor unit obtains an effective financial claim on the corporation, as described in paragraph A3.27.

A3.49 When a public sector unit, such as government, intervenes by means of a capital injection other than a loan to the corporation in distress, the statistical treatment depends on whether a realistic return14 can be expected on this investment:

  • If the public sector unit (investor unit) can expect a realistic return on the investment, the investor unit records an increase in financial assets in the form of equity and investment fund shares, and a decrease in financial assets (e.g., currency and deposits) or an increase in liabilities, depending on how the acquisition of equity is financed. The corporation in financial distress records an increase in financial assets (e.g., currency and deposits), and an increase in nondebt liabilities in the form of equity and investment fund shares.

  • The portion of the investment on which no realistic return can be expected—which may be the entire investment—is treated as a capital transfer.

A3.50 A capital injection in the form of a capital transfer (full or partial) is recorded when the funds are provided:

  • Without receiving anything of equal value in exchange

  • Without a reasonable expectation of a realistic rate of return

  • To compensate for the impairment of assets or capital as a result of large operating deficits accumulated over two or more years, and exceptional losses due to factors outside the control of the enterprise.

A3.51 The unit providing the assistance records expense in the form of a capital transfer and a decrease in financial assets (e.g., currency and deposits) or an increase in liabilities, depending how this capital transfer is financed. The recipient records revenue in the form of a capital transfer and an increase in financial assets in the form of currency and deposits.

A3.52 In determining the magnitude of the capital transfers, the following points need to be taken into account:

  • If the government buys assets from the corporation to be assisted, the amount paid may be more than the true market price of the assets.

  • The purchase of assets should be recorded at the current market price, and, except for loans, a capital transfer should be recorded for the difference between the market price and the actual amount paid.

  • Governments often buy loans from financial institutions during a bailout. Unless a loan becomes tradable and is traded at an established market value, it is always recorded in balance sheets at nominal value. Only if a market for the loans develops and the loans are regularly traded, they are reclassified as securities (see paragraphs 7.157 and 7.163) and also recorded at market value.

  • When government buys a loan that has a fair value much less than its nominal value, no capital transfer for the difference in value is recorded as loans are recorded at nominal value on the balance sheet. Any difference between the price paid and the nominal value is recorded as a valuation change (see BPM6 paragraph 9.33). However, if there is reliable information that some loans are irrecoverable, their value is reduced to zero in the balance sheet (with an “other volume change”) and a capital transfer is recorded equal to the value paid by the government to the corporation. If some or all of these loans subsequently become recoverable, this is shown as a revaluation in the government’s balance sheet.

  • If government extends a guarantee as part of a bailout, the guarantees should be recorded according to whether this is a one-off guarantee or part of a standardized guarantee scheme (see paragraphs 7.254–7.260 for details on the statistical treatment of guarantees).

A3.53 Additional factors should be taken into account for borderline cases, such as the following:

  • If the capital injection is covering large operating deficits accumulated over two or more years or exceptional losses due to factors outside the control of the enterprise, the capital injection is, by definition, a capital transfer.

  • If capital injection is made to a quasi-corporation that has negative equity (see Box 6.3), the capital injection is always a capital transfer.

  • If the capital injection is undertaken for specific purposes relating to public policy in order to compensate a bank in financial distress for anticipated defaults/bad assets/losses within its balance sheet, the capital injection is a capital transfer, unless a realistic return can be expected, in which instance an equity investment is recorded.

  • If there are private shareholders providing a significant share (in proportion to their existing shareholding) of equity during the injection, then the capital injection is an equity investment since the assumption is that private investors would be seeking a return on their investment.

Debt of Special Purpose Entities

A3.54 Special purpose entities (SPEs) are described in paragraphs 2.136–2.139. For GFS, the appropriate units and institutional sectorization of the SPE must be determined. If the SPE is part of the public sector, its debt should be part of the debt of the public sector or relevant subsector.

A3.55 As noted in paragraphs 2.41–2.45, governments may establish public corporations that sell goods or services exclusively to government, without tendering for a government contract in competition with the private sector. Such a public corporation is called an artificial subsidiary and should be classified as part of the general government sector (its parent unit). Often, such government artificial subsidiaries are set up as SPEs. These units, which are legally corporations, should be classified as part of the general government sector and their debt liabilities are thus part of general government debt.

A3.56 A government may conduct fiscal activities through an entity that is resident abroad. For example, a government may fund its outlays by issuing securities abroad through an SPE. This SPE is not part of the general government sector in either home or host economy. Such entities are not treated in the same way as embassies and other territorial enclaves because they operate under the laws of the host economy. Governments may be direct investors in these units/entities. However, special imputations of transactions and stock positions between the government and the SPE abroad must be used to ensure that any fiscal operations undertaken through nonresident entities are reflected in the transactions and stock positions of the home government concerned.15 As a result, the government will show an actual, or imputed, debt to its SPE arising from any debts the SPE incurs on behalf of the government.

A3.57 When an SPE entity resident in one economy borrows on behalf of the government of another economy, and the borrowing is for fiscal purposes, the statistical treatment in the accounts of that government is as follows:

  • At the time of borrowing—A transaction creating a debt liability of the government to the borrowing entity is imputed equal to the amount borrowed. The counterpart entry is an increase in the government’s equity in the borrowing entity.

  • At the time funds or assets acquired with the funds (as applicable) are transferred to the government—A transaction for the flow of funds or assets is recorded, matched by a reduction of the government’s equity in the borrowing entity by the same amount.

  • At the time expenses are incurred, or assets are transferred by the borrowing entity to a third party (i.e., are not transferred to the government), where applicable—A current or capital transfer between the government and the entity is imputed, with the matching entry of a reduction in the value of the government’s equity.

A3.58 These entries are made symmetrically for both the government and the borrowing entity. The entries do not affect the transactions or stock positions between the borrowing entity and its creditors or other third parties, which are recorded as they occur, with no imputations.

Debt Arising from Securitization

A3.59 Securitization occurs when a unit, named the originator, conveys the ownership rights over financial or nonfinancial assets, or the right to receive specific future flows, to another unit, named the securitization unit. In return, the securitization unit pays an amount to the originator from its own source of financing. The securitization unit obtains its own financing by issuing debt securities using the assets or rights to future flows transferred by the originator as collateral.16 When asset-backed securities are issued by a public sector unit, they form part of public sector debt.

A3.60 Securitization results in debt securities for which coupon or principal payments (or both) are backed by specific financial or nonfinancial assets or future revenue streams. A variety of assets or future revenue streams may be used for securitization, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, consumer loans, government loans, and credit derivatives. A general government unit may issue debt securities backed by specific earmarked revenue. In macroeconomic statistical systems, the ability to raise taxes or other government revenue is not recognized as a government asset that could be used for securitization.17 Nevertheless, the earmarking of future revenue, such as receipts from toll roads, to service debt securities issued by a general government (or public sector) unit may resemble securitization (see paragraphs A3.64 and A3.66).

A3.61 Securitization schemes vary within and across debt securities markets. At the broadest level, a distinction is made about whether a securitization unit is involved. In securitization schemes where debt securities are issued by a securitization unit, the issuing institutional unit is a financial intermediary in the financial corporations sector. The securitization unit is often an SPE. However, as described in paragraph 2.137, resident SPEs functioning in only a passive manner relative to general government and carrying out fiscal activities are not treated as separate institutional units in the macroeconomic statistical systems. Such SPEs are treated as part of the general government sector regardless of their legal status—therefore:

  • If a securitization unit is involved, four types of schemes may be distinguished from a macroeconomic statistics perspective:

    • True-sale securitization,18 which is schemes involving a true transfer (sale) of assets—from a macroeconomic statistics perspective19—from the original asset owner’s balance sheet to that of the securitization unit

    • No true-sale securitization,20 which is schemes that do not involve a true transfer of assets—from a macroeconomic statistics perspective—from the original asset owner’s balance sheet to that of the securitization unit (see footnote 19)

    • No asset securitization,21 which is schemes involving securitization of future revenue streams that are not recognized as assets in macroeconomic statistics

    • Synthetic securitization with a securitization unit,22 which is schemes involving the transfer of credit risk only (but not the transfer of assets), through a securitization unit.

  • If no securitization unit is involved, two types of securitization are possible:

    • On-balance sheet securitization,23 which is schemes in which the original asset owner issues new debt securities and there is no transfer of assets

    • Synthetic securitization without a securitization unit,24 which is schemes involving the transfer of credit risk only (but not the transfer of assets), through the direct issue of debt securities by the original asset owner.

A3.62 True-sale securitization involves debt securities issued by a securitization unit where the underlying assets have been transferred from the original asset owner’s (i.e., the originator’s) balance sheet to that of the securitization unit. The securitization unit uses the proceeds from selling the debt securities to investors to finance the acquisition of the assets. The revenue stream from the pool of assets (typically, interest payments and principal repayments on the loans) is used to make the coupon payments and principal repayments on the debt securities issued. In case of a true-sale securitization by a public sector unit, the original asset owner’s gross debt remains unchanged. The gross debt of the securitization unit increases as a result of the securities issued. If this unit is a public financial corporation, its debt is part of public sector debt. A resident securitization “unit” controlled by a government unit that is an SPE but does not meet the requirements of an institutional unit is treated as part of general government regardless of its legal status. Such an SPE’s debt is part of general government’s debt (see also paragraph A3.61).

A3.63 If no true sale had taken place from a macroeconomic statistics perspective (see footnote 19), the amount received from the securitization unit by the public sector unit as the originator is treated as borrowing, usually in the form of a loan.25 The debt securities issued by the securitization unit are part of public sector debt, if the securitization unit is part of the public sector.

A3.64 No asset securitization involves securitization of future revenue streams. As mentioned in paragraph A3.60, the ability to raise taxes or other government revenue is not recognized as a government asset that could be used for true-sale securitization. In most cases, it is not the rights to the future revenue that are used as collateral, but the obligation of the public sector unit to use a sufficient amount of the future income to repay the borrowing in full. If more income is earned than is needed to repay the borrowing, the excess is retained by the public sector unit. So, if “rights” to future government revenue are transferred to a securitization unit, the amount received from the securitization unit by the public sector unit, arising from the proceeds of the debt securities issue, is treated as borrowing, usually in the form of a loan.26 The revenue stream continues to accrue to government and government uses these proceeds to repay the loan from the securitization unit. The debt securities issued by the securitization unit are part of public sector debt if the securitization unit is part of the public sector.

A3.65 Synthetic securitization involves transfer of the credit risk related to a pool of assets without transfer of the assets themselves, either through a securitization unit or through the direct issuing of debt securities by the original asset owner.

  • Synthetic securitization with a securitization unit: The owner of a pool of assets buys credit default swaps (CDS) (protection buyer) from the securi-tization unit (protection seller) for a premium to obtain protection against possible default losses on the pool of assets.27 The protection seller issues a debt instrument. The proceeds from the issue of debt securities by the securitization unit are invested in low-risk, low-return financial assets (such as deposits), and the income accrued on this investment, together with the premium from the CDS, finances coupon payments on the debt securities due by the securitization unit to the investors. On maturity, the holders of the debt securities are reimbursed, provided there has been no default on the pool of assets. If there is a default, the protection buyer is compensated by the protection seller for the default losses related to the pool of assets, while the holders of the debt securities (investors) suffer losses for the same value, a realized holding gain for the protection seller.

    The debt securities issued by the securitization unit are part of public sector debt if the securitization unit is part of the public sector.

  • Synthetic securitization without a securitization unit: The owner of the asset issues credit-linked notes (CLN). CLN are debt securities that are backed by reference assets (such as loans and bonds), with an embedded CDS allowing credit risk to be transferred from the issuer to investors. There is usually a higher interest rate to compensate the investors for taking on higher risks. Credit protection for the pool of assets is sold by the investors to the protection buyer (or issuer of the CLN) by buying the CLN. Repayment of principal and interest on the notes is conditional on performance of the pool of assets. If no default occurs during the life of the note, the full redemption value of the note is paid to investors at maturity. If a default occurs, investors receive the redemption value of the note minus the value of the default losses.

    With synthetic securitization without a securitization unit, the debt securities (CLN) issued by a public sector unit are part of that unit’s debt.

A3.66 On-balance sheet securitization involves debt securities backed by a future revenue stream generated by the assets. The assets remain on the balance sheet of the debt securities issuer (the original asset owner), typically as a separate portfolio. There is no securitization unit involved. The issue of debt securities provides the original asset owner with funds and the debt securities form part of the original asset owner’s debt.

Debt Arising from Off-Market Swaps

A3.67 In macroeconomic statistics, swaps give rise to financial derivatives, which are nondebt instruments (see paragraph 7.215). However, off-market swaps have a debt component.

A3.68 An off-market swap is a swap contract that has a nonzero value at inception as a result of having reference rates priced differently from current market values—that is, “off-the-market.” Such a swap results in a lump sum being paid, usually at inception, by one party to the other. The economic nature of an off-market swap is a combination of borrowing (i.e., the lump sum), in the form of a loan, and an on-market swap (financial derivative). The loan component of an off-market swap is debt and, if a public sector unit receives the lump-sum payment, this will be part of public sector debt. Examples of swaps contracts that may involve off-market reference rates include interest rate and currency swaps.

A3.69 Because the economic nature of an off-market swap is equivalent to a combination of a loan and a financial derivative, two stock positions are recorded in the balance sheet:

  • A loan—a debt instrument—which is equal to the nonzero value of the swap at inception and with a maturity date equivalent to the expiration date of the swap

  • A financial derivative (swap) component—a nondebt instrument—that has a market value of zero at inception.

A3.70 The loan position is a liability of the party that receives the lump sum, while the derivative position may appear either on the financial asset or liability side, depending on market prices on the balance sheet date.

A3.71 Future streams of flows relating to these stock positions are also partitioned between those relating to the loan and financial derivative component, respectively.

On-Lending of Borrowed Funds

A3.72 On-lending of borrowed funds refers to a resident institutional unit, A (usually central government), borrowing from another institutional unit(s), B (usually a nonresident unit), and then on-lending the proceeds from this borrowing to a third institutional unit(s), C (usually state or local governments, or public corporation (s)), where it is understood that unit A obtains an effective financial claim on unit C. On-lending of borrowed funds is motivated by several factors—for example:

  • Institutional unit A may be able to borrow from unit B at more favorable terms than unit C could borrow from unit B

  • Institutional unit C’s borrowing powers are limited by factors such as foreign exchange regulations; only unit A can borrow from nonresidents.

A3.73 On-lending results in (at least) two separate financial claims. These claims should not be offset against each other in government finance and public sector debt statistics; institutional unit B has a debt claim on unit(s) A, and unit(s) A has a debt claim on unit C, which may be consolidated (see paragraph A3.76). Depending on the residence of institutional unit(s) B and C, respectively, these debt liabilities (and the corresponding financial claims) are classified as domestic or external.

A3.74 The statistical treatment of the two claims to be recorded if the resident institutional unit (A), which on-lends the borrowed funds to unit(s) C, obtains an effective financial claim on unit(s) C, depends on:

  • The residence of the creditor(s) from which unit A is borrowing (i.e., unit(s) B)

  • The residence of unit(s) C to which unit A is on-lending the borrowed funds (see Table A3.1).

Table A3.1

Summary of the Statistical Treatment of On-Lending of Borrowed Funds by Institutional Unit A

article image

A3.75 The classification of the debt liability of institutional unit A to unit(s) B depends on the type of instrument(s) involved: typically, such borrowing is in the form of loans and/or debt securities. In such cases, institutional unit A’s debt liabilities in the form of loans and/or debt securities increase (credit) as a result of the borrowing from unit(s) B, with a corresponding increase (debit) in unit A’s financial assets in the form of currency and deposits. These events result in an increase in the gross debt position of unit A, but no change in its net debt position.

A3.76 The debt liability of institutional unit(s) C to unit A, as a result of the on-lending of the borrowed funds, is typically in the form of a loan. In other words, institutional unit C’s debt liabilities increase (credit) as a result of the borrowing from unit A, with a corresponding increase (debit) in unit C’s financial assets in the form of currency and deposits. Institutional unit A’s financial assets (e.g., loans) will increase (debit) as a result of the on-lending to unit C and its financial assets in the form of currency and deposits will decrease (credit). If institutional unit(s) C is classified to the same sector, subsector, or group of units as unit A, this debt liability (and corresponding financial claim) is eliminated in consolidation.

A3.77 The amortization of each of the debt liabilities (and corresponding financial assets) is recorded in the books of the unit in whose balance sheet the debt liability appears. Thus, if institutional unit A has a debt liability to unit B, the amortization of this (usually external) liability (debit) is recorded in the books of unit A, even if these borrowed funds were on-lent to unit C.

A3.78 Similarly, the amortization of institutional unit C’s (usually domestic) debt liability (debit) to unit A is recorded in the books of unit C. Unit A would record a decrease (credit) in its (domestic) financial claims on unit C. The amortization of institutional unit C’s debt liability to unit A improves unit C’s gross debt position, while its net debt position remains the same.

Stock Positions and Related Flows with the IMF

A3.79 This section briefly describes the stock positions and flows in countries’ financial assets and liabilities arising from membership in the International Monetary Fund (IMF), as they relate to public sector debt statistics. Debt data compilers first have to determine in which public sector unit(s) to record the stock positions and related flows with the IMF. Stock positions and flows in financial assets and liabilities of member countries with the IMF are usually recorded in the accounts of the public sector unit as determined by the legal and institutional arrangements in the member country.

A3.80 The IMF conducts its dealings with a member through the fiscal agency and the depository:

  • Each member country designates a fiscal agency to conduct financial transactions with the IMF on behalf of the member.28

  • Each member is also required to designate its central bank as a depository for the IMF’s holdings of the member’s currency.29 In most member countries, the central bank is both the fiscal agency and the depository.

A3.81 The next sections discuss member countries’ quotas in the IMF, their reserve positions in the IMF, remuneration (interest) receivable from the IMF, the account that is used for administrative payments (the “No. 2 Account”), and their Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) allocations and holdings.

Quotas

A3.82 Member countries are assigned a quota on joining the IMF. A quota is the capital subscription, expressed in SDRs, that each member must pay the IMF on joining and consists of two components:

  • Reserve asset component—A member is required to pay 25 percent of its quota in SDRs or in currencies specified by the IMF. This 25 percent portion is a component of the member’s reserve assets and is known as the “reserve tranche.” In the public sector unit’s accounts, subscribing this portion is shown as a transaction involving an increase in external financial assets in the form of currency and deposits—that is, the reserve tranche position, which is a liquid claim on the IMF (debit), offset by an equal reduction in existing external financial assets30 (credit).

  • Domestic currency component—The remaining 75 percent of the quota is payable in the member’s own currency at the designated depository. The payment is made either in domestic currency (IMF No. 1 Account) or if the member country so chooses, by issuance of a promissory note (in the IMF Securities Account). The No. 1 Account is used for the IMF’s operational transactions (e.g., purchases and repurchases), and small transfers may be made from this account to the No. 2 Account, which is used for the payment of local administrative expenses incurred by the IMF in the member’s currency.31 The promissory notes are encashable by the IMF on demand. The domestic portion of the quota payment is not recorded in the public sector unit’s accounts, because it is considered in economic terms to be of a contingent nature. No interest is payable on either the deposit account or the note.

A3.83 There are periodic reviews of the size of member quotas. Recording transactions that reflect a change in a member’s quota is the same as the recording that takes place when the quota is initially paid.

Reserve position in the IMF

A3.84 A member country’s reserve position in the IMF equals the sum of the reserve tranche plus any indebtedness of the IMF (under bilateral loan agreements, notes, or participation in standing borrowing agreements such as the General Agreements to Borrow and New Agreements to Borrow) in the General Resources Account that is readily available to the member country (for further details, see BMP6, paragraph 6.85). The reserve tranche represents the member’s unconditional drawing right on the IMF, created by the foreign exchange portion of the quota subscription, plus increases (decreases) through the IMF’s sale (repurchase) of the member’s currency to meet the demand for use of IMF resources by other members in need of balance of payments financing. A member’s reserve position in the IMF constitutes part of its reserve assets (external financial assets).

A3.85 To utilize its reserve tranche in the IMF, a member must present a declaration of a balance of payments need and purchase foreign exchange from the IMF with its own currency. The domestic currency, equal to the value of the foreign exchange, is paid into the IMF’s No. 1 Account with the member’s depository or through the issuance to the IMF of a noninterest-bearing promissory note recorded in the IMF’s Securities Account. The transaction is recorded in the public sector unit’s accounts as a reduction in the member’s external financial assets in the form of currency and deposits (i.e., the reserve tranche position in the IMF), which is offset by an increase in the member’s external financial assets (i.e., foreign exchange).

Credit and loans from the IMF

A3.86 A member may make use of IMF credit or concessional loans under the trusts administered by the IMF (for financing for low-income countries) to acquire additional foreign exchange from the IMF. The use of IMF credit and concessional loans results in the same outcome—that is, the member entering into these agreements has access to foreign exchange in return for agreeing to meet a set of conditions. Both IMF credit and concessional loans are classified in the public sector unit’s accounts as external liabilities in the form of loans, although the two types of arrangements are executed in different ways:

  • When a member country uses IMF credit, it “purchases” foreign exchange from the IMF in return for its domestic currency deposited in the IMF No. 1 Account (or backed by the issuance of a promissory note). Use of IMF credit is shown as the member’s loan liability (denominated in SDRs) in the accounts of the public sector unit, reflecting the economic nature of the transaction. Liabilities under IMF credit arrangements are extinguished when the member uses foreign exchange to “repurchase” its domestic currency.

  • The concessional loans, also denominated in SDRs, result in the member borrowing foreign exchange with a commitment to repay. Such loans do not affect the IMF No. 1 Account. Repayments must be made in SDRs or freely useable currencies.

A3.87 If the value of the member’s domestic currency changes in relation to the SDR, “maintenance of value payments” are made once a year in the No. 1, No. 2, and Securities Accounts in domestic currency to maintain a constant SDR liability. Because the liability is denominated in SDRs, the maintenance of value payments are not entered as transactions in the central bank’s accounts, but as holding gains/losses (revaluations) when the domestic currency is used as the unit of account.

A3.88 When the central bank passes on proceeds from IMF borrowing to a general government unit:

  • The central bank has a domestic financial claim (loan) on the general government unit and the general government unit has a domestic debt liability to repay (principal and interest).

  • The central bank has an external debt liability to repay, and may use the debt service payments received from the general government unit to do so.

Remuneration

A3.89 The IMF pays its members “remuneration” quarterly (in SDRs) on the basis of their reserve tranche position, except for a small portion related to prior quota payments in gold that are interest-free resources to the IMF. This remuneration should be recorded on an accrual basis as interest income (revenue) of the public sector unit, which is realized as an increase in its external financial assets in the form of currency and deposits.

IMF No. 2 Account

A3.90 As discussed in paragraph A3.82, the IMF No. 2 Account is used by the IMF for administrative payments and is reflected as a liability in the public sector unit’s accounts. Transactions involving the No. 2 Account are recorded as increases or decreases in this liability and are offset by the source of funds (in the case of an increase) or the use of funds (in the case of a decrease). When the IMF transfers funds from the No. 1 Account to the No. 2 Account, the public sector unit’s accounts will show an increase in its reserve tranche (i.e., currency and deposits). The increase reflects the reduction in IMF holdings of the member’s currency in the No. 1 Account and is offset by an increase in the member’s liabilities relating to currency and deposits.

Special Drawing Rights (SDRs)

A3.91 The SDR is an international reserve asset created by the IMF in 1969. The SDR is administered by the IMF’s SDR Department, which is required by the IMF’s Articles of Agreement to keep its accounts strictly separate from those of the General Department. Members participating in the SDR Department incur the financial asset or liability position unto itself. Given that financial claims on and liabilities to members in the SDR system are attributed on a cooperative basis, a residual partner category—other nonresidents—is used as the counterparty to SDR holdings and allocations.32

A3.92 SDR allocations received by a country are recorded as a liability in the form of SDRs (part of gross debt of the public sector unit) with a corresponding entry for SDR holdings as a financial asset. The calculation of a public sector unit’s net debt takes into account SDR holdings and SDR allocations. Interest income on SDR holdings (revenue) and interest expense on SDR allocations are accrued on a gross basis to the outstanding financial asset and liability, respectively.

A3.93 The SDR allocation is debt of the recipient (i.e., the participant in the SDR Department), and forms part of public sector debt. The SDR holdings are part of the public sector’s financial assets. However, the international statistical systems do not specify on which balance sheet SDR holdings and allocations should be recorded (e.g., the central bank or a general government entity such as the ministry of finance or treasury). This is because SDR allocations are made to IMF members that are participants in the SDR Department of the IMF, and it is for those members to follow domestic legal and institutional arrangements to determine the ownership and recording of SDR allocations and SDR holdings in the public sector.

A3.94 For GFS and public sector debt statistics, it is particularly relevant in which public sector unit’s accounts the SDR holdings and allocations are recorded. If the SDR allocation is recorded on the government’s balance sheet, the allocation is part of general government debt. If the SDR allocation is on the central bank’s balance sheet, the allocation is not part of general government debt but still part of public sector debt.

A3.95 SDRs are held exclusively by participants, the IMF, through the General Resources Account, and prescribed holders,33 and are transferable among them. At the time of the SDR allocation, the amounts recorded as SDR allocations (liabilities) and holdings (financial assets) are identical and on the same public sector unit’s balance sheet. This public sector unit—as official holder—may, subsequently, exchange some or all of its SDR holdings (financial asset) with other official holders for freely usable currency(ies). In this case, the SDR allocations and holdings on the balance sheet of the public sector unit are no longer identical; the SDR holdings are less than the allocations because they have been converted into freely usable currencies (i.e., currency and deposits). As a result, interest payable on the SDR allocation of public sector unit will be larger than interest receivable on its SDR holdings. Interest receivable on the SDR holdings exchanged will accrue to the new holder.

Appendix 4. Some Cross-Cutting Issues

This appendix applies government finance statistics principles to illustrate the recording of: leases, licenses, permits, and contracts; public-private partnerships; and insurance and standardized guarantee schemes.

Introduction

A4.1 Some cross-cutting issues relate to the recording of the impact of specific events on revenue, expense, and flows and stock positions of assets and liabilities. Aspects of recording these events are described in various chapters of this Manual. However, bringing all of these together enhances the clarity of recording these events. This appendix deals with three such issues:1

  • Leases, licenses, permits, and contracts

  • Public-private partnerships (PPPs)

  • Insurance and standardized guarantee schemes.

Leases, Licenses, Permits, and Other Contracts

Introduction

A4.2 Many transactions are specified in terms of a contract between two institutional units. The majority of contracts are such that one unit provides a good, service, or asset to the other unit for an agreed payment at an agreed time (possibly immediately after agreeing on the price). Such contracts may be written and legally binding or may be informal or even only implicit. However, these contracts are simply agreements about the terms under which goods, services, and assets are provided to the recipient along with the ownership of the item. In particular, these contracts can help to determine the point at which the transactions should be recorded in GFS in accordance with the accrual principles described in paragraphs 3.69–3.75.

A4.3 For certain types of contracts and legal agreements, variously described as leases and licenses (or permits), the terms of the agreement may affect not only the time of recording of transactions but also the classification of transactions and the ownership of the item subject to the agreement. The purpose of this section is to provide guidance on how transactions entered into under these more complex arrangements should be recorded in GFS.

Leases

A4.4 Three types of leases are recognized in macroeconomic statistics: operating leases, financial leases, and resource leases. Each of these leases relates to the use of a nonfinancial asset. Fundamental to the distinction between the different types of leases is the difference between legal and economic ownership. The legal owner of resources is the institutional unit entitled by law and sustainable under the law to claim the benefits associated with the asset. By contrast, the economic owner of resources is entitled to claim the benefits associated with the use of the asset in the course of an economic activity by virtue of accepting the associated risks. This distinction between legal and economic ownership is elaborated upon in paragraphs 3.37–3.41 and 7.5. The legal owner is often the economic owner as well. When they are different, the legal owner has divested itself of the majority of risks in return for agreed payments from the economic owner. Thus:

  • In the case of operating leases and resource leases, there is no change of economic ownership: the legal owner continues to be the economic owner. Resource leases are agreements for the use of natural resources, such as land and radio spectrum. Operating leases are agreements for the use of all other nonfinancial assets.

  • In the case of financial leases, there is a difference between economic ownership and legal ownership of the asset. Financial leases can apply to all nonfinancial assets, including natural resources under some circumstances.

A4.5 The following paragraphs discuss the treatment of operating leases, financial leases, and resource leases in detail.

Operating leases

A4.6 Operating leasing is the activity of renting out produced assets under arrangements that provide use of a tangible asset to the lessee, but do not involve the transfer of the bulk of risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. The legal and economic owner is called the lessor. One indication that an operating lease exists is that the responsibility for repair and maintenance of the asset lies with the legal owner. Under an operating lease, the asset remains on the balance sheet of the lessor.

A4.7 Amounts payable under an operating lease for the use of the asset are referred to as rentals and are recorded as payments for a service. In principle, any fixed asset may be subject to an operating lease. The character of operating leases may most easily be described in relation to fixed assets since operating leases often concern vehicles, office equipment (e.g., photocopiers), construction equipment, buildings, etc. The service provided by the lessor to the lessee goes beyond the mere provision of the asset. It includes other elements, such as the convenience for the lessee that the lessor takes responsibility for the maintenance and security of the asset—an important point from the user’s view. In the case of equipment, the lessor, or owner, normally maintains a stock of equipment in good working order that can be hired on demand or at short notice. The lessor is normally a specialist in the operation of the equipment, a factor that may be important in the case of highly specialized equipment, where the lessee may not have the necessary expertise or facilities to maintain the equipment properly. The lessor may also undertake to replace the equipment in the event of a serious or prolonged breakdown. In the case of a building, the lessor is responsible for the structural integrity of the building, and would usually be responsible in the case of damage—for example, due to a natural disaster. The lessor is usually also responsible for ensuring that elevators, heating, and ventilation systems function adequately.

A4.8 Operating leases often aim at meeting the needs of users who require certain types of equipment only intermittently. Many operating leases are for short periods, although the lessee may renew the rental when the period expires and the same user may hire the same piece of equipment on several occasions. Because of the evolution of increasingly complicated types of machinery, especially in the electronics field, the servicing and backup facilities provided by a lessor are important factors that may influence a user to rent. Other factors that may persuade users to rent over long periods rather than purchase are considerations regarding the lessor’s balance sheet, cash flow, or tax liability.

A4.9 The service provided under an operating lease should be recorded as use of goods and services (22) for the lessee and sales of goods and services (142) for the lessor. Consumption of fixed capital (23) on the fixed asset involved is recorded in the accounts of the lessor.

Financial leases

A4.10 A financial lease is a contract under which the lessor, as legal owner of an asset, conveys substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee. The economic nature of the arrangement is such that the lessor is deemed to provide a loan to allow the lessee to acquire the majority of risk and rewards of ownership, but the lessor retains legal title (ownership) as collateral for the loan. In other words, the lessee becomes the economic owner of the asset. Under a financial lease, the lessor records a loan to the lessee with which the lessee acquires the asset. Thereafter, the leased asset is shown on the balance sheet of the lessee and not of the lessor; the corresponding loan is shown as an asset of the lessor and a liability of the lessee.

A4.11 Financial leases are distinguished from other types of leases because substantially all risks and rewards of ownership are transferred from the legal owner of the nonfinancial asset (the lessor) to the user of the nonfinancial asset (the lessee). The following provisions in the lease contract would normally lead to a lease being classified as a financial lease:

  • The lease contract transfers legal ownership of the asset to the lessee at the end of the lease term, or

  • The lease contract gives the lessee the option to acquire legal ownership of the asset at the end of the lease term at a price that is sufficiently low that the exercise of the option is reasonably certain, or

  • The lease term is for the major part of the economic life of the asset, or

  • At inception, the present value of the lease payment amounts to substantially all of the value of the asset, or

  • If the lessee can cancel the lease, the losses of the lessor are borne by the lessee, or

  • Gains or losses in the residual value of the asset accrue to the lessee, or

  • The lessee has the ability to continue the lease for a secondary period for a payment substantially lower than market value.

A4.12 These provisions in the lease contract may not be conclusive that substantially all of the risks have been conveyed. For example, if the asset is conveyed to the lessee at the end of the lease at its fair value at that time, the lessor holds substantial risks of ownership. The lease is then considered to be an operating lease. Financial leases are also called “finance leases” or “capital leases,” highlighting that the motivation (paragraphs A4.10–A4.11) is to finance the acquisition of a nonfinancial asset. Internationally accepted accounting practices generally recognize financial leases in the same manner as in GFS.2 A treatment akin to financial leases is also adopted for some public-private partnerships3 (PPPs) (see paragraphs A4.58–A4.65 and the 2008 SNA, paragraphs 22.154–22.163).

A4.13 The statistical treatment of financial leases is designed to capture the economic reality of such arrangements, by treating assets under a financial lease as if they were purchased and owned by the user. The lessee (economic owner) records the acquisition of the asset that is financed by an imputed loan. The loan is redeemed through payments during the contract (consisting of interest and original principal elements) and any residual payment at the end of the contract (or alternatively, by the return of the good to the lessor). If the lessor is a financial intermediary, part of the payment is also treated as a service charge (see paragraph 6.81).

A4.14 It is common, but not necessary, for a financial lease to cover the whole economic life of the asset. Regardless of whether the lease is for the whole economic life of the asset or for less, the value of the imputed loan, at inception, corresponds to the market value of the asset, and is valued at nominal value throughout its life, in the same way as other loans. The value of the loan consists of the present value of the future payments due to the legal owner plus the value of the asset at the end of the lease, as specified in the lease agreement.

A4.15 At the inception of the lease, the value of the asset appearing on the balance sheet of the lessee should be equal to the value of the loan owed to the lessor at that time. At the end of the lease term, the asset may be returned to the lessor to cancel the loan, or a new arrangement, including the outright purchase of the asset, may be reached between the lessor and lessee. If the lease is for less than the expected economic life of the asset, the lease usually specifies the value to the lessor at the end of the lease or the terms under which the lease can be renewed. Any variation in the price of the asset from the value specified in the lease agreement is borne by the lessee.

Resource leases

A4.16 A resource lease is an agreement whereby the legal owner of a natural resource that macroeconomic statistics treat as having an infinite life makes it available to a lessee in return for a regular payment recorded as property income and described as rent. In the case of resource leases, there is no change of economic ownership and, therefore, the resource continues to be recorded on the balance sheet of the lessor, even though it is used by the lessee. Payments due under a resource lease are recorded as revenue or expense in the form of rent (1415 or 2814). By convention, no consumption of fixed capital is applied to natural resources. Depletion of a natural resource is instead recorded as an other change in the volume of assets (see paragraph 10.52).

A4.17 Land is the classic case of an asset subject to a resource lease, but all other natural resources are also treated this way. An exception, when a long-term lease of land may be recorded as the sale of land, is described in paragraph A4.26.4

Licenses and Permits to Use a Natural Resource

A4.18 In many countries, licenses and permits to use natural resources are issued by government because government claims ownership of the resources on behalf of the community. However, government could also issue these licenses and permits if the resources are privately owned.

A4.19 As illustrated in Figure A4.1, there are three different sets of conditions that may apply to the use of a natural resource:

  • The owner may permit the resource to be used to extinction. This option results in the sale (or possibly an expropriation) of the nonproduced resource asset itself.

  • The owner may permit the resource to be used for an extended period of time in such a way that, in effect, the user controls the use of the resource during this time with little if any intervention from the legal owner. This permit leads to the creation of an intangible nonproduced asset classified as contracts, leases, and licenses (31441) for the user, distinct from the resource itself; however, the value of the resource and the value of the nonproduced asset in the form of contracts, leases, and licenses are linked. An inverse relationship will exist between the value of the resource itself and the value of the intangible asset.5

  • The owner can extend or withhold permission to continued use of the asset from one year to the next. This option corresponds to a resource lease on which rent is payable/receivable (see paragraphs A4.16–A4.17).

Figure A4.1
Figure A4.1

Illustrating the Treatment of Licenses and Permits to Use a Natural Resource

A4.20 The differences in treatment between the various options are not clear-cut.6 There is no single, universal, and clear-cut criterion to distinguish between rent and asset sales, so a range of criteria should be considered in making the decision (see Box A4.1).

A4.21 The considerations listed in Box A4.1 can be seen as a more specific parallel to the distinction of economic ownership from legal ownership used in distinguishing between operating and financial leases described earlier. The conditions for treatment of the payment as the acquisition of an asset or rent are indicative rather than prescriptive. A decision on the appropriate treatment when some of the conditions are not met will necessitate consideration of how to record those transactions. For example, if, on balance, the decision is to treat the payment as rent, but a large upfront payment was made, this should be treated as a prepayment, recorded on an accrual basis. However, if the recipient is not willing to consider a refund if the contract is suspended, this is indicative of the sale of an intangible nonproduced asset rather than the payment of rent.

A4.22 The application of these principles to the main types of natural resources is described in the following text.

Radio spectrum

A4.23 Payment for a mobile phone license constitutes the sale of an asset rather than a payment for rent when the licensee acquires effective economic ownership rights over the use of the spectrum.7

A4.24 If the sale of such a license constitutes the sale of an asset, two possible treatments may apply: the sale of the spectrum itself or the sale of a permit to use the spectrum.

  • When the life spans of the license and of the spectrum coincide, the payment for a license is treated as the sale of the spectrum itself (other natural resources: radio spectrum (314331)). The latter situation applies always when licenses are granted indefinitely.

  • When the life span of the license is different from the life span of the spectrum, the payment for a license is treated as the sale of an intangible non-produced asset classified as permits to use natural resources (314412) by the legal owner (licensor) to the economic owner (licensee).

A4.25 When the license agreement is treated as the sale of an intangible asset, in its own right, its value is established at the time of its sale. The value of the license declines with the remaining period of validity to a value of zero when the license expires. Symmetrically, the value of the spectrum to the lessor falls when the license acquires a value and progressively increases as the license expires. This reflects the potential for a further sale of the right to use the spectrum for another period.8

Land

A4.26 Land may be sold outright (i.e., when the legal ownership is transferred from one institutional unit to another)9 or may be subject to a resource lease (e.g., tenant farmers usually pay regular rent to their landlord). A resource lease on land may instead be considered as a sale of the land (3141) if the lease satisfies most or all of the criteria to be considered a sale of an asset in Box A4.1. When the land is leased in other circumstances, the payments are recorded as rent (1415 or 2814) under a resource lease agreement.

Criteria to Determine Whether a License Represents an Asset Sale or Rent

Several criteria need to be considered:

  • Costs and benefits assumed by licensee—The greater the extent of the risks and benefits associated with the right to use an asset incurred by the licensee, the more likely the classification of a transaction as the sale of an asset as opposed to rent. Pre-agreement on the value of payments (whether by lump sum or by installments) effectively transfers all economic risks and benefits to the licensee and points, therefore, to the sale of an asset. If, on the other hand, the value of payment is contingent on the results from using the license, risks and benefits are only partially transferred to the licensee and the situation is more readily characterized as payment of rent. In the case of mobile phone licenses, the total amount payable is often pre-agreed. An additional indication of the degree to which commercial risks have been passed to the licensee is to examine the hypothetical case where a licensee goes bankrupt. If, in such a case, the licensor reimburses none of the upfront payment made by the licensee, this would constitute a strong case against a characterization of the transaction as rent, as apparently the licensee has incurred all the risks involved.

  • Upfront payment or installment—As with other indicators, the mode of payment is in itself not conclusive for a characterization as a transaction in assets or rent payment. Generally, the means of paying for a license is a financial issue and not a relevant factor in determining whether it is an asset. However, business practice shows that upfront payments of rent for long periods (15–25 years in the case of mobile phone licenses) are unusual and this favors an interpretation as sale of an asset.

  • Length of the license—Licenses granted for long periods suggest the transaction should be treated as the sale of an asset, and for shorter periods treated as payments for rent. The timeframe involved in mobile phone licensing (15–25 years) is considered rather unusual as a period for which to conclude a fixed payment of rent and therefore a further indication favoring an interpretation as sale of an asset.

  • Actual or de facto transferability—The possibility to sell the license is a strong indication of ownership and if transferability exists, this is considered a strong condition to characterize the licensing act as the sale of third-party property rights. In practice, mobile phone licenses are often transferable either directly (by the corporation selling the license to another corporation) or indirectly (through the corporation being acquired through a takeover).

  • Cancellation possibility—The stronger the restrictions on the issuer’s capacity to cancel the license at its discretion, the stronger the case for treatment as a sale of an asset. Conversely, when licenses can easily be cancelled at the discretion of the issuer, ownership over benefits and risks has not been fully transferred to the licensee and the transaction qualifies more readily as rent.

  • Conception in the business world and international accounting standards—Businesses, in accordance with international accounting standards, often treat a license to use the spectrum as an asset. Again, in itself this does not lead to treatment as an asset in the national accounts, and there are other areas where companies choose to present figures in their accounts in ways that are not consistent with the national accounts. But the treatment of the acquisition of mobile phone licenses as capital investment in company accounts provides an added incentive to treat them in a similar way in the national accounts.

Not all or a majority of these considerations have to be satisfied to characterize the license as a sale of an asset. However, to qualify as rent (1415 or 2814) of a natural resource asset (rather than the sale of an asset), at least some of the following conditions should hold:

  • The contract is of short-term duration, or renegotiable at short-term intervals. Such contracts do not provide the lessee with a benefit when market prices for the leased asset go up in the way that a fixed, long-term contract would. Such benefits are holding gains that typically accrue to owners of assets.

  • The contract is nontransferable. Nontransferability is a strong but not a sufficient criterion for the treatment of license payments as rent, because, although it precludes the lessee from cashing in on holding gains, it does not preclude the lessee from reaping comparable economic benefits (e.g., using the license in a business).

  • The contract contains detailed stipulations on how the lessee should make use of the asset. Such stipulations are often seen in cases of rent of land, in which the owner wishes to retain control over the usage of the land. In the case of licenses, examples of such stipulations would be that the contract states what regions or types of customers should be served, or that it sets limits on the prices that the lessee may charge.

  • The contract includes conditions that give the lessor the unilateral right to terminate the lease without compensation—for instance, for underuse of the underlying asset by the lessee.

  • The contract requires payments over the duration of the contract, rather than a large, upfront payment. Although this condition is essentially financial in character and thus cannot be decisive on the type of the lease, it may indicate a degree of control for the lessor to direct the use of the nonproduced asset. The case for a treatment as rent is further supported if the payments are related to the revenue the lessee derives from the license.

A4.27 In some jurisdictions, the land under buildings remains in the legal ownership of a landlord other than the owner of the buildings. If regular payments are made to the landlord, these are recorded as rent (1415 or 2814). However, it is sometimes the case that, even though the land legally belongs to another unit, the right to occupy it for an extended period is payable in a single upfront payment often when the building is acquired. In such a case the payment is recorded as the acquisition of a nonproduced asset, classified as land (3141) if the value of the land can be established separately from that of the building. If not, the composite asset should be classified in the category representing the greater part of the value (see paragraphs 7.94 and 8.51). In such a case, when the building changes ownership, the purchase price includes an element representing the present value of future rent payments. Therefore, the land is recorded as if the ownership is transferred along with the building above the land. If, at the end of the land lease, a further payment is liable for extension of the lease for another long-term period, this should be recorded as an acquisition of another nonproduced asset, as described earlier.

Timber

A4.28 For timber, four possibilities are distinguished: the sale of a natural resource asset, the sale of a permit, rent of a natural resource asset, or sale of forests that are produced assets.

  • Sale of a natural resource asset—If government gives a unit permission to clear an area of natural forest, or to fell at its discretion without any restriction in perpetuity, the payments made to government (the owner) constitute the sale of the natural resource asset, classified as noncultivated biological resources (31431).10

  • Sale of a permit—When licenses or permits issued to use the natural resource, such as timber, satisfy the criteria to be a separate asset, the assets are classified as contracts, leases, and licenses (31441).

  • Rent of a natural resource asset—It is common for timber felling to be allowed, subject to strict limits with a fee payable per unit volume of timber felled (stumpage). The limits are usually such that the harvest of timber is sustainable and so the payments are recorded as rent (1415 or 2814) in the case of a natural forest. The option to have a lease permitting felling at the lessee’s discretion but subject to the restoration of the land, in an acceptable forested state, at some time in the future is improbable.

  • Sale of goods and services—When cultivated forests are produced assets in the form of inventories, the extraction of timber is treated as the sale of goods and services (142).

A4.29 Illegal logging is prevalent in some countries. In such cases, the quantity of timber extracted should be recorded as other changes in the volume of assets (i.e., uncompensated seizure).

Fish

A4.30 Natural stocks of fish with an economic value are an asset, and the same considerations apply to them as to other natural resources.11 Two possibilities exist for commercial fishing:

  • Fishing quotas are permits that may be allocated in perpetuity or for extended periods to particular institutional units—for example, where fishing is an established way of life and there may be little alternative economic employment. In such circumstances, the quotas may be transferable and, if so, there may be a well-developed market for them. Fishing quotas may, therefore, be considered as transferable permits to use a natural resource. Such permits are assets in macroeconomic statistics and classified as permits to use natural resources (614412) in the balance sheet.

  • An alternative regime is to issue a permit for a strictly limited period of time, less than a year, to a nominated institutional unit, often a nonresident. This is a common practice in some islands in the South Pacific, for example. In these cases, the revenue from the licenses should be recorded as rent (1415) because it is a resource lease.

A4.31 A license for recreational fishing has long been considered, by convention, as payment of a tax under other taxes on the use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (11452). This treatment is not changed by the wider considerations for commercial fishing.

Water

A4.32 A natural body of water with an economic value can be sold in its entirety either as part of the land that surrounds it or as a separate entity.

A4.33 As is the case for fish, it is unlikely that economic ownership would be ceded under a long lease with no preconditions on the quantity and state in which a similar amount of water should be returned to the owner. However, it is possible that surface water could be leased under a long lease for recreational purposes, for example. The treatment of such leases should be the same as for land (see paragraphs A4.26–A4.27).

A4.34 Regular payments for the extraction of water from natural water bodies (as opposed to the delivery of it) should be treated as rent (1415 or 2814). However, extraction of water as a produced commodity (e.g., purchases from a reservoir) should be recorded as the sale of goods and services.

Mineral and energy resources

A4.35 Mineral and energy resources differ from land, timber, and fish in that, although they also constitute a natural resource, they cannot be used sustainably. All extraction necessarily reduces the amount of the resource available for the future. This consideration necessitates a different set of recommendations for how transactions relating to their use should be recorded.

  • When a unit, such as government, owning a mineral or energy resource cedes all rights over it to another unit, this constitutes the sale of the resource classified as mineral and energy resources (3142). Like land, mineral resources can be owned only by resident units; if necessary, a notional resident unit must be established to preserve this convention.

  • When a unit extracts a mineral or energy resource under an agreement where the payments made each year are dependent on the amount extracted, the payments (sometimes described as royalties) are recorded as rent (1415 or 2814). The depletion of the resource itself is recorded as other changes in the volume of assets.12

Sharing Assets

A4.36 There are two ways in which assets may be shared, and the two cases require different treatments:

  • The asset may be wholly legally owned by two or more units, each at different points in time.

  • Alternatively, the risks of and benefits from the asset may be shared by two or more units at a single point in time.

A4.37 In macroeconomic statistics, even though the asset may be owned by different units at different times, when a balance sheet is drawn up, the whole of the value of the asset is attributed to one unit.

  • For an asset subject to an operating lease, there is no ambiguity. The legal owner is also the economic owner and is the unit that shows the asset on its balance sheet.

  • An asset subject to a financial lease is shown on the balance sheet of the economic owner. This is consistent with the views that the value of the asset represents the stream of future benefits coming from the asset and the economic owner is the unit entitled to receive these benefits in return for accepting the risks associated with using the asset in production.

  • For an asset subject to a resource lease, the value is shown on the balance sheet of the legal owner.

A4.38 When licenses to use natural resources such as radio spectrum, land, timber, and fish satisfy the criteria to be classified as intangible assets under permits to use natural resources (314412), they are part of the subclass of nonfinancial assets in the form of contracts, leases, and licenses (31441) and are shown on the balance sheet of the licensee.

A4.39 Sharing the risks and rewards of an asset between different units at a point in time is unusual. The most common occurrence is that a single unit undertakes the activity in which the asset is used and that unit shares the returns among the owners in the form of distributed property income. However, occasionally it is possible that such a single unit does not exist and it is not meaningful to try to create it statistically. This is most common when the participating units are resident in different economies, as may be the case with an airline, or in the case of some unincorporated joint ventures. The terms under which unincorporated joint ventures are established are diverse, but one form allows that all members share the assets equally. In such cases, macroeconomic statistics record the assets shared between the owners in proportion to their ownership shares.

A4.40 In some joint ventures that are recognized as institutional units, one party may contribute an asset as its share of the costs. If this happens, an injection of equity equal to the value of the asset should be recorded along with the acquisition of the asset in question by the joint venture.

Permits to Undertake a Specific Activity

A4.41 In addition to leases and licenses to use an asset as described in the previous sections, permission may be granted by government to engage in a particular activity, independently of any assets involved in the activity. Permission to extract minerals in return for the payment of rent, for example, is not covered by this type of permit because the permit derives from the government’s ownership of the assets. The permits that give permission to engage in a particular activity are designed to limit the number of individual units entitled to engage in the activity. Such permits may be issued by government or by private institutional units and different treatments apply to the two cases. This section deals only with permits issued by government. Permits issued by units other than government are not discussed here because their treatment does not affect the government accounts.13

Permits issued by government

A4.42 When governments restrict, for example, the number of cars entitled to operate as taxis or limit the number of casinos permitted by issuing licenses, they are, in effect, creating monopoly profits for the approved operators and recovering some of these profits as the “permission fee.” Such fees are recorded as other taxes on the use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (11452). This principle applies to all cases where government issues licenses to limit the number of units operating in a particular field where the limit is fixed arbitrarily and is not dependent only on qualifying criteria.

A4.43 In principle, if the license is valid for several reporting periods, the payment should be recorded on an accrual basis with an entry in other accounts receivable (3208) or other accounts payable (3308) for the amount of the license fee covering future reporting periods. However, if government does not recognize a liability to repay the licensee in the case of a cancellation, the whole of the fee payable should be recorded as a single tax payment at the time it is paid.

A4.44 The incentive to acquire such a license is the licensees’ expectation that they acquire the right to make monopoly profits at least equal to the amount payable for the license. For the license holder, this stream of future income is treated as an asset if the licensee can realize this by on-selling the asset. The asset first appears in the accounts of the licensee as an other change in the volume of assets. Subsequent increases and decreases in its value are recorded as holding gains or losses. These types of assets are described as permits to undertake a specific activity (614413). The value of the asset is determined by the value at which it can be sold or, if no such information is available, is estimated at the present value of the future stream of monopoly profits.

A4.45 If the payment for the license is being recorded on an accrual basis, the licensee has in the balance sheet an asset under other accounts receivable equal to the value of the license fee covering future reporting periods and an asset recorded as permits to undertake specific activities (614413) for the value of the license covering the excess of the monopoly profits over the cost. If the license is on-sold, the price paid by the new owner reflects both the value of the right to receive a refund from the government if the license is cancelled and the present value of the future stream of monopoly profits. If the license was recorded as a single reporting period tax payment, the value of the asset for the licensee is the value at which it can be sold or, if no such information is available, is estimated as the present value of the future stream of monopoly profits. Box A4.2 outlines the statistical treatment of permits issued by government using four examples.

Conditions for government permits recognized as assets

A4.46 A permit issued by government to undertake a specific activity may be treated as an asset (permits to undertake specific activities (614413)) only when all the following conditions are satisfied:

  • The activity concerned does not utilize an asset belonging to government; if it does, the permission to use the asset is treated as an operating lease, a financial lease, a resource lease, or possibly the acquisition of an asset representing permission to use the asset at the discretion of the licensee over an extended period.

  • The permit holder must be legally and practically able to sell the permit to a third party.

  • The number of permits is limited, thereby allowing the holder to make monopoly profits when undertaking the activity concerned.

  • The permit is not issued subject to a qualifying criterion. Revenue raised from the issuance of permits that are subject to qualifying criteria are treated as either taxes on the use of goods and on permission to use goods, or perform activities (11452) or payments for services under administrative fees (1422).

A4.47 Even if all these conditions are satisfied, if in practice the permits are not on-sold, it is not relevant to record the permits as assets. If any of the conditions is not satisfied, the payments are treated as taxes on the use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (11452)—that is, without the creation of an asset in the form of permits to undertake specific activities (614413). (There may be an account payable in cases when the permit holders make payments that will accrue over more than one reporting period.)

Permits to use natural resources as sinks

A4.48 Governments may issue emission permits as a means of controlling total emissions. These permits do not involve the use of a natural asset (there is no economic value placed on the atmosphere so it cannot be considered an economic asset). However, it is inherent in the concept that these permits will be tradable and that there will be an active market for them.

A4.49 The payments for emission permits issued by government are treated as taxes on the use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (11452), at the time the emissions occur. The timing difference between the payments received by government for the permits and the time the emission occurs gives rise to a transaction in financial liabilities classified as other accounts payable (3308) for government and a financial asset classified as other accounts receivable (3208) for the holder. The difference between the prepaid tax value of the permit and the market value of the permit represents a marketable contract (nonproduced nonfinancial asset) for the holder. The creation and disappearance of the non-produced nonfinancial asset are recorded as an other change in volume of assets.

A4.50 The case of payments for discharging water may be considered as an example of the different possible ways of treating the payments:

  • If a payment to discharge water is a fine imposed by government intended to inhibit discharge, the fine should be treated as revenue for government classified as fines, penalties, and forfeits (143). If such a fine is imposed on government or public sector units by another institutional unit, the fine is included in expense, classified as current transfers not elsewhere classified (2821).

  • If a limited number of permits are issued with the intent to restrict discharges, the payment should be treated as taxes on the use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (11452) if the medium into which the water is discharged is not regarded as an asset in macro-economic statistics.

  • If the medium into which the water is discharged is an asset and the necessary conditions are met concerning the terms on which the discharge is permitted, then the payment for the permit should be treated in the same way as the payment for a license to use the radio spectrum for mobile phones. If the payment is linked to remedial action, the payment is a payment for a service, unless the amount levied is out of proportion to the costs involved in subsequent water treatment, in which case the payment should be treated as other taxes on the use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (11452).

Statistical Treatment of Permits Issued by Government: Examples

Suppose unit A contracts with government to buy a permit to operate a casino for three years at a total cost of 12. A expects to make monopoly profits of 7 per year because the permit excludes other casinos from operating. The government may or may not be prepared to make a refund if A relinquishes the permit. A may utilize the permit for the three years for which it is valid or may sell it to unit B at the end of year 1. The recordings under these four possibilities are examined as follows.

Case 1: Government does not offer a refund and A keeps the permit for three years

At the start of year 1, A pays tax of 12 and through an other change in the volume of assets recognizes an asset worth 21 initially. Government records only tax revenue of 12. Assuming no market price changes or discount factor, by the end of the year the value of the asset has reduced by 7 as an other volume change, because one of the three years for which the permit was initially valid has expired. At this point the asset is contributing 14 to A’s net worth. By the end of the second year A writes off an additional 7 as an other volume change, leaving a contribution to net worth of 7. By the end of the third year the asset is worth zero.

Case 2: Government does not offer a refund and A sells the permit to B after one year

At the start of year 1, A pays tax of 12 and through an other change in the volume of assets recognizes an asset worth 21 initially. Government records only tax revenue of 12. Assuming no market price changes or discount factor, by the end of the year the value of the asset has reduced by 7 as an other volume change, because one of the three years for which the permit was initially valid has expired. At this point, the value of the asset is 14. However, B is prepared to pay only 13 for the asset and A accepts this offer. A therefore reduces the value of the asset by 1 through a holding loss (revaluation change), before selling it for 13. B acquires the asset for 13 and, assuming no further market price changes, its value reduces by 6.5 in the other change in volume of assets account in each of the two following years.

Case 3: Government offers a possibility to refund and A keeps the permit for three years

At the start of year 1, A makes a payment of 12 to government, which is recorded as a payment of tax of 4 for the year. The remainder of the amount is a prepayment of a tax and, therefore, at the end of the year government has an other-account payable to A of 8. The value of the permit to A is only the excess of the monopoly profit over the total amount that A will have to pay to government. At the start of year 1, A recognizes an asset with a value of 9 (the difference between 7 and 4 for three years) through an other change in the volume of assets. Assuming no market price changes or discount factor, by the end of year 1 this permit asset is worth only 6. At the end of that year, A’s net worth includes an other account receivable from government of 8 and the remaining value of the permit of 6. The total value of A’s assets is 14 as in case 1. During the second year, A’s other account receivable from government reduces by 4 which is used to pay the accrued tax in year 2. In that year, the value of the permit also reduces by 3 from 6 to 3. At the end of the second year, A’s net worth includes an other account receivable from government of 4 and, assuming no further market price changes, a permit worth 3, bringing A’s total assets to 7 as in case 1. At the end of year 3, A’s other account receivable and the value of the permit are reduced to zero.

Case 4: Government offers a possibility to refund and A sells the permit to B after one year

At the start of year 1, A makes a payment of 12 to government which is recorded as a payment of tax of 4 for the year. The remainder of the amount is a prepayment of a tax and, therefore, at the end of the year government has an other account payable to A of 8. The value of the permit to A is only the excess of the monopoly profit over the other account payable. At the start of year 1, A recognizes an asset with a value of 9 (the difference between 7 and 4 for three years) through an other change in the volume of assets. Assuming no market price changes or discount factor, by the end of the year, this permit asset is worth only 6. At the end of the year, A’s net worth includes an other account receivable from government of 8 and the remaining value of the permit of 6. The total value of A’s assets is 14, as in case 1. However, B is prepared to pay only 13 for the asset and A accepts this offer. As in case 2, A has to reduce the value of the permit by 1 through a holding loss (revaluation change) before selling the asset to B for 13. The other account receivable from government of 8 is transferred to B and the asset (permit) is sold for 5. B’s net worth is unchanged because B has paid A 13 but received the other account receivable of 8 and an asset (permit) valued at 5 in return. In year 2, B’s other account receivable is reduced by 4 due to the tax payment of 4 that accrued and, assuming no further market price changes, the permit declines in value from 5 to 2.5. At the end of year 3, B’s other account receivable and the value of the permit are reduced to zero.

Contracts for future production

A4.51 Although human capital is not recognized as an economic asset, there are cases where a contract that entitles the holder to limit the ability of a named individual to work for others may be regarded as an asset. Prolific and lucrative contracts may be for sports players where, for example, one football club can “sell” a player to another. In fact, the club is not selling the person, but rather the exclusive rights to have that person working for it. Similar contracts exist for the rights to publish literary works or musical performances. Such contracts are treated as assets, classified as entitlement to future goods and services on an exclusive basis (614414) within the asset class of contracts, leases, and licenses.

A4.52 Similar contracts may exist for the production of nonfinancial assets in future. An examination of the practice of purchasing the options of future aircraft production revealed, however, that in this case there is no transferable asset and a change of mind on the part of the potential purchaser or failure to deliver on the part of the supplier is settled by a change in the arrangements between the two parties and does not lead to the sale of the option to a third party. If an instance arises where the option to purchase nonfinancial assets is treated in the same way as a contract for a named individual’s performance, the same classification would apply.

Leases as Assets

A4.53 As stated in paragraph A4.2, contracts underlie many transactions recorded in macroeconomic statistics and it is important to understand what the implications are for the time of recording and classification of transactions arising from a contract. Permits or licenses to use natural resources may constitute an asset, as may permits to undertake specific activities and contracts for future production.

A4.54 As indicated in paragraphs 7.105–7.106, a contract may be considered an asset when it is transferable to a third party (i.e., a unit other than the two specified in the original contract)—for example, a marketable operating lease acquiring a value as an asset. An example is given in Box A4.3. Assets reflecting such third-party property rights are always transitory: they exist only for the length of the lease and where there is a difference between the encumbered and unencumbered values.

A4.55 Permits to use natural resources and contracts for future production may also give rise to these types of third-party property rights assets. Similarly, permits to undertake specific activities may give rise to these types of assets even though the original payment, if payable to government, was treated as a tax. Financial leases do not give rise to these types of assets. If the value of the asset being leased increases by more than the payments due under the financial lease, the lessee may have the option of selling the asset, repaying the loan, and keeping the difference.

A4.56 In the case of marketable operating leases, the lease may be treated as an asset only when the two following conditions are satisfied:

  • The lease specifies a predetermined price for the use of an asset that differs from the price the asset could be leased for at the current time.

  • The lessee is able legally and practically to realize this price difference by subcontracting the lease to a third party.

A4.57 In practice, it is recommended that such assets should be recorded only when the value of the asset is significant and the lessee can actually exercise the right to realize the price difference.

Practical Example of Leases as Assets

Suppose a lease on an apartment agreed some time ago specifies the rental at 100 per month but its current market rent is 120 per month. From the lessor’s point of view, the apartment is “encumbered” by the existing lease; that is, it carries a penalty (in this case of 20 per month) because of the existence of the lease. The encumbered value of the apartment is based on the present value of future rental payments taking the existence of the lease into account; that is, the future income stream is 100 for the remaining period of the lease and 120 thereafter (ignoring any allowance for inflation). The unencumbered value of the apartment is a present value based on an income stream of 120 per month from the current period forward. The value to be entered in the landlord’s balance sheet is the encumbered value, which is also all the landlord (lessor) can hope to realize if he sold the apartment while the tenant has the right to maintain the lease. To realize the unencumbered value, the lessor would have to pay the tenant the difference between the unencumbered value and the encumbered value to be free of the lease. This amount, the encumbrance, can in some circumstances be treated as an asset of the tenant. The circumstances are that it is both legally possible and is practicable for the tenant to sublet the apartment to a third party. Because of the difficulty of identifying when such assets may exist, it is recommended that in practice these assets be recorded only when there is evidence that they have been realized.

The encumbered value of the apartment may be higher than the unencumbered value if rentals have fallen since the lease was agreed. In this case, it is the landlord who benefits from the discrepancy between the contract price and the market price because the value of the apartment in his balance sheet is still the encumbered value. If the tenant wishes to cancel the lease, he may have to pay the landlord the difference between the encumbered value and the unencumbered value. Only in the exceptional case where the tenant pays a third party to assume the lease at the price specified in the lease does this payment represent an asset of negative value to the tenant. Once the lease expires or is cancelled, the value of the apartment returns to its unencumbered value.

Public-Private Partnerships

Introduction

A4.58 Public-private partnerships (PPPs) are long-term contracts between two units, whereby one unit acquires or builds an asset or set of assets, operates it for a period, and then hands the asset over to a second unit. Governments engage in PPPs for a variety of reasons, including the expectation that private management may lead to more efficient production and that access to a broader range of financial sources can be obtained. Such arrangements are usually between a private corporation and government, but other combinations are possible, with a public corporation as either party or a private nonprofit institution as the second unit. For ease of reference, the second unit will be referred to as the private corporation. These schemes are referred to by different names depending on the type of contracts that are in place. Examples are: private finance initiatives (PFIs); design, build, operate, and transfer schemes (DBOT); build, own, and transfer schemes (BOTs); or build, own, operate, and transfer schemes (BOOTs). For ease of reference, the remainder of this section will refer to PPPs.

A4.59 The nature of activities that PPPs are involved with varies greatly. Generally, the private corporations construct and operate assets of a kind that are usually the responsibility of the general government or public corporations. These commonly include roads, bridges, water supply and sewerage treatment works, hospitals, prison facilities, electricity generation and distribution facilities, and pipelines.

A4.60 The private corporation expects to recover its costs and to earn an adequate rate of return on its investment. The government may make periodic payments during the contract period,14 or, alternatively, the private corporation may sell the services to the public (e.g., a toll road), or a combination of the two. The price is often regulated by the government and set at a level that will allow the private corporation to recover its costs and earn a return on its investment (benchmark price). If the regulated price is set at a level below such a benchmark price, the government will have to compensate the private partner, usually through subsidies or other transfers. There can be many variations in PPP contracts regarding aspects such as the disposition of the assets at the end of the contract, the required operation and maintenance of the assets during the contract, and the price, quality, and volume of services produced. At the end of the contract period, the government may gain legal and economic ownership of the assets, possibly without payment.

Determining the Economic Ownership of PPP-Related Assets

The economic owner of the assets related to a PPP is determined by assessing which unit bears the majority of the risks and which unit is expected to receive a majority of the rewards of the asset.

The factors that need to be considered in assessing economic ownership of PPP-related assets include those associated with acquiring the asset and those associated with using the asset.

Some of the risks associated with acquiring the asset are:

  • The degree to which the government controls the design, quality, size, and maintenance of the assets

  • Construction risk, which includes the possibility of additional costs resulting from late delivery, not meeting specifications, or building codes, and environmental and other risks requiring payments to third parties.

Some of the risks associated with operating the asset are:

  • Supply risk, which covers the degree to which the government is able to control the services produced, the units to which the services are provided, and the prices of the services produced

  • Demand risk, which includes the possibility that the demand for the services, either from government or from the public at large in the case of a paying service, is higher or lower than expected

  • Residual value and obsolescence risk, which includes the risk that the value of the asset will differ from any price agreed for the transfer of the asset to government at the end of the contract period

  • Availability risk, which includes the possibility of additional costs or the incurrence of penalties because the volume and/or quality of the services do not meet the standards specified in the contract.

The relative importance of each factor is likely to vary with each PPP. It is not possible to state prescriptive rules that will be applicable to every situation. The provisions of each PPP arrangement must be evaluated to decide which unit is the economic owner.

A4.61 The decision about economic ownership of the asset and whether to record PPP-related assets and liabilities in the government’s or the private corporation’s balance sheet is not straightforward. The private corporation is responsible for acquiring/constructing the fixed assets, although the acquisition/construction is often supported by the backing of the government. The contract often allows government to specify the design, quality, capacity use, and maintenance of the asset in accordance with government standards. Typically, the assets have service lives much longer than the contract period so that, for this reason alone, the government will control the assets, bear the risks, and receive the rewards for a major portion of the assets’ service lives. Thus, it is frequently not obvious whether the private corporation or the government controls the assets over their service lives or which party bears the majority of the risks and benefits from the majority of the rewards.15

Determining Economic Ownership of PPP-Related Assets

A4.62 The statistical treatment depends on the economic ownership of the asset(s) involved. In macroeconomic statistics, a distinction is made between legal ownership and economic ownership (see paragraphs 3.38–3.41) based on risks and benefits. With a PPP, the legal and economic owner may be different parties. Box A4.4 summarizes the associated risks to be considered.

A4.63 The macroeconomic statistics approach is broadly consistent with considerations listed by the International Public Sector Accounting Standards Board (IPSASB) for the recognition and measurement of a service concession asset.16 While it is not possible to prescribe rules applicable to every PPP type of arrangement, the considerations presented in Box A4.4 should guide the decision on which party is the economic owner of the asset(s) during and at the end of the PPP contract period. The International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSASs) considerations of control of the asset include aspects of risks and rewards, and should, in principle, lead to the same conclusions on economic ownership. Box A4.5 presents a brief discussion on how some countries apply, in practice, the concept of economic ownership related to PPPs.

Practical Applications of the Economic Ownership Concept

To operationalize the criteria for economic ownership—that is, whether the majority of risks and rewards accrue to government or to the private corporation—countries have followed different approaches.

Under Eurostat’s guidelines to its member states, a sufficient condition for a PPP to be excluded from government’s accounts has been that the private corporation bears the construction risk in the project and either the availability or the demand risks in using the asset in production. In 2010, Eurostat clarified how other elements, in addition to these three principal risk categories, should be analyzed to determine the distribution of risks between the public and private sectors—notably: the existence and scope of grantor guarantees; majority financing by the grantor of capital cost during the construction phase; and financial aspects of termination clauses (see Manual on Government Deficit and Debt – Implementation of ESA 95, 2012 Edition, section VI.5).

Some countries are following internationally accepted accounting standards (e.g., IPSAS) applicable to financial leases (see paragraphs A4.10–A4.15). If a PPP contract is deemed to be a financial lease, an asset and liability are recorded on the public sector unit’s balance sheet, interest and depreciation are recorded as operating expenses, and amortization is recorded as a transaction in financial assets and liabilities. IPSASs treat a lease as a financial lease to the extent that the following criteria are met: (i) the contract period covers most of the useful life of the asset; (ii) the asset is transferred to the lessee (the public sector unit in this case) at the end of the contract; (iii) the lessee can purchase the asset at a bargain price at the end of the contract; (iv) the present value of payments prescribed in the contract is close to the fair market value of the asset; and (v) the asset is useful mainly to the lessee.

Statistical Treatment

A4.64 The following description of the statistical treatment of PPPs is based on the guidelines prescribed in the 2008 SNA.17 If the government is considered the economic owner of the asset(s) during the contract period but does not make any explicit payment at the beginning of the contract, a transaction must be imputed to cover the acquisition of the asset(s). The recording of these depends on the specific contract provisions, how they are interpreted, and possibly other factors. Most frequently, these contracts will be recorded as the acquisition of the asset through an imputed financial lease because of the similarity with actual financial leases. In other cases, for example, a loan that equals the market value of the asset at acquisition could be imputed, the actual government payments to the private corporation could be partitioned, so that a portion of each payment represents the repayment of the loan (see paragraphs A4.10–A4.15), and the remainder could represent an expense for use of goods or services, subsidies, etc., in accordance with the contract.

A4.65 If the private corporation is considered the economic owner of the asset(s) during the contract period, any debt associated with the acquisition of the asset(s) should be attributed to the private corporation. Normally, the government obtains legal and economic ownership of the assets at the end of the contract without any significant payment. However, two approaches are possible to account for the acquisition of the asset(s) by government:

  • Over the contract period, government gradually builds up a financial claim (e.g., other accounts receivable) and the private corporation gradually accrues a corresponding liability (e.g., other accounts payable), such that both values are equal to the residual value of the assets at the end of the contract period. At the end of the contract period, government records the acquisition of the asset, with a reduction in the financial claim (other accounts receivable) as the counterpart entry. The other unit records the disposal of the asset, with a reduction in the liability (other accounts payable) as the counterpart entry. Implementing this approach may be difficult because it requires new transactions to be constructed using assumptions about expected asset values and interest rates.

  • An alternative approach is to record the change of legal and economic ownership from the private unit to government as a capital transfer at the end of the contract period. At the end of the contract period, government records revenue in the form of a capital transfer that finances the acquisition of the asset and the private unit records an expense in the form of a capital transfer payable to government, financed by the disposal of the asset. The capital transfer approach does not reflect the underlying economic reality as well as the first alternative, but data limitations, uncertainty about the expected residual value of the assets, and contract provisions allowing various options to be exercised by either party make recording a capital transfer in GFS acceptable on pragmatic grounds.

Insurance and Standardized Guarantee Schemes

Introduction

A4.66 An insurance policy is an agreement between an insurer and another institutional unit, the policy-holder. Under the agreement, the policyholder makes a payment (premium) to the insurance corporation, which makes a payment (claim) to the policyholder if or when a specified event occurs. The policyholder protects itself against certain forms of risk. By pooling the risks, the insurer aims to receive more from the receipt of premiums than it has to pay out as claims to the insured.

A4.67 This section describes types of insurance and standardized guarantee schemes. It first defines some terminology and then provides statistical guidance on the recording of the relevant flows and stock positions related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes.

Types of Insurance and Standardized Guarantee Schemes

A4.68 The most common form of insurance is called direct insurance, whereby the policy is issued by an insurer to another type of institutional unit.18 There are two types of direct insurance—namely, life and nonlife insurance. Both types of insurance involve pooling risks. Insurers receive many (relatively) small regular payments of premiums from policy-holders and pay much larger sums to claimants when the contingencies covered by the policy occur. During the interval between the receipt of premiums and the payment of claims, the insurance corporation earns income from investing the premiums received. This investment income affects the levels of premiums and benefits set by the insurer.

A4.69 Life insurance is an activity whereby a policyholder makes regular payments to an insurer, in return for which the insurer guarantees to provide the policyholder (or in some cases another nominated person) with an agreed sum, or an annuity, at a given date or earlier if the policyholder dies beforehand. For life insurance, an important relationship exists between premiums and benefits during the policy period. For policyholders, the benefits receivable are expected to be at least as great as the premiums payable, and this type of insurance can be seen as a form of saving. The insurer combines this aspect of a single policy with the actuarial calculations about the insured population concerning life expectancy (including the risks of fatal accidents) when determining the relationship between the levels of premiums and benefits. Life insurance mainly redistributes premiums payable over a period of time as benefits payable later to the policyholders or his/her beneficiaries. Essentially, life insurance premiums and benefits are transactions in financial assets and liabilities and not transactions in revenue and expense. Public sector units’ involvement in life insurance is most often provided in the context of social protection in the form of employment-related pension schemes and other social protection schemes, such as compulsory saving schemes. The GFS treatment of these types of schemes is elaborated in Appendix 2.

A4.70 Nonlife insurance is an activity similar to life insurance except that it covers all other risks, accidents, sickness, fire, etc. For nonlife insurance, the risks are spread over all policyholders, and the number of claimants is typically much smaller than the number of policyholders. Nonlife insurance includes policies that provide a benefit in the case of death within a given period but in no other circumstances, usually called term insurance. With nonlife insurance, a claim is payable only if a specified contingency occurs and not otherwise. This type of insurance consists of redistribution in the current period between all policyholders and a few claimants. While public corporations may be involved in various types of insurance schemes, general government units are usually not involved in nonlife insurance other than social insurance, as discussed in Appendix 2.

A4.71 Standardized guarantees are those kinds of guarantees that are issued in large numbers, usually for fairly small amounts, along identical lines. There are three parties involved in these arrangements, the borrower (debtor), the lender (creditor), and the guarantor. Either the borrower or lender may contract with the guarantor to repay the creditor if the debtor defaults. Similar to nonlife insurance, it is not possible to determine the likelihood of any particular debtor de faulting. Nevertheless, because the guarantees are very similar and numerous, it is possible to estimate the general likelihood of defaults the guarantor will have to cover. It is standard practice to estimate how many out of a batch of similar debts will default.19 Therefore, standardized guarantees are based on the same paradigm as that for nonlife insurance, and a similar treatment is adopted for these guarantees. Standardized guarantees are distinguished from one-off guarantees based on two criteria:

  • They are characterized by often repeated transactions with similar features and pooling of risks.

  • Guarantors are able to estimate the average loss based on available statistics by using probability-weighted concepts.

A4.72 Standardized guarantees may be provided by a financial institution, including, but not limited to, insurance corporations. It is possible (but unlikely) that nonfinancial corporations provide these kinds of guarantees. However, government units are often involved as the guarantor in standardized guarantee schemes. The most common examples are export credit guarantees, deposit insurance schemes,20 and student loan guarantees. Specifically, when a government unit provides standardized guarantees without fees or at such low rates that the fees are significantly less than the calls and administrative costs, the unit should be treated as a nonmarket producer within the general government. If government recognizes the probability of having to finance some of the calls under the guarantee scheme to the extent of including a provision in its accounts, a transfer of this size from government to the units concerned and a liability of this amount (under provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes) should be recorded. If a standardized guarantee scheme is operated by a corporation or quasi-corporation on behalf of government, any transfers to cover recurrent losses are classified as subsidies (see paragraph 6.89) and any transfers to cover large operating deficits accumulating over two or more years or exceptional losses due to factors outside the control of the corporation/quasi-corporation are recorded as capital transfers (see paragraphs 6.91–6.124).

Defining Terminology Used in Insurance

A4.73 Defining some of the terms peculiar to the insurance industry is helpful in clarifying the discussion on the statistical treatment of insurance and standardized guarantees. The term “premiums” is used for payment to the insurer, while the term “fees” is used to describe the payment to the guarantor in the case of standardized guarantees. Payments by the insurer are called “claims” in the case of nonlife insurance policies and “benefits” in the case of life insurance policies. In the case of standardized guarantees, “calls” relate to expected defaults on the guarantees.

A4.74 The actual premium (fee) is the amount payable to the insurer (guarantor) to secure insurance coverage for a specific event over a stated time period. Coverage is frequently provided for one year at a time, with the premium payable at the outset, though coverage may be provided for shorter (or longer) periods and the premium (fee) may be payable in installments—for example, monthly.

A4.75 The premium earned is the part of the actual premium that relates to coverage provided in the reporting period. For example, if a new annual policy with a premium of 120 units comes into force on April 1, and GFS are being prepared for a calendar year, the premium earned in the calendar year is 90. The unearned premium is the amount of the actual premium received that relates to the period past the reporting period. In the example just given, at the end of the reporting period there will be an unearned premium of 30, intended to provide coverage for the first three months of the next reporting period.

A4.76 Net premiums are defined as actual premiums plus premium supplements minus the insurance service charge payable by the policyholders. Premiums are usually payable regularly, often at the start of an insurance period, whereas claims fall due later, in the case of life insurance, often many years later. The amounts accumulating between the periods the premiums were payable and when a claim becomes payable create a liability (reserves) for the insurer. These amounts are at the disposal of the insurer to invest in assets and earn income from it. The income allows the insurance corporation to charge lower premiums than would be the case otherwise. The property income earned in this way is attributed to the policyholders and is subsequently recorded as premium supplements from the policyholders.

A4.77 A claim (benefit or call) is the amount payable to the policyholder by the insurer in respect of an event covered by the policy occurring in the period for which the policy is valid. Claims generally become due when the event occurs, even if the payment is made some time later. An exception is made in cases where making a claim is possible only long after the event has happened.21 In such a case, the claim is recorded at the time the insurance company accepts the liability. Claims that become due are described as claims incurred. In some contested cases, the time between the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and the settlement of the claim may be several years. Claims on an accrual basis are recognized as due when an event takes place that gives rise to a valid claim, regardless of whether paid, settled, or reported during that period.

Statistical Treatment of Nonlife Insurance and Standardized Guarantees

A4.78 Under a nonlife insurance policy (or standardized guarantee), the insurer (or guarantor) accepts a premium (or fee) from a client and holds it in reserve (liability) until a claim (or call) is made or the period of the insurance expires. In the meantime, the insurer (guarantor) invests the amounts available due to pre-payments of premiums, reserves held against outstanding claims, and actuarial reserves held against outstanding risks. These assets generate investment income. The property income represents income forgone by the client, and so is treated as property expense attributed to the policyholders. It is therefore rerouted and subsequently recorded as an implicit supplement to the actual premiums. The insurer (guarantor) sets the level of the actual premiums (fees) to be such that the sum of the actual premiums plus the property income earned on assets, minus the expected outstanding claims will leave a margin that the insurer can retain. As an insurer or guarantor, the general government or public sector unit incurs liabilities equal to the present value of the expected claims or calls on outstanding guarantees, net of any recoveries.22 The statistical treatment of nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes in GFS will depend on whether the general government or public sector unit acts as the insurer (guarantor), or whether they are policyholders.

Flows and stock positions recorded by public sector units as nonlife insurers or guarantors

A4.79 General government units are not likely to operate an insurance scheme, but if they do and if they maintain separate reserves, they would record transactions related to the nonlife insurance in the same way as other insurers. On the other hand, general government units are often involved as the guarantor in standardized guarantee schemes. For general government or public sector institutional units acting as an insurer or guarantor of standardized guarantees, recording these events would require recording the following entries in GFS:

  • Actual premiums (fees) receivable—The amount of actual premiums (fees) receivable represents premiums earned and prepayment of premiums.23 The portion of actual premiums (fees) receivable representing premiums (fees) earned for the reporting period represents revenue, classified as premiums (14511) or fees for standardized guarantees (14512), respectively. Prepaid premiums (fees) represent a transaction in financial asset and liabilities, and are recorded as an increase in liabilities for nonlife insurance technical reserves (33061) or provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes (33065).

  • Property income earned on the investment of reserves—Usually, the reserves related to insurance or standardized guarantees are invested in financial assets and the revenue generated by these investments is generally in the form of interest (1411) or dividends (1412). Sometimes, however, the reserves may be used to generate net operating surpluses either in a separate establishment or as a secondary activity. The most common example is rent (1415) generated from real estate assets.

  • Property income attributed to policyholders—Property income generated by the investment of reserves is deemed to be an implicit premium supplement.24 Therefore, the insurer or guarantor should attribute the property income to the policyholders25 by recording an expense, classified as property expense for investment income disbursements (2813). The counterpart entry to this expense is a transaction resulting in an increase in liabilities for nonlife insurance technical reserves (33061) or provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes (33065).

  • Claims (calls) payable—An expense for expected claims (calls) should be recognized in premiums, fees, and current claims (2831) or capital claims (2832), as relevant, and with a counterpart entry as an increase in the liability related to nonlife insurance technical reserves (33061) or provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes (33065). For standardized guarantee schemes, the expense recorded is the expected level of calls (minus any expected asset recoveries) on the standardized guarantees provided in the recording period. When claims (calls) are paid, transactions are recorded reducing liabilities related to nonlife insurance technical reserves or provisions for calls under standardized guarantees with a corresponding reduction in assets or an increase in other liabilities.

  • Holdings gains and losses—In some exceptions, if an amount for a claim outstanding has been agreed upon and it has been agreed that it will be indexed pending payment, there may be a holding gain or loss recorded for it.

  • Other changes in volume of assets and liabilities— Changes to provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes not resulting from transactions and holding gains and losses are shown as other changes in volume of assets—for example, whenever a significant change to the expected level of calls is recognized, beyond any asset recovery.

Flows and stock positions recorded by public sector units as nonlife policyholders and holders of standardized guarantees

A4.80 The recording of flows and stock positions related to standardized guarantees differs from the recording of one-off guarantees (see paragraph 7.256). For general government or public sector institutional units as nonlife insurance policyholders, or holders of standardized guarantees, the recording of their activities would require the following entries in GFS:

  • Actual premiums (fees) payable—The amount of actual premiums payable represents premiums incurred, prepayment of premiums, and an implicit services charge payable. Because the implicit service charge can be calculated only in the context of an analysis of the whole of the economy, it is not recognized in GFS as an expense. The portion of actual premiums payable representing premiums incurred for the reporting period is an expense, classified as premiums (28311) or fees for standardized guarantees (28312), respectively. Prepaid premiums represent a transaction in financial assets and liabilities, and should be recorded as an increase in the financial assets in the form of nonlife insurance technical reserves (32061) or provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes (32065).

  • Property income attributed to policyholders—As explained in paragraph A4.78, property income generated by insurers (guarantors) on the investment of reserves is deemed to be an implicit premium supplement, attributed to the policyholders. Conceptually, general government or public sector institutional units as policyholders might potentially record property income revenue, classified as property income from investment income disbursements (1414). The counterpart entry to this revenue is an increase in the financial asset for nonlife insurance technical reserves (32061) or provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes (32065). However, the revenue related to this item is not always known to GFS compilers. Therefore, this revenue is not recorded in GFS and remains an adjustment item between GFS and national accounts.

  • Claims receivable—Claims become due when the event that gives rise to a valid claim occurs, regardless of whether paid, settled, or reported during the reporting period. The policyholder recognizes revenue for the claim at the time an event giving rise to a claim occurred, or in the case of a standardized guarantee, at the time a call can be made in terms of the contract. These claims receivable should be recognized as revenue classified as premiums, fees, and current claims (1451) or capital claims (1452), as relevant, and with a counterpart entry as an increase in a financial asset in the form of nonlife insurance technical reserves (32061) or provisions for calls under standardized guarantee schemes (32065). Upon actual payment of the claims, a decrease is recorded in the relevant insurance reserve, with a corresponding increase in cash or other financial assets.

Appendix 5. Regional Arrangements

This appendix describes various regional arrangements for monetary and economic cooperation and the implications of these arrangements for government finance statistics.

Introduction

A5.1 This appendix addresses the main issues for GFS that arise from regional arrangements. Regional arrangements involve coordination of institutional units in several countries for a particular monetary or economic purpose. These arrangements are often supported by regional organizations that operate across borders that need harmonized macroeconomic statistics to monitor economic development and the progress toward meeting the goals of the regional arrangement. The statistical issues that may arise in compiling harmonized data tend to be the same as those addressed in the GFS framework: definitions, coverage, time of recording, frequency, classifications, and presentation formats. An effective way of achieving this harmonization is by using a common methodology, such as the GFSM 2014.

A5.2 Where regional arrangements create regional organizations by means of an intergovernmental legal arrangement (e.g., a treaty), these institutions are classified as an international/regional organization if they satisfy the criteria to be an institutional unit and satisfy the criteria to be an international organization.1 Regional organizations are created for many purposes, including supporting, guiding, and even governing aspects of the economic relationships or integration processes among the region’s economies. Regional organizations can be financial (e.g., regional central or development banks) or nonfinancial (e.g., administrative or economic organizations).

A5.3 Regional arrangements tend to strengthen economic relations among the governments of the participating countries and between the regional organizations and the governments of the participating countries. As these economic relations can lead to significant flows and stock positions, it is important to have guidelines on their recording in GFS.

A5.4 This appendix presents the major types of regional arrangements, and points out the main GFS issues observed in each case. The appendix then examines using GFS under regional arrangements and, finally, it analyzes the requirements for harmonization to promote optimal coordination of policies and consistency in data.

Types of Regional Arrangements

A5.5 In the course of the last decades, numerous regional arrangements have been set up with various degrees of cooperation and integration between the participating countries. Such regional arrangements include:

  • Customs unions, which have common tariff and other trade policies with nonmember economies

  • Economic unions, which harmonize certain economic policies to foster greater economic integration

  • Monetary and currency unions, which provide for a single monetary policy and the use of a single currency across an area.

Custom Unions

A5.6 A custom union is a form of regional arrangement whereby agreement exists on a common tariff (custom duties) vis-à-vis the other economies, while the movement of goods within the arrangement tends to be duty-free, although it may exclude exemptions in certain sectors.2 This type of arrangement is different from bilateral cooperation agreements between two countries in commercial areas that have little impact, if any, on GFS.3

A5.7 In compiling GFS for members of a customs union, the main issue is the recording of custom duties in the accounts of the member governments participating in the union. Duties on imports from countries outside the customs union are usually collected on a mutually agreed basis at custom union entry points. As these entry points may be concentrated in one or a small group of members of the customs union, revenue-sharing formulas among member countries are implemented. Recording customs duties in the GFS of individual members of the customs union is thus affected by the institutional and administrative organization of the customs union.

A5.8 The following paragraphs set out four possible types of regional arrangements:4

  • A designated agency levies,5 collects, and distributes the proceeds from the duties.

  • A designated agency levies and distributes duties, but member governments collect duties on behalf of the designated agency.

  • Member governments have collective rights (i.e., the right is shared by everyone in the group) to levy, collect, and distribute the duties.

  • Member governments have collective rights to levy the duties, but only one member collects and distributes the duties.

A5.9 In all four scenarios where there are economic arrangements involving a small group of economies, it is recommended that the governments involved agree on common, appropriate recording procedures to avoid bilateral asymmetries.6 The required information should be readily available from customs services. If a portion of the amount of customs duties is retained as collection fees (regardless of how the amount is calculated by the collecting agency or government), these fees should be recorded gross of the grants expense when the customs pool is distributed to the members. The retained amount should be recorded as incidental sales by nonmarket establishments (1423) in the accounts of the collecting agency or government, and use of goods and services (22) in the accounts of the member government receiving the grants.

A5.10 Tax attribution rules (see paragraphs 5.33–5.38) should be used to determine the attribution of customs duties revenue and the transfers associated with sharing the revenue pool among the members. The recording of such customs duties and grant transfers for four types of arrangements are discussed in paragraphs A5.11–A5.18.

A designated agency levies, collects, and distributes the proceeds from the duties

A5.11 In this case, the designated agency has the right to levy and collect the customs duties and distribute the proceeds. If the designated agency is recognized as an institutional unit, it may satisfy the criteria to be an international organization (see paragraphs 2.16–2.21), in which case all the transactions described should be between this international organization and the member governments. Otherwise it would be a resident of one member country, in which case all the transactions described should be between that government and all the other member governments. If the designated agency is not a separate institutional unit, it should be classified with the government unit that controls it.

A5.12 The customs duty revenue is attributed to the designated agency and should be recorded as customs and other import duties (1151) at the time the underlying economic event occurs (e.g., imports of goods or services) that gives rise to the customs duties, along with a counterpart entry increasing currency and deposits (3202) or other accounts receivable (3208).

A5.13 A revenue-sharing agreement may determine that the designated agency is to distribute the revenue pool to the participating national governments on the basis of an underlying economic event (e.g., imports of goods or services). In this case, revenue in the form of a grant (13), with a counterpart entry in other accounts receivable (3208), is recorded in the accounts of the member countries at the time the underlying economic event occurs. In the accounts of the designated agency, an equal amount of expense in the form of a grant (26) with a counterpart entry in other accounts payable (3308) should be recorded. Depending on the sector classification of the designated agency, the grant revenue should be recorded as either current grants from international organizations (1321) or current grants from foreign governments (1311), while the grant expense should be classified as grants to foreign governments (261) or grants to other general government units (263). The size of the grant depends on the nature of the revenue-sharing agreement. However, these revenue distributions may display an element of income redistribution among the members of a regional arrangement. That is, the distributions are not based on underlying economic events but are rather made to an agreed and negotiated formula. In this case, the grant should be recorded at the time the member economy acquires an unconditional claim on the designated agency. At the time of distribution, the member economies extinguish the other accounts receivable (3208), with a corresponding increase in the financial asset currency and deposits (3202). Conversely, the designated agency would record a decrease in other accounts payable (3308) and a decrease in the financial asset currency and deposits (3202).

A designated agency levies and distributes duties but member governments collect duties on behalf of the designated agency

A5.14 If national governments act as collecting agents on behalf of the designated agency for the customs duties from importers in their own economy, the collecting national government should record only transactions in financial assets and liabilities when the economic event occurs. A liability in the form of other accounts payable (3308) to the designated agency should be recorded, with a counterpart entry in currency and deposits (3202) or other accounts receivable (3208). Because the customs duty revenue is attributed to the designated agency, they should record a financial claim on the member collecting the customs duties, in the form of other accounts receivable (3208) as the revenue in the form of customs duties accrues. When the collecting national government makes the payment to the designated agency, this member government records a reduction in financial assets in the form of currency and deposits (3202), with a counterpart entry to extinguish the liability in the form other accounts payable (3308).

A5.15 Distributions of the revenue pool by the designated agency are treated as described in paragraph A5.13.

Member governments have collective rights to levy, collect, and distribute the duties

A5.16 If member governments have collective rights to levy the customs duties under the customs union agreement, the custom duty revenue is attributed to the member governments according to the underlying economic activity that gives rise to the customs duties. The total customs duty revenue attributed to each member government is in proportion to the respective underlying economic activity that gives rise to the customs duties. Each member government records customs duties due on their imports on an accrual basis (i.e., when the underlying economic event occurred), regardless of how the revenue pool is to be shared or where the customs duties are collected. Should the customs union agreement provide for any member government to receive a larger share of the customs pool than is evidenced by the underlying economic activities, a grant revenue (131) / expense (261) should be recorded between member governments at the time the unconditional claims are established, with a corresponding entry in other accounts receivable (3208)/payable (3308).

A5.17 It is possible that the ports of entry for the customs union are situated in one or a small group of member economies. If so, there could be a discrepancy between the customs duty revenue collected by a member state and that member’s share of the customs pool. In these circumstances, an increase in liabilities in the form of an other accounts payable (3308) is recorded for the collecting government at the time that such a claim can be established, with the corresponding increase in financial assets in the form of currency and deposits (3202) for the collecting government. The differences between the customs revenue collected by each of the customs union members and the total of each member’s share of the customs pool should sum to zero across the customs union, as the customs revenue collected by the customs union equals the revenue to be shared among member governments.

Member governments have collective rights to levy the duty, but only one member collects and distributes the duties

A5.18 If member governments have collective rights to levy the duty, the tax revenue is attributed to the member governments according to the underlying economic activity that gives rise to the customs duties. If one of the member governments collects all the customs revenue, the recording is as described in paragraphs A5.16–A5.17. In this case, however, only the collecting government will record an increase in liabilities in the form of other accounts payable (3308), as all other economies will have claims in the form of other accounts receivable (3208) on the collecting economy for their share of the customs revenue.

Economic Unions

Introduction

A5.19 For statistical purposes, an economic union is a union to which two or more economies belong. Economic unions are established by means of an intergovernmental legal agreement among sovereign countries or jurisdictions with the intention of fostering greater economic integration. In an economic union, some of the legal and economic characteristics associated with a national economic territory are shared among the different countries or jurisdictions. These elements include: (i) the free movement of goods and services within the economic union and a common tax regime for imports from nonmember economies (free trade zone); (ii) the free movement of financial resources within the economic union; and (iii) the free movement of (individual and legal) persons within the economic union.7 Also, in an economic union, specific regional organizations are created to support the functioning of the economic union. Some form of cooperation and coordination in fiscal and monetary policy usually exists within an economic union.

A5.20 This type of regional arrangement represents greater cooperation than in a customs union agreement (which may have been a first step) because the members agree to harmonize a significant part of the conditions in which economic activity is undertaken over the whole union territory. The main example is the European Union (EU). The EU takes the form of common legislation in some areas, most notably in competition or product norms. Harmonization of taxes is also being envisaged in some areas. The aim of such unions is to unify markets by enlarging their size, improving efficiency, and developing specialization. Economic unions usually achieve a large, if not total, freedom of circulation for goods, services, capital, and individuals by removing the obstacles to such movements.

A5.21 Economic unions may also cover common policies in other fields. These may take a range of forms, from simple coordinated policy measures to a strongly harmonized framework and even to a centralized, direct management by supranational bodies having an autonomous budget and strict policy rules.

A5.22 An economic union requires specific entities endowed with the authority to manage an autonomous budget. These entities may have more or less autonomy to perform their tasks, in accordance with the institutional arrangements agreed between the members of the union.

A5.23 There may be significant grants payable and receivable between member states of an economic union to support certain economic activities or to develop the region. Nevertheless, the size of common budgets observed in existing economic unions is much smaller than member states’ budgets. The flows involved are a small portion of total revenue and expense of the individual member states.8 All requirements related to fiscal policy are generally seen as cooperation/coordination arrangements rather than effective common fiscal policies.

Residence in an economic union

A5.24 The economic territory of an economic union consists of the economic territory of the member countries or jurisdictions, and the regional institutions that comprise the same, or a subset of the same, economies and are set up to manage the functioning of the economic union.

A5.25 Being a resident of an economy of an economic union implies being a resident of the economic union. Regional organizations that operate within the boundaries of the economic union territory are also residents of the union. However, regional organizations whose membership of economies is not the same as, nor a subset of, those in the economic union should be regarded as nonresidents of the economic union.9

Recording some specific transactions related to regional organizations

A5.26 The common budget of the union that is managed by a regional organization may be funded by different types of sources. The main sources are taxes and grants. For example, in the EU, the majority of EU budget resources is based on gross national income (GNI) and value-added tax revenues of individual countries.

A5.27 Direct levies for the account of the common budget—in practice often collected by member governments—are recorded as taxes of the common budget in accordance with the tax attribution principle (see paragraphs 5.33–5.40). Such revenue cannot be considered as part of government revenue of the member economy because they are collected by the member economy on behalf of the union. In accordance with the accrual basis of recording, the collection of the taxes will give rise to other accounts payable (3308) for the collecting member government, and other accounts receivable (3208) in the accounts of the regional organization, at the time the taxes accrue to the international organization. These tax flows must be recorded gross of any collection fees. If there are specific provisions related to collection fees (based on actual expenses, a forfeited amount, or a percentage), the latter should be considered as revenue generated by incidental sales by nonmarket establishments (1423) in the accounts of the member government, and an expense for use of goods and services (22) in the accounts of the regional organization.

A5.28 The union agencies may also be financed directly by contributions from the members, according to agreed criteria. Such contributions may be agreed portions of certain taxes and fees. These taxes and other revenues are attributed to the member governments and are not collected on behalf of the union, but for their own account. Therefore, the respective member governments record the full collectable amount as taxes and other revenues in their accounts, and a subsequent grant payable to the regional organization.

A5.29 Expense of the regional organization covers its administrative and operating costs, but also costs associated with executing common policies for the benefit of the members of the union. Administrative and operating costs impact mainly the economy where the regional organization is physically located. These amounts are usually not significant and, where a common budget is developed, they represent a small portion of total expense of the regional organization. Of these, a small part could possibly be transactions with the host government and should be recorded in the government accounts of the member in accordance with the economic nature of the transaction.

A5.30 Expense associated with executing common policies for the benefit of the members of the economic union impacts specific categories of beneficiaries in the respective member countries. To accurately record these transactions, the ultimate beneficiary and nature of the expense should be identified regardless of the practical and/or institutional arrangements for channeling the amounts payable from union agencies to these economic beneficiaries.

  • Where such expenses from the union budget managed by the regional organization cover costs directly benefiting the recipient member government units (in the context of a given program—e.g., projects for infrastructures, research and development), revenue in the form of grants from international organizations (132) should be recorded in the member government accounts when all conditions have been met.

  • Where member government units act as agents on behalf of the union, all transactions conducted on behalf of the union should, over time, be neutral on the member government revenue and expense.10 For example, if the member government receives amounts from the regional organization to distribute on behalf of the union to beneficiaries, only transactions in financial assets and liabilities should be recorded in the member government accounts. The national government records the incurrence of a liability for amounts received, classified as other accounts payable (3308) that are distributable to other economic beneficiaries. The actual distribution to the ultimate beneficiary reduces this account payable by the government unit. For the beneficiary, these amounts should be recorded as the appropriate category of revenue receivable—usually some kind of transfer receivable such as grants (13), subsidies (14411), or transfers not elsewhere classified (144). The regional organization would record the amounts payable in the corresponding categories of expense such as grants (26), subsidies (25), or transfers not elsewhere classified (282).

  • Amounts distributable by government, acting as an agent for the union, may take the form of reimbursements claimed by the final beneficiary. These claims are usually on the basis of documents evidencing spending by the beneficiaries. Any amounts distributed by government on the basis of such claims by the beneficiaries give rise to a financial claim of government on the regional organization, notably other accounts receivable (3208), while the regional organization incurs a liability, other accounts payable (3308). Where the member government is acting on behalf of nongovernment units, it is possible that the member government anticipates repayments from the common union budget. Such anticipated repayments are also recorded as transactions in financial assets and liabilities, notably other accounts receivable/payable (3208/3308) between the government and the regional organization.

  • When governments’ claims on the regional organization for amounts reimbursed on the regional organization’s behalf are not fully redeemed by the regional organization, the member government’s recording depends on the circumstances:

    • The member government could decide to cover the expense made by final beneficiaries from the member government budget sources. The expense is recorded with a counterpart entry in the reduction of the claims on the regional organization. Such an expense should be classified according to the economic nature of the transfer—usually some type of transfer payable such as grants (26), subsidies (25), or transfers not elsewhere classified (282). The time of recording the expense is determined by the time of the government decision to cover the expense.

    • The regional organization could indicate that a reimbursement by the member country should not have been made. The member government could recover the funds from the beneficiaries, or record the amount as expense of the member country.

A5.31 Full coverage of data for an economic union requires that these data include data from member countries as well as from the union agencies. Furthermore, to consolidate the accounts of the union—that is, eliminating all the flows and stock positions among member countries and the union agencies—sectors of the counterparties should be available for data on transactions, stock positions, and other economic flows. Compiling union accounts will allow an analysis of the whole union’s flows and stock positions. This will also allow monitoring of the contributions of individual members to the union and measure the impact of the union on each member economy through redistribution mechanisms.

Monetary and Currency Unions

A5.32 A monetary union exists where there is the presence of a single monetary policy among economies, established by an intergovernmental legal agreement. In a monetary union, the decision-making related to monetary policy is transferred to a centralized body. There are different models—for instance, a single central bank for the whole union (possibly having only branches in the national economies)11 or a federal-like system where national central banks still exist, keeping some specific activities not directly linked to monetary policy.12

A5.33 However, the core characteristic of a monetary union is that the monetary policy is exclusively conducted at the union level. There is a single set of intervention rates, and the national central banks (or branches) may in no way autonomously adjust the monetary policy to national conditions. They may, however, perform some specific tasks in the implementation process of the monetary policy, such as the management of collaterals that may be required for access to central bank liquidity and the delivery of banknotes in the different economies.13

A5.34 If a monetary union replaces national currencies with a common currency, they form a currency union. For statistical purposes, a currency union is defined as a union to which two or more economies belong and that has a regional central decision-making body, commonly a currency union central bank, endowed with the legal authority to conduct a single monetary policy and issue the single currency of the union.

A5.35 Monetary and currency unions do not raise specific issues for GFS, even in cases where a single, common central bank is a substitute for a domestic central bank in the context of the relationships between central bank and government. The currency union central bank is an institutional unit in its own right, owning assets and incurring liabilities, and is nonresident of any currency union member economy but resident in the currency union (see paragraph 2.21). Distributions of profits of such regional central banks should be classified as income on the financial asset to which member economies’ subscriptions are attributed.

Using the GFSM Statistical Framework under Regional Arrangements

A5.36 Participation in regional economic arrangements may require some cooperation and coordination of fiscal policies. However, it is only in the context of monetary unions where such cooperation and coordination are generally viewed as an indispensable element for ensuring its optimal functioning.

A5.37 In a monetary union, there is one single monetary policy that interacts with fiscal policies primarily carried out at the national level of each member country. At the same time, fiscal conditions may impact monetary policies.

A5.38 Therefore, to conduct proper monetary policies, monitor macroeconomic imbalances in member economies, and consolidate accounts for the union, fiscal statistics should be compiled in a consistent manner for all members of the union. Consistency in compiling fiscal data will allow the accurate measurement of differences in aggregates such as the tax burden, the share of government expense to GDP, the respective weight of different types of taxes in the total tax burden, the composition of expense, the implementation of budgetary rules, etc.

A5.39 Where coordinated fiscal policies are agreed in a union, the scope of such fiscal cooperation/ coordination has consequences for the statistical reporting framework. Fiscal targets may be defined and monitored at the union level. Examples of such key variables are the level of gross/net debt, operating balance, net lending/net borrowing, or, in the case of the cash basis of recording, the cash surplus/deficit. Quantitative targets (or “reference values”) may be set at the union level, and these targets may be expressed as nominal amounts or ratios to gross domestic product.14

A5.40 Coordinated fiscal policies may also call for more disaggregated data. For instance, the calculation of primary balances requires that data on interest income and expense are available. Similarly, eliminating the influence of the business cycle on the level of revenue and expenditure by calculating the structural balance may require additional information (see annex to Chapter 4). In addition, measuring the outcome of specific economic objectives may require data on very detailed types of expenses, such as those related to social development goals or the government employee wage bill. The statistical framework for a union should be designed with a sufficient degree of detail, and should be applied by all members in a fully consistent manner, in order to capture the relevant information needed to monitor the progress with the implementation of fiscal coordination objectives.

Harmonization Requirements for GFS in Economic or Monetary Unions

A5.41 The harmonization of GFS in the context of economic and monetary unions is important. It may be useful to introduce guidelines additional to the GFSM for economic and monetary unions. Additional guidelines could provide “rulings” or “fiscal policy rules” on specific transactions, aggregates, or balancing items that may occur in the member countries of the regional arrangement. It may also be useful to further clarify existing guidelines on concepts and definitions where it is observed that countries in a union interpret these guidelines differently, or application of these guidelines poses practical problems for members. Some examples of harmonizing regional arrangements are presented in Box A5.1.

A5.42 A common reason for fiscal data not being comparable across countries is the delineation of the general government sector. In most countries, there are borderline cases relating to units selling goods or service as their principal activity with various levels of financial support from government units (in the form of subsidies, grants, and other current transfers). Agreement on precise guidelines for the classification and sectorization of such units is an important factor in ensuring comparable data. When in doubt about these classifications, an appropriate dispute resolution mechanism should exist. In this context, the concept of economically significant prices might be clarified with a practical perspective. It is also recommended to publish institutional lists of general government and public sector units of individual countries to show transparently which units are included in the general government and public sectors.

A5.43 Another possible reason for data not being comparable across countries is the time of recording of economic events. In many countries, government units still apply the cash basis of accounting. International statistical guidelines and accounting standards have adopted the accrual basis of recording. Although an increasing number of governments have adopted accrual recording, many countries still use various mixes of source data based on cash- and accrual-based accounts. The differences in time lags between the economic events and the associated cash flows could distort the assessment of fiscal stance during a given year if a cash basis of accounting is mainly used. It is, therefore, preferable that fiscal targets include both cash and accrual measures. If no accrual source data are available, the countries in a union should agree on the methodology used to estimate the adjustments to convert cash data into accrual data. In practice, the adjustments required are especially relevant for taxes, social contributions, and interest.

A5.44 Attaining comparability in the measurement of gross and net debt across all countries in an economic or monetary union may be difficult in practice. In this Manual and the PSDS Guide, all debt instruments issued by government units are considered to be part of the coverage of debt (see paragraphs 7.236–7.245). Where the definition of gross and net debt in a union departs from international agreed definitions of debt, the data should be clearly labeled, and any departure from the required coverage and standard definition should be disclosed to the users of the data. Debt instruments excluded from the union definition of debt could be shown in memorandum items to allow comparability between data of the union members and other countries and to avoid the problem of “hidden” liabilities.

Regional Arrangements in the Harmonizing of GFS

Customs Union of Belarus, Kazakhstan, and Russian Federation

The Customs Union between Belarus, Kazakhstan, and Russia came into existence in 2010. Common trade controls and external tariffs exist, and two regional organizations make decisions related to the union. These agencies are financed by transfers from member countries. Customs duties collected at the first point of entry are redistributed to members via special accounts of members in the respective treasuries and the central banks. While no specific harmonization effort for fiscal data was implemented, the importance of consistency in recording trade data and valuations, and recording collection and redistributions related to customs collections is being considered by the member countries.

Eastern Caribbean Currency Union

In 2012, a proposal to migrate from the existing reporting format (based on the GFSM 1986) to a presentation highlighting the integration of stocks and flow as recommended by the GFSM 2001 was endorsed by the Eastern Caribbean Central Bank and the member countries.

European Union

The excessive deficit procedure, defined by the Maastricht Treaty (article 104) and in force in the European Union since 1994, is a well-known regional arrangement in the compilation of fiscal data. The conceptual references for the debt and deficit aggregates are based on the European System of Accounts (ESA). The compilation practices and reporting requirements are legally binding in the European Union; regulations adopted by the European Commission form the basis for reporting. Eurostat issued the Manual on Government Deficit and Debt to aid member states in the application of ESA principles. This Manual addresses the most common statistical issues raised in the EU.

Mercosur

At the 40th meeting of Mercosur economy ministers and central bank chairmen in December 1998, the need to have statistical data based on a common methodology in Mercosur was acknowledged. This common methodology materialized in 2000, as a result of the member countries’ decision to coordinate their macroeconomic policies with joint convergence targets. The preparation of harmonized statistics was agreed on, starting with six indicators: nominal fiscal balance of the national government, primary fiscal balance of the national government, net debt of the national government, net debt of the consolidated public sector, change of net debt of the consolidated public sector, price level, and the construction of a new indicator of the structural fiscal balance. Further efforts have been made since then in order to harmonize the Mercosur statistics according to international standards.

South African Development Community (SADC)

In 2010, participants from member countries of SADC endorsed a proposal by the SADC Secretariat to adopt the GFSM 2001 presentation of fiscal statistics, beginning in 2012. Preliminary work on converting the historical SADC fiscal database (based on the GFSM 1986) was completed, and countries made a commitment to begin compiling a Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash and a financial balance sheet.

West African Economic and Monetary Union (WAEMU) and Economic and Monetary Community of Central Africa (CEMAC)

In June 2009, the Council of Ministers of WAEMU adopted five regulations (directives) related to public finance management. One of the directives is related to the common reporting format of government fiscal operations known as Tableau des operations financières de l’État (TOFE). The TOFE directive is based on the GFSM 2001 methodology. The long-term objective of this directive is for member countries to produce comparable general government data for both flows and stocks. In December 2001, similar directives, including a TOFE directive, were adopted by the Council of Ministers of the CEMAC. In both monetary unions, a transition period was determined to fully implement the directives. (At the time of publishing this Manual, CEMAC was undertaking a revision of its public finance directives, one of which is related to common reporting formats for government fiscal operations.)

Appendix 6. GFS and International Public Sector Accounting Standards

This appendix provides a generalized description of the relationship between the government finance statistics reporting guidelines and the International Public Sector Accounting Standards.

Introduction

A6.1 This Manual recognizes the close relationship between guidelines for reporting GFS and accruals-based public sector accounting standards. Many of the accounting rules, concepts, and procedures used in macroeconomic statistics are based on those used in public sector accounting. International developments in statistical methodology and accounting standards for the public sector have been coordinated over recent years, to improve government reporting and fiscal transparency. A government’s preparation of fiscal statistics that meet the guidelines set out in this Manual is facilitated by application of high-quality accrual accounting standards, such as International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSASs). This is because a comprehensive accruals accounting system greatly improves the source data necessary for compilation of GFS. Governments should be aware of the scope that exists for them to design their Chart of Accounts so that data capture works efficiently for the dual purpose of generating GFS and accounting information.

A6.2 The Task Force on Harmonization of Public Sector Accounting, created in 2003, was the first formal initiative at the international level with the objective to harmonize statistical guidelines and accounting standards. The Task Force’s major outputs were: (i) guidance in the area of public sector statistics that informed the update of the 2008 SNA, and (ii) a research report that systematically documented similarities and differences between the two reporting systems. International organizations and the International Public Sector Accounting Standards Board (IPSASB) continue efforts to align guidelines as far as possible, while identifying and reconciling unavoidable differences that may continue to exist.

A6.3 Because both IPSASs and statistical reporting guidelines are dynamic and change over time, this appendix focuses only on the basic principles that explain why the two reporting frameworks differ. Detailed information on specific differences can be found on the IPSASB’s website and through reference to individual IPSASs and detailed chapters of the GFSM 2014.

A6.4 This appendix focuses specifically on the links between GFS and IPSASs, because IPSASs are international standards and recognized as best practice for public sector financial reporting. IPSASs form a comprehensive set of full accruals accounting standards. Public sector accounting standards developed in many national jurisdictions are based on IPSASs. This means that comparison with IPSASs provides a clear, comprehensive basis for a GFS reporting guidelines comparison with accounting standards, while leaving scope for those who apply other, non-IPSAS-based, full accruals accounting standards to adjust this overview for their own national differences.

Comparison of IPSASs and GFS Reporting Guidelines

A6.5 There is considerable overlap between IPSASs and GFS reporting guidelines. This section provides a generalized description of the relationship between IPSASs and the GFS reporting guidelines, focusing on the conceptual differences that explain why the two reporting frameworks differ in certain areas. It provides a summary of how to reconcile these two very similar yet—in important ways—different sets of information. If suitable adjustments are made to address the differences described here, IPSAS-based financial reporting information can be used as a high-quality source for the data necessary for GFS reports. Independent audit of IPSAS-based financial reports enhances their reliability for GFS purposes.

A6.6 The description in this appendix is the same as the one included in Section 2 of the IPSASB Consultation Paper, IPSASs and Government Finance Statistics Reporting Guidelines.1 Readers are referred to the GFSM 2014 or the latest edition of the Handbook of International Public Sector Accounting Pronouncements for more detailed explanations of the applicable reporting guidelines and standards.

A6.7 The information provided here is at a high level, and focuses on identification of differences between the two frameworks. It is not designed to provide detailed current information about either IPSASs or GFS reporting guidelines. Detailed information on specific topics can be found through reference to individual IPSASs, the 2008 SNA, the ESA 2010, and the GFSM 2014. Both IPSASs and GFS reporting guidelines are dynamic and change over time. IPSASs, for example, have annual improvements, which typically impact on a number of different standards. The IPSASB’s Conceptual Framework Project may also result in changes to IPSASs. For the most current IPSASs and detailed information on them, it is important to refer to the Standards themselves.

A6.8 Differences between IPSASs and GFS reporting guidelines are of two main types: (i) underlying conceptual differences, and (ii) presentation and terminology differences.

Conceptual Differences between IPSASs and GFS Reporting Guidelines

A6.9 The conceptual differences between IPSASs and GFS reporting guidelines are discussed under the following headings:

  • Objectives

  • Reporting entity

  • Recognition criteria for some assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense

  • Valuation (measurement) differences for certain types of assets and liabilities

  • Revaluations and other volume changes.

A6.10 Box A6.1 compares IPSASs and GFS reporting guidelines in these areas.

Objectives

A6.11 GFS reporting guidelines and IPSASs have different objectives for the two sets of financial information produced. GFS reports are used to: (i) analyze fiscal policy options, make policy, and evaluate the impact of fiscal policies, (ii) determine the impact on the economy, and (iii) compare outcomes nationally and internationally. The focus is on evaluating the impact of the general government and public sector on the economy, and the influence of government on other sectors of the economy. The GFS reporting framework was developed specifically for public sector input to other macroeconomic accounts, although a range of countries adopt GFS reporting for their fiscal reporting, and for measuring compliance with fiscal rules. By contrast, IPSAS-based financial statements are used to: (i) evaluate financial performance and position, (ii) hold management accountable, and (iii) inform decision-making.

A6.12 Although the two sets of financial information necessary to meet these different objectives have many similarities, the different objectives do result in some fundamental differences in how and what information is reported. For example, in GFS reports, one distinction for transactions in financial assets and liabilities is whether the counterparty of the transactions is a resident or nonresident. In contrast, IPSAS-based financial statements report these transactions according to whether they are current or noncurrent assets or liabilities, with classification also in terms of their maturities and supplementary information provided on risks.

Reporting entity

A6.13 One of the fundamental differences between GFS reporting guidelines and IPSASs relates to the definition of the reporting entity and the process of consolidation (collectively often referred to as “identification of the reporting entity boundary”). Under GFS reporting guidelines, as described in Chapter 2 of the GFSM 2014 and in Chapter 4 of the 2008 SNA, institutional units are aggregated and consolidated into statistical sectors and subsectors. The focus of statistical reporting is primarily on consolidated sectors and subsectors. Although it is theoretically possible to create GFS reports for individual institutional units, separate statistical reports for individual units are usually not disseminated. Each individual entity in the economy is analyzed with respect to its ability to hold assets and liabilities and exercise full economic ownership over them, to determine if it can be considered an institutional unit.

Summary Comparison of GFS and IPSASs

There is considerable commonality between IPSAS and GFS reporting guidelines. There are also some important conceptual differences within each area. Presentation and terminology differences are described in paragraph A6.34.

article image
Note: IPSASs = International Public Sector Accounting Standards.

A6.14 Those government-controlled units that are primarily engaged in nonmarket (including redistributive) activities are included within the general government sector. Although all resident government-controlled entities, including public corporations engaged in market activities, are included within the public sector, nonmarket activities determine the delineation of the general government sector, as a distinct subsector within the public sector. The general government sector does not include institutional units primarily engaged in market activities. The general government sector presents consolidated data, which means that transactions and stock positions between general government sector units are eliminated.

A6.15 In IPSASs, the “reporting entity” is a government or other public sector organization, program, or identifiable activity that prepares general purpose financial reports (GPFRs). Within a jurisdiction, reports may be prepared on either a compulsory or voluntary basis. A key characteristic of a reporting entity is that there are users who depend on GPFRs for information about the entity. A reporting entity may be a “group reporting entity.”

A6.16 A group reporting entity consists of two or more separate entities that present GPFRs as if they are a single entity. A group reporting entity is identified where one entity has the authority and capacity to direct the activities of one or more other entities so as to benefit from the activities of those entities. It may also be exposed to a financial burden or loss that may arise as a result of the activities of entities whose activities it has the authority and capacity to direct. If these conditions are met, then the entity is described as a “controlling entity,” with control defined according to the principle of exercisable power to govern the financial and operating policies of another entity so as to benefit from its activities.

A6.17 The requirement to consolidate entities differs in IPSASs and GFS. Under IPSAS 6, Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements, consolidated financial statements are the financial statements of a group of entities presented as those of a single entity. This means that a controlling entity will consolidate the financial statements of all of its controlled entities, irrespective of whether they are: (i) resident units, (ii) market/nonmarket entities, or (iii) the IPSAS equivalent of a market entity—that is, a “government business enterprise” (GBE). This contrasts with the general government sector consolidation approach, described earlier, where nonresident and resident market institutional units are included as a single line showing net investment, rather than fully consolidated into the general government sector.

A6.18 Nevertheless, IPSASs provide for the disclosure of financial information about the general government sector. IPSAS 22, Disclosure of Financial Information about the General Government Sector, specifically sets aside the application of IPSAS 6 while retaining the application of all other IPSASs. This allows—though does not require—an aggregate presentation that does not consolidate controlled interests in entities in other sectors.

A6.19 IPSASs also have a requirement (see IPSAS 18, Segment Reporting) that a reporting entity provides disaggregated financial information about each of its segments. The information provided includes segment assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense. Segments are usually defined either in terms of geographical regions or services. GFS include data on expenditure by function of government.

Recognition criteria

A6.20 GFS reporting guidelines and IPSASs both aim to recognize economic events in the period in which they occur. Neither GFS reporting guidelines nor IPSASs allow the application of precaution or prudence to justify the reporting of provisions that anticipate future possible events. However, they differ in their recognition criteria for certain liabilities, because GFS treats uncertainty about future economic outflows differently from IPSASs. The effect of this difference is that IPSASs require more items to be recognized as liabilities than does GFS.

A6.21 In macroeconomic statistics, a liability is not recognized until a claim by the counterparty exists. Maintaining symmetry in the macroeconomic statistical system is a fundamental principle. Therefore, GFS guidance is that probable exposures such as contingencies and one-off guarantees should be disclosed in memorandum items, until such time as these are called. Some liabilities for government employee benefit payments and certain guarantee schemes are not contingencies, but instead are recognized as liabilities. IPSASs require that where there is a present obligation and an outflow will probably occur, the amount should be estimated and, if it can be reliably estimated, should be recognized as a liability in the statement of financial position (balance sheet).

A6.22 The key area of difference is that of “provisions,” which IPSASs define as liabilities of uncertain timing or amount (see IPSAS 19, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, paragraph 18). Provisions include obligations for which there is no counterparty—for example, provisions for restructuring and environmental restoration. Provisions may also involve an estimate of economic outflow for a group of obligations (e.g., warranties), on the basis that it is probable that the entity will have to meet a claim by a proportion of the overall group.

A6.23 This difference with respect to liability recognition will have consequential differences for expense and asset recognition. For example, recognition of a provision for restructuring will, under IPSASs, require recognition of a related expense, because there is no compensating increase in asset value. Recognition of a provision for eventual site restoration during construction of a landfill will, under IPSASs, be capitalized, adding to the overall investment in the asset. Under IPSASs, it is also possible for an increase or decrease in the amount of a provision to occur due to an improved estimate. An increase could result in expense recognition, while a decrease could result in revenue recognition. GFS would not recognize either these changes in assets/liabilities or the resulting revenue/expense until a point in the process where another party can be identified as receiving value.

A6.24 GFS and IPSASs apply the same broad recognition criteria to assets, with the result that, with a few exceptions such as assets arising from oil and gas exploration, the same financial and nonfinancial assets are recognized. Revenue related to asset recognition is generally also reported at the same point. But other differences, such as asset measurement differences, can affect the asset value recognized and therefore the amount of revenue recognized. The timing of revenue recognition may differ due to differences between when GFS and IPSASs consider either that related obligations have been discharged or that related conditions have been removed.

Valuation (measurement) bases

A6.25 The valuation principles in GFS and IPSASs provide scope for the majority of assets and liabilities to be valued on the same basis—that is, at current market values, except where IPSASs require the use of historic cost or some other measurement basis. Both GFS and IPSASs allow proxies for current market value. For example, depreciated replacement cost can be used as a proxy for the current value of specialized assets, if no market price information is available.

A6.26 The general valuation principle of GFS is to use current market prices for all assets, liabilities, and related value changes—that is, for all stocks and flows. As explained in Chapter 3 of the GFSM 2014, where an active market does not exist, the GFS reporting guidelines recommend the use of nominal values for financial instruments, and an estimate of the value of other assets/liabilities. These estimates could be based on: (i) prices of similar products in similar markets, (ii) the costs of production of similar assets at the reporting date, or (iii) the discounted present value of expected future returns on the asset. (See also paragraphs 3.107–3.129 for a complete discussion of the valuation principles of GFS.)

A6.27 IPSASs allow, but generally do not require, the use of “fair value” for many, but not all, assets, liabilities, and related value changes. IPSASs define “fair value” as the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s-length transaction. This is similar to the basis for market price used in GFS. IPSASs also allow assets and liabilities to be valued at historic cost.

A6.28 Under IPSASs, financial liabilities (with some exceptions) and financial assets that are (i) held-to-maturity investments, (ii) loans and receivables, or (iii) investments in equity instruments that cannot be measured at fair value because fair value cannot be determined reliably are measured at either cost or amortized cost, usually minus impairment losses (see IPSAS 29, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement). Other marketable financial instruments are measured at fair value. Employee-related liabilities and long-term provisions other than financial instruments are measured at net present value, which may approximate market price. Property, plant, and equipment (PP&E) and intangible assets can be valued either at fair value or at depreciated historic cost. Inventory is valued at cost, with a requirement to reduce to net realizable value, if the inventory’s net realizable value falls below cost. IPSASs allow investment properties to be measured at fair value, except for those for which a fair value is not reliably determinable on a continuing basis (see IPSAS 16, Investment Property, paragraph 62). Biological assets are valued at fair value minus costs to sell, provided that fair value can be reliably measured.

A6.29 Where an item is reported at its historic cost, IPSASs often encourage or require disclosure of fair value, if there is a material difference between the item’s historic cost and its fair value. For example, this is the case for property, plant, and equipment, intangible assets, and investment properties. In these three cases, the use of historic cost is optional under IPSASs. This means that governments can choose to value such assets at fair value. If an entity chooses fair value, then an initial valuation is made at cost, followed by subsequent measurements at fair value. Fair value measurement is not necessarily done annually. Interim measurements will be at the fair value determined at the most recent revaluation minus accumulated depreciation or amortization. While the choice of fair value should, theoretically, align IPSAS measurement with GFS measurement, other factors can, in practice, result in differences. Statisticians’ measurement practices can involve sampling, indexing to inflation, and other estimation techniques that can generate different values from those produced by financial accountants.

A6.30 IPSASs require disclosure of the valuation basis for assets and liabilities. This means that IPSAS information makes clear whether a current market price has been used to value assets and liabilities. If historic cost has been used to value assets or liabilities, then the IPSAS source data will need to be adjusted from historic cost to current market price before it can be used for GFS. The adjustment will be straightforward where IPSASs already require disclosure of a market price valuation, which may be the case for some types of assets and liabilities where fair value is materially different from cost.

Treatment of revaluations and other volume changes

A6.31 GFS differentiates between transactions (economic flows by mutual agreement) and other economic flows. GFS records all holding gains and losses (revaluations) and other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities in the Statement of Other Economic Flows, which separates them from transactions. This distinction is useful for fiscal analysis. Other economic flows represent economic value gained or lost due to events that are not directly under the control of the government.

A6.32 IPSASs require the majority of changes in value to be recorded in the Statement of Financial Performance. Gains and losses recorded in the Statement of Financial Performance are then included in the total net amount that flows from the Statement of Financial Performance into the Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity. As a result, the Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity reports the total impact of all recognized value changes. Some unrealized gains and losses are not allowed to be recorded in the Statement of Financial Performance and must, instead, be recorded directly in the Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity. The main items are foreign exchange gains and losses related to foreign subsidiaries, and revaluations of property, plant, and equipment.

A6.33 Traditionally, the distinction between realized and unrealized gains/losses was viewed as the main difference between items recorded in the Statement of Financial Performance versus those excluded from this statement and, instead, recorded only in the Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity. The Statement of Financial Performance was viewed as showing realized gains/losses, while the Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity showed unrealized gains/losses. However, IPSASs now require many unrealized value changes to be included in the Statement of Financial Performance. For example, value changes due to unrealized revaluations of employee liabilities and impairments are included in the Statement of Financial Performance. The two main exceptions recorded in the Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity (foreign exchange fluctuations and revaluations of property, plant, and equipment, and intangible assets) are both unrealized, but they are also viewed as potentially obscuring an entity’s financial performance, partly because they are viewed as outside of management’s control, and partly because gains in one year may be reversed in subsequent years.

Presentation and Terminology Differences

A6.34 Presentation and terminology differences between IPSASs and GFS reporting guidelines also exist. As a result, the GFS and IPSAS financial statements and disclosures look different, even though the information reported is largely the same, apart from the recognition and measurement differences discussed elsewhere in this paper. This subsection describes the main presentation and terminology differences between GFS guidance and IPSAS requirements.

A6.35 The main presentation and terminology differences are as follows:

  • Different names for the IPSAS equivalents of the GFS statements.

  • The types of classification structures included in the balance sheet (statement of financial position), operating statement (statement of financial performance), and cash flow statement for the two reporting frameworks differ, which, in some cases, also necessitate differences in terminology.

  • GFS sets out a minimum level of detail for a comprehensive list of standard line items that all entities must report in their GFS statements, while IPSASs establish a minimum set of standard line items, while providing principles and guidance on further line items that a reporting entity may need to report.

  • The way in which additional information about the data is disclosed differs in the two frameworks.

  • The definition and/or value of key statement totals (such as total assets, net worth, total revenue, and surplus/deficit) may differ.

A6.36 Each of these main differences is discussed in paragraphs A6.37–A6.46.

Different names for statements

A6.37 The IPSAS equivalents to the GFS statements have different names (see IPSAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements). The IPSAS equivalent to the GFS Balance Sheet is a “Statement of Financial Position,” although “Balance Sheet” and “Statement of Assets and Liabilities” are acceptable alternatives under IPSASs. The IPSAS equivalent to the GFS Statement of Operations is a “Statement of Financial Performance,” although “Income Statement,” “Statement of Revenues and Expenses,” “Operating Statement,” and “Profit and Loss Statement” are acceptable alternatives under IPSASs. The GFS Statement of Other Economic Flows is partly captured in the IPSAS “Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity” and partly in the IPSAS “Statement of Financial Performance.” The IPSAS equivalent to the GFS Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash is called a “Cash Flow Statement.”

A6.38 IPSAS financial statements may also include a “Comparison of Budget and Actual Amounts,” for which there is no GFS equivalent. This information must be provided by all entities that publish an approved budget (see IPSAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements and IPSAS 24, Presentation of Budget Information in Financial Statements). It is presented either as a separate financial statement or as additional columns in the financial statements. A separate statement must be used when the budget is on a different basis from the actual reported results. For example, if the budget is prepared on a cash basis, while the results reported in financial statements are prepared on an accrual basis, the Comparison of Budget and Actual Amounts Statement is separate. If they are prepared on the same basis, the budgeted amounts can be fully integrated into the financial statements through the use of additional columns, and a separate statement is not necessary.

Classification structures

A6.39 The GFS reporting guidelines classify and group items in its statements differently from IPSASs. At the highest level, the terminology used for classifications is the same—for example, assets, liabilities, revenue, and expense. However, within these items there are conceptual differences and differences in the structure of subclassifications. The differences reflect the different objectives of the two information sets. For example, IPSASs require that assets and liabilities be presented as current or noncurrent, or that a liquidity structure be followed. This is important for assessing an entity’s liquidity and solvency. GFS does not make this distinction in its core statements, but allows a supplementary table on the maturity structure of government’s financial assets and liabilities to be compiled. However, GFS requires that assets be presented as financial or nonfinancial, which IPSASs do not require.

A6.40 For GFS, standardized economic and functional classifications serve the specific objectives of: (i) comparability of the accounts of various government entities and subsectors, and (ii) international comparability. These classifications are devised to evaluate the impact of the general government and public sector on the economy as a whole, and to identify government’s involvement with other sectors. For example, financial assets and liabilities are classified and presented according to whether they are domestic or foreign instruments, to allow an assessment of the government’s interaction with the rest of the world. Such a classification is important because fiscal policy decisions on domestic versus foreign instruments are based on different criteria, and also because this classification allows the derivation of a government’s impact on the balance of payments of the country. IPSASs do not require this distinction. The standardized GFS presentation also allows the calculation and comparison of analytical measures of fiscal policy, such as the primary balance, tax incidence ratio, expenditure by function, etc.

A6.41 Counterparty information is collected for both GFS and IPSAS reporting. The GFS economic classification requires counterparty information for flows and stocks (balance sheet) to be reported as standard line items. These identify items for consolidation, and establish the linkages with other sectors of the economy. IPSASs generally do not require counterparty information to be reported on the face of the financial statements or their related notes. However, IPSASs do require counterparty information to be collected: (i) by a parent entity to identify intra-group transactions, so that the entity can eliminate those in preparing the consolidated financial statements, and (ii) by a subsidiary to identify transactions with the parent entity and other entities that are under common control, so that information about those transactions can be disclosed in the notes. Counterparty information can also be important for risk-related note disclosures and related party disclosures.

Minimum level of detail

A6.42 GFS requires a minimum level of detail to be reported according to a comprehensive list of standard items. The level of detail is presented in standardized items to facilitate consistency over time, comparability, and consolidation of data across units and sectors. However, preparers may choose to provide additional detail.

A6.43 IPSASs also require some minimum items to be reported. However, presentation is less prescriptive compared to GFS reporting, with preparers required to make decisions about what items are shown, with reference to the purposes and understandability of statements, information relevance, and the principle that material items should be presented separately in the financial statements (see IPSAS 1). For example, preparers may choose between a presentation based on nature or function.

Disclosure of additional information

A6.44 To facilitate the correct interpretation of their GFS reports, compilers are encouraged to present information on the sources, methods, and procedures of the statistics as metadata or footnotes to statistical reports. In particular, information that may have an impact on assessing the statistics should be disclosed in the statistical reports. GFS also uses standard categories of memorandum items to report on items that are not reported in the body of the statements.

A6.45 IPSASs require that information that may have a significant impact for users be disclosed in notes to the financial statements. Notes include a summary of significant accounting policies. They also include further detailed information about individual items reported on the face of a statement—for example, (i) a breakdown of property, plant, and equipment into classes, (ii) information about items that are not recognized but nonetheless important (e.g., contingencies), and (iii) risk information related to financial instruments.

A6.46 GFS information is usually presented as a time series of data, so that comparative data for multiple years are presented at the same time. The periodicity of these data could be monthly, quarterly, or annually. IPSASs require only annual reporting, but allow more frequent reporting. Consistent GFS time series may be very long, decades for some countries. Following from this, corrections to data will be required to be made in the period in which errors occurred, irrespective of when the need for such corrections is determined. Financial statements presented according to IPSASs require comparative information for only one previous year, though the number of years involved in calculating adjustments of prior year figures for policy changes and errors is not specified.

Mapping from IPSAS financial statement aggregates to GFS aggregates
Total assets and total liabilities

A6.47 Some broad classification differences exist between the classification of assets and liabilities in GFS and IPSASs.

  • GFS classify assets and liabilities in terms of whether they are financial or nonfinancial. IPSASs do not require assets and liabilities to be grouped in these terms, nor do they require summary totals for financial and nonfinancial assets. However, they do require financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities to be separately disclosed, which means that there is sufficient information in an IPSAS statement of financial position (balance sheet) to determine totals for financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities.

  • GFS classify financial assets and liabilities into domestic and foreign. IPSASs do not use this classification, although some of these disclosures may be included in an entity’s risk management disclosures related to financial instruments.

  • GFS classify assets and liabilities according to standardized GFS characteristics and purposes, which can differ from the classifications required by IPSASs. For example, in IPSASs, the classification of property is determined by whether it is an investment property, while GFS distinguishes property according to whether it is a produced/ nonproduced asset and whether it is a dwelling, other building, other structure, or land improvement. IPSASs classify financial instruments into whether they are for trade or to be held until maturity, whether liabilities are employee liabilities, and whether provisions relating to environmental restoration all differ from the GFS classification.

Net worth

A6.48 The GFS concept of net worth plus equity (also referred to as own funds) is equal to IPSASs’ net assets/equity:

  • In GFS, net worth for a specific period is defined as total assets minus total liabilities. The balance sheet opening net worth + operating balance + changes in all assets and liabilities due to other economic flows = balance sheet closing net worth.

  • According to IPSASs, net assets/equity is calculated as the opening net assets/equity + surplus/ deficit + items shown directly on changes in equity statement = closing net assets/equity. Net assets/equity is also equal to the net of all assets minus liabilities, excluding equity.

A6.49 These differences in the calculation of the net balancing item primarily result from the differences between how GFS and IPSASs allocate items to their respective statements (GFS showing other economic flows separately). In addition, it should be noted that, in the GFS net worth concept, equity is treated symmetrically as part of financial assets and liabilities—that is, equity investments within assets, and any equity of the government entity held by nongovernment units—usually rare for government entities—within liabilities. In contrast, the IPSAS net assets/equity concept includes equity that GFS treats as a liability, whereas investments in another entity’s equity are recognized as financial assets.

A6.50 In addition to these presentational differences, the values of these items can also differ due to valuation and recognition differences.

Revenue and expense

A6.51 Although the GFS and IPSAS accrual concepts of revenue and expense are different, they can be reconciled as follows:

  • GFS revenue + other economic inflows = IPSAS revenue + economic inflows recognized directly in Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity

  • GFS expense + other economic outflows = IPSAS expense + outflows recognized directly in Statement of Changes in Net Assets/Equity.

A6.52 IPSASs refer to materiality as a classification criterion for revenue and expense. In this context, GFS requires reporting on standard items. In addition to the economic classification (as shown), the GFSM 2014 and the SNA/ESA also have a Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG).

A6.53 Under IPSASs and GFS, cash flows resulting from acquisitions or disposals of assets are recognized in the Cash Flow Statements. However, in the accrual-based accounts, the time of recording asset revaluations and the statement in which changes in valuations are recorded may differ. Under IPSASs, assets may be recorded at historical cost or fair value, depending on their nature. Any gain or loss on disposal is a realized holding gain or loss recorded in revenue and expense at the time of disposal. As such, these gains/losses are shown as part of the surplus/ deficit that is recognized in the Statement of Financial Performance. Under GFS, assets are valued at current market prices and any holding gains or losses are recognized as they occur. These valuation changes are reflected in the Statement of Other Economic Flows. For assets disposed of at prices different from the valuation of the asset, it is deemed that such an other economic flow occurred right before disposal, so that at disposal there is no gain or loss reflected in the Statement of Operations. Therefore, the amounts of revenue/expense recognized will differ from that recorded under IPSASs.

Consumption of fixed capital (assets)

A6.54 In theory, the GFS concept of consumption of fixed capital differs from the IPSAS concept of “depreciation.” The IPSAS concept of “depreciation” involves allocating changes in an asset’s historic cost or current value to the reporting period in which the asset is used, as a measure of the asset’s consumption. The GFS concept of consumption of fixed capital is based on a current value concept—described in the 2008 SNA (paragraph 6.240) as the decline, during the course of the accounting period, in the current value of the stock of fixed assets owned and used by a producer as a result of physical deterioration, normal obsolescence, or normal accidental damage. Consumption of fixed capital is a forward-looking measure that is determined by the benefits that institutional units expect to derive in the future from using the asset in production over the remainder of its service life. In practice, consumption of fixed capital is usually calculated according to aggregated asset groups using a model approach.

A6.55 In practice, depreciation would approximate GFS consumption of fixed capital, if similar valuation methods and service lives are assumed for assets, and IPSAS-based asset values are close to replacement values through revaluations. Where IPSAS asset values are based on historic cost values, depreciation would usually represent an underestimate of consumption of fixed capital. The difference will be large for governments that have a large stock of fixed assets, as many governments do.

Operating balance

A6.56 The GFS net operating balance is calculated in the same way as the IPSAS “surplus/deficit.” Both are calculated as revenue minus expense. However, the value of these two balancing items is likely to differ, because there may be differences between items included in the GFS revenue and expense and those included in IPSAS revenue and expense. This difference can be mainly attributed to the conceptual difference in the treatment of other economic flows.

Appendix 7. GFS and Other Macroeconomic Statistics

This appendix describes the relationships between government finance statistics and national accounts, balance of payments and international investment position, monetary and financial statistics, and the System of Environmental-Economic Accounting (SEEA) Central Framework. This appendix is intended to provide an overview of the major similarities and differences between government finance statistics and other major datasets, as well as an indication of how to reconcile the data in cases where there are differences in presentation. The text of this appendix is not intended to take preference over the methodological guidance provided elsewhere in this Manual.

Introduction

A7.1 It is important for compilers and users of GFS data to understand how GFS relate to the other macroeconomic datasets. More specifically, an understanding of the linkages fosters consistency in the respective datasets and supports whole-of-economy analysis.

A7.2 The institutional arrangements for compiling and producing macroeconomic statistics differ from country to country. These could range from a single entity being responsible for the compilation of source data and the final GFS to several national agencies being involved in the compilation of various components of the data. Agencies such as ministries of finance (MOFs), national statistics offices (NSOs), central banks (CBs), and other government agencies may be involved. The MOFs are often involved in compiling budget data from accounting and other administrative records to monitor implementation of the government budget. NSOs are often responsible for compiling, producing, and disseminating macroeconomic statistics in line with the 2008 SNA1 principles. They may use source data from MOFs that are based on national classifications and make necessary adjustments according to the requirement of the statistical guidelines. CBs are primarily involved in compiling monetary and financial data to allow them to monitor financial conditions and the implementation of monetary policies. All these data should be based on consistent methodological guidance, and where multiple agencies are involved in compiling macroeconomic data compilation, it is essential that these national agencies coordinate efforts to best ensure consistency in data outputs.2

A7.3 A clear understanding of the linkages between datasets will assist countries in producing comparable and consistent statistics needed for economic analysis and policy decisions. The primary purpose of GFS is to provide a comprehensive conceptual and statistical reporting framework for analyzing and evaluating fiscal policy. In addition, detailed GFS also provide a measurement of the impact of government on other sectors of the economy. Therefore, these fiscal data serve as input for other datasets, while other datasets may be used to derive and/or verify GFS data. Harmonization in practice allows compilers to share source data, where appropriate, and also fosters coherent developments in the source data systems.

A7.4 The remainder of this appendix provides an overview of the important similarities and differences between the GFS and other major datasets. It describes the similarities related to coverage and accounting rules and then provides a comparison of the analytical framework of GFS with that of the national accounts, balance of payments and international investment position, and the monetary and financial statistics. Last, the appendix describes how the GFS framework relates to the System of Environmental-Economic Accounting (SEEA) Central Framework. Where there are differences in presentation, the appendix provides an indication of how to reconcile the data.

Overview of Similarities and Differences

A7.5 This Manual is harmonized with the 2008 SNA, which provides the conceptual basis for national accounts. The BPM6 serves as the standard framework for statistics on the transactions and positions between an economy and the rest of the world. The Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual (MFSM) provides guidelines on compiling statistics for the financial corporations sector. These manuals are also harmonized with the 2008 SNA.3

A7.6 Broadly, the principles and concepts are defined in a consistent manner in all these statistical manuals. The delineation between resident and nonresident entities, sectorization of the domestic economy, and definitions and classifications of financial instruments are the same. The accounting rules used are the same with respect to basis of recording and valuation. While the accrual basis of recording flows and stock positions is used consistently in all data-sets, GFS also include the compilation of a Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash. With a few exceptions, as described in the detailed comparisons, the flows and stock positions of GFS are defined and valued in the same way.

A7.7 For analytical reasons, the structure and presentation of the GFS framework in Chapter 4 and the GFS treatment of a few activities differ from the framework and presentation of the data of the general government sector in the 2008 SNA and other datasets. While all the datasets have balancing items, the aggregation and consolidation rules are not exactly the same.

A7.8 GFS focus on measuring the impact of economic events on the finances of government, and the impact of government activities on the economy through taxing, spending, borrowing, and lending. The SNA focuses on the linkages between sectors of the economy, and the economic processes of production, income generation and distribution, consumption of goods and services, and accumulation. The balance of payments summarizes economic transactions between residents and nonresidents during a specific period, while the international investment position shows the value of the financial assets and liabilities stock positions between the residents of an economy and nonresidents at a reporting date. Monetary statistics focus on assessing monetary conditions and the impact of monetary policy decision on the money and capital markets. These differences in focus require that the recording of government activities in GFS occasionally differ from the recording of those activities in the other macroeconomic datasets. However, such differences are the exception to the general principle, as consistent application of conceptual standards applies across related datasets. Where there are differences in presentation, reconciliation of the differences should routinely be made to ensure consistency in the macroeconomic data.

Coverage and Accounting Rules

A7.9 The identification of institutional units and their sectorization are conceptually the same in all macroeconomic datasets. Where analytically useful, certain datasets may require that the primary sectors be further divided into subsectors according to need. For example, GFS present data for the subsectors of the general government as separate datasets, while monetary statistics present data for subsectors of the financial corporations. As described in paragraph 2.58, the general government sector in GFS is defined identically to the general government sector in the national accounts, balance of payments, and monetary statistics. Although the public sector is not one of the five primary sectors in the SNA, it is recognized as an additional grouping.4 The residence concept used to delineate resident and nonresident entities and the sectors used in identifying counterpart transactions are the same across all datasets. Compilers of macro-economic data should therefore ensure that the actual coverage used in their statistics is identical.

A7.10 Most of the accounting rules employed in these macroeconomic frameworks are identical. In particular, the rules for time of recording, the valuation of flows and stock positions, and the rules governing the gross or net recording of flows and stock positions are identical.

A7.11 The principal difference between GFS and the SNA regarding accounting rules concerns consolidation (see paragraph 3.167 of this Manual). In principle, GFS requires the elimination of all intra- and intersector flows and stock positions between units of the same sector and subsectors. Consolidation can be applied to the statistics of any group of units, including subsectors of the general government sector, the entire public sector, or any other grouping depending on analytical interest.

A7.12 As a matter of principle, consolidation is not used in the SNA, although it is acknowledged that consolidation may be useful for the general government sector (see the 2008 SNA, paragraphs 2.69, 3.197, and 22.79). Even when used in the national accounts, transactions appearing in different accounts are never consolidated so that balancing items are not affected. For example, in national accounts, interest receivable by one government unit that is payable by another government unit is shown as both revenue and expense in the accounts of the general government sector. In contrast, full consolidation is used in GFS. Such interest is recorded neither as an expense nor as revenue in the data for the consolidated general government sector as a whole, although such interest could appear in the subsector accounts of general government if the two parties involved are in different subsectors of the general government. Because SNA statistics are not consolidated, the GFS compiler should preserve the unconsolidated statistics for use by the national accounts compiler.

Comparison of the Analytical Frameworks of GFS and the SNA

A7.13 Both GFS and the SNA can be described as the systematic recording and presentation of flows and stock positions, with the flows comprising transactions and other economic flows. While the recording of flows and stock positions are generally the same in the two datasets, the accounts in which these are recorded differ because of the unique objectives of the two datasets. In general, both datasets have the same interest in the activities of general government and public sectors, although the arrangement of the data differs and the actual flows recorded differ in some instances. These differences could be summarized as follows (see Table A7.1):

  • The GFS framework primarily records the operations of the general government or public sector according to revenue, expense, and transactions in nonfinancial and financial assets, and liabilities. These transactions and other economic flows are integrated with balance sheets. The SNA records general governments’ transactions according to their involvement in the measurement of production, generation, distribution and use of income, and capital and financial account transactions. These transactions and other economic flows are also integrated with balance sheets.

  • The SNA reconciles the current accounts, accumulation accounts, and balance sheet positions across all institutional sectors, whereas GFS undertake such reconciliations only for the general government and public sectors.

  • The two datasets differ in recording practices. GFS are based on the principle of double-entry recording, similar to business accounting, but the SNA is based on the principle of quadruple-entry accounting, because most transactions involve two institutional units. Each institutional unit involved in a transaction must record the transactions according to the double-entry system for the accounts to be in balance.

  • The focus of the SNA is on various kinds of economic processes. Therefore, where the recording of a single transaction is sufficient in GFS, multiple entries may be required in the SNA to correctly reflect all the relevant economic processes.

Table A7.1

Main Differences between GFS and the SNA

article image

Comparison of the Accounts in GFS and the SNA

A7.14 The GFS analytic framework consists of four statements (see Chapter 4). The Statement of Operations is a presentation of all transactions recorded in the GFS framework. Other economic flows are presented in the Statement of Other Economic Flows,5 and the stock positions are presented in the Balance Sheet. Finally, the Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash provides information on liquidity.

A7.15 In the SNA, transactions are presented in a sequence of seven accounts (see Figure A7.1), other economic flows are presented in two accounts, and stock positions are presented in the Balance Sheet. There is no SNA equivalent to the GFS Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash.

A7.16 Each flow in the SNA relates to a particular kind of economic process or activity, such as production, or the generation, distribution, redistribution or use of income, and accumulation. Each of the current accounts shows the resources available to the institutional units and the uses of these resources. These accounts are balanced by introducing a balancing item defined residually as the difference between the total resources recorded on one side of the account and the total uses recorded on the other side. The balancing item from one account is carried forward as the first item in the following account, on the opposite side, thereby making the set of accounts an articulated whole.

A7.17 In the SNA, the sequence of transaction accounts is grouped into current and accumulation accounts. The current accounts record the production of goods and services, and the generation, distribution, redistribution, and use of income. The accumulation accounts record capital transfers, the acquisition and disposal of assets and liabilities, and other economic flows related to assets and liabilities. Despite the large number of accounts in the SNA, there is broad correspondence between the structures of the GFS and SNA datasets.6

Figure A7.1
Figure A7.1

Diagram of the Sequence of SNA Accounts

Note: Balancing items are shown in italics.

A7.18 As illustrated in Table A7.2, the GFS Statement of Operations can be divided into three sections—namely:

  • Transactions affecting net worth

  • Transactions in nonfinancial assets

  • Transactions in financial assets and liabilities.

Table A7.2

Linkages of the Statement of Operations in GFS with Sequence of SNA Transaction Accounts

article image

The use of the disposable income account is replaced by the use of the adjusted disposable income account by an alternative sequence of accounts in which the secondary distribution of income account is augmented with the redistribution of income in kind account (see Chapters 8 and 9 of the 2008 SNA for additional details on these accounts).

Capital transfers as recorded in the SNA capital account are included in GFS as revenue and expense.

The GFS transactions affecting net worth (revenue and expense) are shown as transactions in the current accounts of the SNA with one exception: capital transfers are shown in the capital account of the SNA, one of the accumulation accounts. All of the GFS transactions in nonfinancial assets presented in the second section of the Statement of Operations are shown in the capital account of the SNA, while the GFS transactions in financial assets and liabilities correspond to the transactions shown in the financial account of the SNA.

A7.19 Because each of the SNA accounts has its own balancing item, there are more balancing items in the SNA than in GFS. However, some of the SNA balancing items can be derived from GFS. The different placement of capital transfers means that the GFS balancing item for the first section of the Statement of Operations, the net operating balance, differs from saving, the final balancing item in the sequence of current accounts in the SNA. The net operating balance of GFS minus capital transfers is comparable to saving as calculated in the SNA. Net capital transfers are recorded as an aggregate in the capital account of the SNA. Conceptually, net lending/net borrowing, the balancing item in GFS, is equivalent to the net lending/net borrowing calculated in the capital and financial accounts of the SNA. However, the difference in the treatment of certain activities, such as some employment-related pension arrangements (see paragraph A7.46–A7.47), means that the value of net lending/net borrowing in GFS may differ from the SNA. These differences are reconcilable.

A7.20 The GFS Statement of Other Economic Flows covers all other economic flows, classified by type of asset or liability affected and according to whether the flow is a holding gain or an other change in the volume of assets. In the SNA, the same distinction between holding gains and other changes in the volume of assets is made. In the SNA, these accounts are the revaluation account, in which effects of price changes in values of assets and liabilities are recorded, and the other changes in volume of assets account, in which changes in the amounts of the assets and liabilities as a result of factors other than transactions and revaluations are recorded.7

A7.21 The coverage of the GFS Balance Sheet is identical to the coverage of the Balance Sheet in the SNA, except for some employment-related pension entitlements. Due to different institutional arrangements in countries, some flexibility is given in the SNA, but not in GFS, regarding the recording of pension entitlements for unfunded pension schemes sponsored by government. Some of these pension entitlements may be recorded within the main sequence of the SNA accounts (also referred to as the core accounts) and others may be reported in supplementary tables.

Linkages between GFS and the SNA

A7.22 Despite the structural consistencies, the different objectives of GFS and the SNA require that a few transactions and other economic flows recorded in the various statements and accounts be recorded and presented differently. This section reviews and summarizes the relevant linkages between the two datasets. In order to facilitate references to the respective datasets, the items are referred to by their names and the relevant SNA and GFS classification codes.8 Tables A7.3 and A7.4 indicate how the GFS revenue and expense categories link with the SNA classifications, and Table A7.5 identifies the correspondence of GFS and SNA transactions in non-financial assets, with corresponding classification codes. The SNA also provides volume measures (including of government components), an important type of measure for fiscal analysis that makes the SNA complementary to GFS.

Table A7.3

Correspondence of GFS and SNA Revenue Transaction Categories

article image
article image
article image
article image
Note: Nonstandard GFS items required for the SNA indicated in darker shaded rows. n.e.c. = not elsewhere classified; VAT = value-added taxes.
Table A7.4

Correspondence of GFS and SNA Expense Transaction Categories

article image
article image
article image
article image
Note: Nonstandard GFS items required for SNA, indicated in darker shaded rows. n.e.c. = not elsewhere classified.
Table A7.5

Correspondence of GFS and SNA Transactions in Nonfinancial Asset Categories

article image
Note: Nonstandard GFS items required for the SNA indicated in darker shaded rows.
Current accounts

A7.23 The current accounts of the SNA record the production of goods and services, the generation of income by production, the subsequent distribution and redistribution of income among institutional units, and the use of income for purposes of consumption or saving. This section describes the GFS linkages with each of these current accounts.

The production account

A7.24 The production account records the transactions relating to the activity of producing goods and services as defined in the SNA. The balancing item, gross value added, is defined as the value of output minus the value of intermediate consumption. The production measure of gross domestic product is defined as gross value added plus any taxes minus subsidies on products not already included in the value of output. Output is the value of goods and services produced during an accounting period. Intermediate consumption comprises the cost of goods and services used in production. Value added is a measure of the contribution to gross domestic product made by an individual producer, industry, or sector. For general government, the production account represents the general government’s contribution to the domestic production.

A7.25 Value added can be presented gross or net of consumption of fixed capital. Net value added is the value of output minus the values of both intermediate consumption and consumption of fixed capital. Intermediate consumption of goods and services (P2) and consumption of fixed capital (P51c) are included as uses, while the output (P1) of all goods and services produced by a general government unit is a resource. Total output is divided into market output (P11), output for own final use (P12),9 and other nonmarket output (P13).

A7.26 Output is not recorded as such in GFS. Nevertheless, the total output of the general government sector can be determined as the sum of the output of nonmarket establishments and the output of market establishments. The output of the two types of establishments is derived quite differently:

  • The output of market establishments is equal to the sales of those establishments (GFS revenue item sales by market establishments (1421)) plus changes in their inventories of work in progress (31222) and finished goods (31223). Thus, to establish a direct link with the SNA, GFS data on the changes in inventories need to be divided into separate data for market and nonmarket establishments.

  • The output of nonmarket establishments cannot be determined from sales statistics because most of it is distributed without charge or sold at prices that are not economically significant. Instead, the output of nonmarket establishments is defined to be equal to the sum of their production costs: compensation of employees (21), use of goods and services (22), consumption of fixed capital (23), other taxes on production paid, and other subsidies on production received (as a negative value).

Therefore, in order to calculate the output of nonmarket establishments from GFS data, it is necessary to divide the total values of each of the relevant expense categories into expenses incurred by market establishments and expenses incurred by nonmarket establishments.10

A7.27 In the national accounts, the total output of the general government sector is allocated among three components: market output, output for own final use, and other nonmarket output.

  • Output for own final use is the value of goods and services produced for own final use or nonfinancial assets constructed for own use by general government units. The latter data are available directly from the details of GFS expenditure as memorandum item 3M1 in Table 8.1. In the SNA, provision is made to value this output at market prices if the assets constructed on own account are also offered for sale on the market. In the GFS framework, it is assumed that assets constructed on own account by the general government sector are not offered for sale on the market so that valuation should be based on the cost of production.

  • Market output and other nonmarket output are not directly available from GFS, and do not necessarily correspond to the output of market and nonmarket establishments because nonmarket establishments can produce market output, and vice versa.

    • The value of market output is calculated as the sum of the entire output of market establishments, actual sales of nonmarket establishments at market prices11 (part of GFS revenue item incidental sales by nonmarket establishments (1423)), and other output that is imputed to have been sold (part of GFS revenue item imputed sales by nonmarket establishments (1424)). Imputed sales are in-kind transactions that are valued at market prices (see Box A7.1).

    • The value of other nonmarket output can be calculated residually as the total output of the general government sector minus output for own final use and market output.

A7.28 Intermediate consumption consists of the goods and services consumed as inputs by a process of production, excluding fixed assets whose consumption is recorded as consumption of fixed capital. For general government or public sector units, intermediate consumption includes the following GFS items:

  • Use of goods and services (GFS expense item 22) minus the portion of goods purchased for resale that was actually sold during the reporting period (reduction in GFS item 31224 due to sales)

  • Goods and services used in own-account capital formation (GFS memorandum item 3M12)

  • Consumption of financial intermediation services indirectly measured (FISIM), which is already taken into account in interest revenue and expense of GFS (GFS items 1411 and 24, respectively)

  • Consumption of insurance services and service charge/fee related to standardized guarantees that are components of premiums, fees, and current claims related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes (GFS items 1451 and 2831).

A7.29 For SNA purposes, the values for FISIM, insurance services, and standardized guarantees schemes are derived by partitioning interest, nonlife insurance premiums, and fees for standardized guarantees (see paragraphs 6.81 and 6.125). In concept, the value of these services should be treated as a use of goods and services expense for the consumer and revenue from the sale of a service for the financial intermediary providing the service. However, in GFS, these partitions are not made because they can be estimated from data for the entire economy. Instead, in GFS, the entire values of the transactions are recorded as interest, nonlife insurance premiums, or fees for standardized guarantees, respectively.12

A7.30 Consumption of fixed capital (P51) in the SNA is identical to the concept in GFS. However, the amounts of consumption of fixed capital may differ because of the differing treatment of own-account capital formation. Consumption of fixed capital as recorded in the national accounts should be equal to the consumption of fixed capital [GFS] (23) plus the consumption of fixed capital recorded as a component of own-account capital formation in GFS (GFS memorandum item 3M13).

The distribution of income accounts

A7.31 The distribution of income accounts are decomposed into three main accounts. These separated accounts each have different balancing items that have meaningful interpretations of income and comprise:

  • Primary distribution of income account, comprising the generation of income account and the allocation of primary income account

  • Secondary distribution of income account

  • Redistribution of income in kind account.

The primary distribution of income account

A7.32 The primary distribution of income account shows how GDP is distributed to labor, capital, government, and, where necessary, flows to and from the rest of the world. The primary distribution of income is always presented in two subaccounts—namely, the generation of income account and the allocation of primary income account.

In-Kind Transactions

Although GFS and the SNA recognize in-kind transactions, recording these may differ in the two datasets, specifically in the case of goods and services produced by general government. Due to the SNA’s focus on economic processes, such transactions may be recorded at various stages in the SNA, while in general they are recorded only once in GFS. Imputed sales, as recorded in GFS, are called nonmonetary transactions in the SNA.

GFS and the SNA record such an imputed sale in the case of:

  • Goods and services produced by the general government sector and provided to employees as wages in kind— Treated as compensation of employees paid in cash followed by a sale to the employees (GFS item 1424). The compensation is recorded in the generation of income account as compensation of employees, as wages and salaries (D11), and the output is recorded as household final consumption expenditure. In GFS, goods and services produced by the general government sector and provided to employees as wages in kind are treated similarly to the SNA treatment. The government is deemed to be acting in two capacities: as an employer and as a general producer of goods and services. In order to indicate the total amount paid as compensation of employees, it is necessary to treat the amount payable in kind as if it had been paid in cash as wages and salaries and then the employees had used the cash to purchase the goods and services.

The SNA records transactions in imputed sales that are not recorded in GFS in the following cases:

  • Goods and services produced by the general government sector and provided as social benefits in kind in accordance with employment-related social benefits—Treated in the SNA as if there had been a transfer to the beneficiaries in cash followed by a sale of the output to the beneficiaries. Thus, the goods and services are recorded in the SNA as final consumption expenditure of the households while the transfer is recorded as a social benefit (recorded in the secondary distribution of income account as social benefits other than social transfers in kind (D62 in SNA), under other social insurance benefits (D622 in SNA). This item is divided further into pension benefits (D6221 in SNA) and nonpension benefits (D6222 in SNA). In GFS, goods and services produced by general government units and provided as social benefits are recorded in GFS as costs of production in the various GFS expense categories, such as compensation of employees and use of goods and services, and consumption of fixed capital, and not as social benefits.

  • Goods and services produced by the general government sector and provided as grants in kind to other governments and international organizations—Treated in the SNA as if there had been a transfer in cash followed by a sale of the output to the recipients of the goods and services. The output is shown as exports (P6 in SNA) in the case of grants to foreign governments and international organizations and either government final consumption expenditure or gross fixed capital formation (P51 in SNA) in the case of grants to other domestic general government units. The transfer is shown in the secondary distribution of income account as other current transfers (D7), either as current transfers within general government (D73 in SNA) or current international cooperation (D74 in SNA), or in the capital account as capital transfers, as investment grants (D92 in SNA) or other capital transfers (D99 in SNA). In GFS, such grants in kind are recorded as grants to foreign governments (GFS expense item 261) or grants to international organizations (GFS expense item 262).

  • Goods and services produced by the general government sector and provided as transfers in kind to nonprofit institutions serving households or to individuals or households as compensation for damage to property or personal injury or as the settlement of an insurance claim—Treated as a transfer in cash and a sale of market output. The transfer is recorded in the secondary distribution of income account of the SNA as other current transfers, as nonlife insurance claims (D72) or miscellaneous current transfers (D75), and the output is recorded as final consumption expenditure of the households sector or the nonprofit institutions serving households sector. In GFS, these goods and services provided in kind are recorded as other transfers (GFS expense item 282).

The generation of income account

A7.33 The generation of income account shows from the point of view of resident institutional units or sectors, in their capacity as producers, how the value added generates income for labor, capital, and government. The account starts with value added as a resource and then includes as uses:

  • Compensation of employees (D1)

  • Other taxes on production13 (D29) payable

  • Other subsidies on production (D39) receivable as a negative use.

A7.34 The balancing item of the generation of income account is the operating surplus (B2), which can be presented gross or net of consumption of fixed capital. It measures the surplus accruing from production before deducting any explicit or implicit income: interest charges, rent, or other property incomes payable on financial assets, land, or other natural resources held to carry on the production process.

A7.35 Compensation of employees in the SNA corresponds to the sum of the GFS expense item compensation of employees [GFS] (21) and the amount of compensation of employees recorded as a component of own-account capital formation (GFS memorandum item 3M11).

A7.36 The taxes and subsidies that are included in the valuation of the output of nonmarket establishments consist of other taxes on production payable by general government units to other government units and other subsidies on production receivable by general government units from other government units, both national and foreign. These amounts are likely to be rare and/or small in magnitude. Taxes payable by one level of government to another level of government are classified in GFS as transfers not elsewhere classified (282) in the subcategory current (2821). Subsidies on production (D39) receivable are a portion of the subsidies (14411) classified under transfers not elsewhere classified (144).14 In GFS, these items, involving general government units, would be eliminated in consolidation when statistics for the general government or public sector are compiled.

The allocation of primary income account

A7.37 The allocation of primary income account focuses on resident institutional units or sectors in their capacity as recipients of primary incomes. It shows where the items payable in the generation of income account are receivable, and also includes the amounts of property income receivable and payable by institutional unit or sectors. It contains the operating surplus or mixed income as a resource and records for each sector, property income receivable and payable, compensation of employees receivable, and taxes minus subsidies on production and imports receivable. The balancing item is the balance of primary income (B5), which represents the sector’s contribution to the national income. The balance of primary income or national income can be presented gross or net of consumption of fixed capital.

A7.38 For the general government sector, the account records the following resources:

  • Taxes on production and imports (D2), which are divided into taxes on products (D21) and other taxes on production (D29)

  • Subsidies as a negative resource (D3)

  • Property income as both a resource and a use (D4).

A7.39 In the SNA, taxes are classified according to their role in economic activities as:

  • Taxes on production and imports (D2) in the production account, generation of income account, and allocation of primary income account

  • Current taxes on income, wealth, etc. (D5) in the secondary distribution of income account

  • Capital taxes (D91) in the capital account.

A7.40 GFS include a detailed classification of taxes based on common practices in tax administration. The result is that some tax categories in GFS, such as motor vehicle taxes, need to be allocated between two of the SNA tax categories according to whether they are payable by producers or final consumers. This allocation is required in the SNA and, in the absence of a split in GFS or source data, national accounts compilers will need to employ various methods to identify the payer (i.e., a producer or final consumer).

A7.41 A breakdown of these taxes is shown in Table A7.3, which indicates, among other things, the linkages between the GFS and the SNA tax categories. The table shows which GFS tax categories directly correspond to the SNA tax category, which SNA tax category consists of two or more GFS subcategories, and which GFS tax item requires further breakdowns to allow linkage to the SNA categories.

A7.42 Subsidies (D3) in the SNA are the equivalent of subsidies in GFS (GFS revenue item 14411 and GFS expense item 25), but the classification of the type of subsidies is quite different in the two datasets. In the SNA, the subsidies are divided into subsidies on products (D31) and other subsidies on production (D39). The subsidies on products are divided further into subsidies on imports (D311), exports (D312), and other subsidies on products (D319). In GFS, to allow consolidation of the public sector, subsidies are classified by recipients. To allow correspondence between the SNA and GFS, a building block approach can be used to identify all subsidies according to whether they are on production or products, as well as identification of the recipients.

A7.43 There are several types of property income included as resources in the allocation of primary income account:

  • Dividends (D421) in the SNA are the equivalent of dividends recorded in GFS (GFS revenue item 1412 and GFS expense item 2811, respectively).

  • Withdrawals of income from quasi-corporations (D422) in the SNA are the equivalent of these withdrawals recorded in GFS (GFS revenue item 1413 and GFS expense item 2812).

  • Rent (D45) in the SNA is the equivalent of rent recorded in GFS (GFS revenue item 1415 and GFS expense item 2814).

  • Interest (D41) in the SNA is the equivalent of interest in GFS (GFS revenue item 1411 and GFS expense item 24), adjusted for FISIM (see paragraph A7.29).

  • Reinvested earnings on direct foreign investment (D43) in the SNA are the equivalent of reinvested earnings recorded in GFS (GFS revenue item 1416 and GFS expense item 2815).

  • Imputed property income on investment income disbursements (D44), such as income attributable to insurance policy holders, etc., in the SNA is conceptually the equivalent of property income/ expense related to investment income disbursements (GFS revenue item 1414 and GFS expense item 2813). However, for government sector units as holders of insurance policies, the revenue related to this item is likely to be unknown, and would probably be calculated only in the context of the whole of the economy. It therefore remains an adjustment item between GFS and national accounts. This imputed property income is also recorded as payable by the beneficiaries to the operator of the scheme as a household contribution supplement (D6141) in the secondary distribution of income account. In the case of pension schemes for general government, this imputed transaction primarily relates to employment-related nonautonomous pension schemes. If these pension schemes are autonomous, the transactions affect only households and the financial corporations sector. In GFS, an imputed property expense on existing pension entitlements, recorded under GFS expense item 2813, is equal to the increase in the liability of a defined-benefit pension scheme resulting from the passage of time. Thus, the imputed household pension contribution supplements, recorded in the secondary distribution of income account in the SNA, should be recorded in GFS as incurrence of pension liabilities (GFS transactions in liabilities item 33063) and not as revenue from social contributions (GFS revenue item 12). The SNA values can be derived from the detailed records of the pension schemes.

The secondary distribution of income account

A7.44 The secondary distribution of income account covers redistribution of income through current transfers (other than social transfers in kind made by government and NPISHs to households).15 In addition to carrying forward the balance of primary income, this account records:

  • Current taxes on income, wealth, etc. (D5 in SNA) as a resource for government, divided further into taxes on income (D51 in SNA) and other current taxes (D59 in SNA)

  • Net social contributions (D61 in SNA) as a resource for government

  • Social benefits other than transfers in kind (D62 in SNA) as a use for government

  • Other current transfers (D7 in SNA), both as a resource and a use.

A7.45 The net social contributions (D61) are the actual and imputed contributions made by households to social insurance schemes. The net contributions exclude fees charged by the administrators of the schemes, which should be recorded as an expense for households for services rendered. The net social contributions are divided into four subcategories in the SNA, with each of the net social contribution subcategories further divided into pension and nonpension contributions. The subcategories for net social contributions are:

  • Employers’ actual social contributions (D611)

  • Employers’ imputed social contributions (D612)

  • Households’ actual social contributions (D613)

  • Households’ social contributions supplements (D614).

A7.46 The amount recorded for net social contributions receivable by units operating social insurance schemes can be different in the GFS and SNA datasets due to differences in the treatment of contributions to employment-related pension schemes. In the SNA, amounts payable to the operator of the scheme as social contributions (D6111, D6121, and D6131) are included in the secondary distribution of income, with a subsequent adjustment for the change in pension entitlements to record the incurrence of pension liabilities (F63 in SNA). GFS record social contributions payable to employment-related schemes providing pensions and other retirement benefits directly as transactions increasing the scheme’s liabilities for pension entitlements (GFS item 33063) by the operator of the scheme.16 In the SNA, all social benefits payable, including pensions and other retirement benefits, are recorded either in the secondary distribution of income account as social benefits other than social transfers in kind (D62), or in the redistribution of income account as social transfers in kind (D63). In addition, all pensions and other retirement social benefits payable are recorded as a reduction in pension entitlements (F63).

A7.47 Unlike the SNA, transfer expense in GFS excludes government employee pension and retirement benefits payable. These benefits are reported only as a transaction reducing liabilities for pension entitlements (GFS liability item 33063). As a result, GFS does not need the item for adjustment for change in pension entitlements. Also, unlike in the SNA, benefits in the form of goods and services produced by general government units are not recorded as social benefits in GFS, but in the various GFS expense categories corresponding to the costs of producing these goods and services, such as compensation of employees, and use of goods and services, etc.

A7.48 As stated in Box A7.1, goods and services produced by the general government sector and provided as social benefits in kind, grants in kind, or transfers in kind are recorded in the SNA as the production of output and a transfer to the beneficiaries. These transfers are recorded in the secondary distribution of income account, as if received in cash by the beneficiaries, accompanied by a sale of the output to the beneficiaries.

A7.49 Other current transfers (D7) in the SNA are a disparate collection of entries that are found in various categories in GFS:

  • Net nonlife insurance premiums (D71) is the equivalent of net nonlife insurance premiums (GFS revenue item 14511 and GFS expense item 28311), adjusted for the imputation of the sale or purchase of insurance services, as described in paragraph A7.29.

  • Nonlife insurance claims (D72) are the equivalent of the current nonlife insurance claims in GFS (GFS revenue item 14513and GFS expense items 28313).

  • Current transfers within general government (D73) and current international cooperation (D74) in the SNA are recorded in GFS as current grants receivable (GFS revenue categories 1311, 1321, or 1331) or payable (GFS expense categories 2611, 2621, or 2631) except for goods and services produced by general government units and distributed in kind (see Box A7.1).

  • Miscellaneous current transfers (D75) in the SNA are recorded in GFS as fines, penalties, and forfeits (GFS revenue item 143), other current transfers not elsewhere classified (GFS revenue item 14412), current transfers not elsewhere classified (GFS expense item 2821), adjusted with transfers of goods and services produced by general government units and distributed in kind (see Box A7.1).

A7.50 The balancing item of the secondary distribution of income account is disposable income. For households, this income can be used for final consumption expenditure and saving. For nonfinancial and financial corporations, disposable income is income not distributed to owners of equity minus taxes payable on income. The disposable income can be presented gross or net of consumption of fixed capital.

The redistribution of income in kind account

A7.51 The redistribution of income in kind account records social benefits in kind and transfers of individual nonmarket goods and services from the government sector to the household sector using the goods or services. Because of the nature of the transactions concerned, this account is significant only for government, households, and NPISHs. The account records two elements of the redistribution process. The first is nonmarket production by government and NPISHs of individual services, and the second is the purchase by government and NPISHs of goods and services for transfer to households free of charge or at prices that are not economically significant. The redistribution of income in kind account records social transfers in kind as resources for households and as uses of government and NPISHs. The balancing item of the redistribution of income in kind account is adjusted disposable income.

A7.52 The Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) can be used to assist in deriving the government individual consumption expenditure (P31 in SNA). Government’s social benefits in kind should be equal to the nonmarket produced social transfers in kind (D631 in SNA). See Table A7.4 for a presentation of the corresponding GFS expense items. Government collective consumption (P32 in SNA) is equal to its actual final consumption (P4 in SNA).

The use of disposable income account

A7.53 The use of income accounts exists in two variants, the use of disposable income account and the use of adjusted disposable income account. Both accounts show for the three sectors that undertake final consumption—namely, the household sector, the NPISH sector, and the general government sector—how disposable income or adjusted disposable income is allocated between final consumption and saving. It measures that part of income, domestically or abroad, that is not used for final consumption. Savings can be shown on a gross or a net basis (depending on whether consumption of fixed capital is included).

A7.54 In the SNA, gross saving is the balancing item before capital transactions and can be derived by excluding from the net lending/net borrowing the capital transfers receivable/payable, gross capital formation and acquisitions minus disposals of nonfinancial nonproduced assets. Gross saving can also be derived as disposable income minus final consumption. Since net lending/net borrowing in the SNA and GFS is conceptually the same, for the general government or public sector, gross saving can be derived from GFS, as follows:

Net lending/net borrowing

article image

To get from net saving to gross saving, consumption of fixed capital needs to be added.

A7.55 The use of disposable income account and the use of adjusted disposable income account calculate saving as a balancing item. The two measures of saving are the same, but calculated differently.

  • The use of disposable income account calculates saving using:

    • Disposable income as a resource

    • Final consumption expenditure as a use

    • An adjustment item showing the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements.

  • The use of adjusted disposable income account calculates saving as a balancing item using:

    • Adjusted disposable income as a resource

    • Actual final consumption as a use

    • An adjustment item showing the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements.

A7.56 Final consumption is a key component of the use of disposable income account and gross domestic product. The concept is implemented in the SNA in two ways: final consumption expenditure (P3) and actual final consumption (P4). The difference between them is social transfers in kind (D63), which represents the final consumption of goods and services purchased by general government units but actually consumed by households.

A7.57 Final consumption expenditure is not an element of GFS. Final consumption expenditure can be calculated using linkages with GFS data established earlier. It can be calculated as:

Total output minus output related to own-account capital formation;17

article image
article image

A7.58 In GFS, purchases of goods and services that are transferred to final consumers without further transformation are classified as social security benefits in kind (GFS expense item 2712), social assistance benefits in kind (GFS expense item 2722), employment-related social benefits in kind (GFS expense item 2732), or the in-kind portion of current transfers not elsewhere classified (GFS expense item 2821), depending on the nature and the organization of the distribution.

A7.59 The GFS expense categories for social benefits in kind include reimbursements to households for purchases of goods and services receivable as social benefits in kind, and direct purchases by general government units of goods and services from market producers and provided as social benefits in kind. In addition, the GFS item for transfers not elsewhere classified (2821) may include purchases of goods and services from market producers that are distributed directly to households for final consumption other than social benefits. Goods and services produced by government themselves and subsequently used as transfers in kind are not reported as in-kind transactions in GFS, but are included in the SNA concept for social transfers in kind (D63).

A7.60 Because the SNA separately measures production and distribution of goods and services, transactions in kind are normally recorded in the accounts as if they are monetary transfers followed by the beneficiary spending the transfer to obtain the goods and services concerned. Therefore, social transfers in kind (D63) consist of final consumption expenditure undertaken by government and NPISHs on behalf of households. For this reason they are described as individual goods and services. Information on these individual goods and services may be obtainable from the cross-classification of the COFOG and economic type of expense in Table 6A.2. The annex to Chapter 6 lists the services that are considered individual.

A7.61 In the SNA, an adjustment is made in the use of disposable income account, as well as in the use of adjustment disposable income account for the change in pension entitlements (D.8). This adjustment for the change in pension entitlements is equal to:

The total value of the actual social contributions payable to funded pension schemes,

article image

The different treatment of pension schemes eliminates the need for this adjustment item in the GFS framework (see paragraph 5.95).

The accumulation accounts

A7.62 Saving is the balancing item of the last of the current account in the SNA and the starting point for the accumulation accounts. The first group of accumulation accounts, comprising the capital and financial accounts, covers transactions in assets or liabilities and changes in net worth due to capital transfers. A second group of accumulation accounts, comprising the other changes in volume of assets account and revaluation account, relates to changes in assets and liabilities caused by factors other than transactions.

The capital account

A7.63 The capital account records transactions linked to the acquisition of nonfinancial assets and capital transfers. The account starts with net saving, the final balancing item of the current accounts, and records transactions in nonfinancial assets and capital transfers. The balancing item is either net lending (+), which measures the net amount available to finance other sectors, or net borrowing (−) which corresponds to the net financing from other sectors.

A7.64 Most of the entries in the capital account of the SNA can be derived from the corresponding entries in GFS. For example, the gross fixed capital formation (P51g) minus the consumption of fixed capital (P51c) is the net investment in fixed assets in GFS (GFS item 311). As indicated in Table A7.5, the 2008 SNA classification of categories of nonfinancial assets has been fully incorporated in GFS. However, in the SNA, fixed assets are also classified into:

  • Acquisition of new fixed assets (item 311.1/P5111 in Table A7.5)

  • Acquisition of existing fixed assets (item 311.1/P5112 in Table A7.5)

  • Disposal of existing fixed assets (item 311.2/P5113 in Table A7.5).

This distinction between new and existing assets is not available from GFS, and would require supplementary information from source data systems.

A7.65 Consumption of fixed capital in the SNA (P51c) equals the sum of the expense item of the same name in GFS (GFS expense item 23) and the consumption of fixed capital that was capitalized as part of own-account capital formation (GFS item 3M13).

A7.66 Changes in inventories (P52), acquisitions minus disposals of valuables (P53), and acquisitions minus disposals of nonproduced assets (NP) are the same as the net investment in the corresponding items in GFS (GFS items 312, 313, and 314, respectively).

A7.67 In the SNA, capital transfers receivable and payable (D9) are recorded as capital taxes (D91), investment grants (D92), and other capital transfers (D99). These transfers are included in GFS as follows:

  • Capital taxes (D91r) receivable by the general government sector can directly be related to GFS revenue recorded in estate, inheritance, and gift taxes (GFS revenue item 1133) and other nonrecurrent taxes on property (GFS revenue item 1135). Where these taxes are payable by one level of government to another, they are included in the expense item capital transfers not elsewhere classified (2822) of the payee.

  • Investment grants (D92r) consist of all capital transfers made by governments to other resident or nonresident institutional units to finance all or part of the costs of their acquiring fixed assets. These investment grants receivable/payable are a component of capital grants receivable (GFS revenue items 1312, 1322, or 1332), and a component of capital grants payable (GFS expense items 2612, 2622, and 2632).

  • Other capital transfers (D99r) consist of all capital transfers except capital taxes and investment grants. One notable category included here is capital transfers related to debt cancellation by mutual agreement. In GFS, these are a component of capital grants (GFS revenue items 1312, 1322, or 1332 or GFS expense items 2612, 2622, and 2632), capital transfers not elsewhere classified (GFS revenue item 1442 and GFS expense item 2822), and capital claims related to nonlife insurance (GFS revenue item 1452 and GFS expense item 2832).

The financial account

A7.68 The financial account in the SNA records transactions in financial assets and liabilities, classified by instruments. It therefore records the net acquisition of financial assets, and the net incurrence of liabilities. The balancing item, net lending (+)/ net borrowing (-), is in principle equal to the net lending (+)/ net borrowing (-) in the capital account, although measured differently.

A7.69 Conceptually, the transactions recorded in the financial account of the SNA are identical to the transactions in financial assets and liabilities recorded in GFS (see Table A7.6). At the general government or public sector level the value of transactions in financial assets and liabilities could differ due to the different approach to consolidation (see paragraph A7.11). Some investment income disbursements (see paragraph A7.43) would likely be unknown to government, and would be calculated only in the context of the whole of the economy and therefore remain an adjustment item between GFS and national accounts. Amounts recorded as transactions in insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes may also differ due to the option in the SNA to treat some employment-related liabilities in supplementary rather than the main tables (see paragraph 5.95).

Table A7.6

Correspondence of GFS and SNA Financial Assets and Liabilities

article image

Both financial assets and liabilities are classified further into domestic and external in the same subcategories except that: liabilities and domestic assets exclude monetary gold from flows and stock positions; and domestic assets and domestic liabilities exclude SDRs from stock positions.

To the extent that nonpension entitlement reserves exist, such liabilities are included with those for pension entitlements for pragmatic reasons (see paragraph 7.195).

The other changes in the volume of assets accounts

A7.70 The other changes in the volume of assets account in the SNA records the same economic events as those recorded in GFS (GFS items 5***); the total value of changes should therefore be consistent in the two datasets. In both datasets, the other changes in volume of assets are recorded for each type of assets and liabilities. In addition, the SNA also classifies these changes according to specific events that give rise to the change in the volume of the assets or liabilities. Data are separately recorded for economic appearance of assets (K1), economic disappearance of nonproduced nonfinancial assets (K2), catastrophic losses (K3), uncompensated seizures (K4), other changes in volume not elsewhere classified (K5), and changes in classification (K6). Source data for recording these events should therefore provide for identification of the relevant assets and liabilities, but also identify the underlying event that caused the change in the volume.

The revaluation account

A7.71 The revaluation account in the SNA records the same holding gains or losses as those recorded in GFS (GFS items 4***). The total value of nominal holding gains for the general government or public sector should therefore be the same in the two datasets. In addition, the SNA recommends that nominal holding gains and losses be further subdivided between neutral and real holding gains and losses. GFS do not make this distinction:

  • Neutral holding gains and losses (B1031) over a period are the increase (decrease) in the value of an asset that would be required, in the absence of transactions and other changes in the volume of assets, to maintain command over the same amount of goods and services as at the beginning of the period. The value is obtained by applying, during the same periods of time, an index of the change in the general price level to the initial value of all assets or liabilities. The result of this operation is called neutral holding gains and losses because all assets and liabilities are revalued so as to preserve exactly their purchasing power.

  • Real holding gains and losses (B1032) record the difference between nominal holding gains and losses and neutral holding gains and losses.

The balance sheet

A7.72 The opening and closing balance sheets for the general government or public sector are conceptually the same in the SNA and GFS. Both datasets display assets on the left-hand side, and liabilities and net worth on the right-hand side. The changes in the Balance Sheet in the SNA are the sum of the entries in the four accumulation accounts corresponding to the respective asset or liability. Similarly, in GFS the changes in the Balance Sheet for each category of assets and liabilities are equal to the sum of transactions, holding gains and losses, and other changes in volume. The classification of assets and liabilities in the two frameworks are fully consistent. However, at the general government or public sector level the value of stock positions in financial assets and liabilities could differ due to the different approach to consolidation (see paragraph A7.11). In practice amounts recorded as stock positions may also differ in two cases:

  • Liabilities in respect of employment-related pension schemes may differ, due to the option in the SNA to treat some employment-related liabilities in supplementary tables (see paragraph 5.95).

  • Assets and liabilities subject to investment income disbursements may differ in cases where these amounts are unknown to government, and therefore excluded from GFS, and would be calculated only in the context of the whole of the economy (see paragraph A7.43).20

Comparison of the Analytical Frameworks of GFS and the Balance of Payments and the International Investment Position

A7.73 The BPM6 serves as the standard framework for statistics on the flows and stock positions between an economy and the rest of the world. Since the BPM6 is harmonized with the 2008 SNA, it is also harmonized with the other macroeconomic datasets, including GFS. Because of conceptual linkages, compilers of the international accounts and GFS should consult to ensure the consistent application of definitions of coverage and concepts, and accounting rules.

Comparison of the Accounts in GFS and Balance of Payments and the International Investment Position

A7.74 The structure of the international statistical framework is similar to the structure used in the GFS framework, and comprises (i) the balance of payments, which summarizes economic transactions between residents and nonresidents during a specific time period; (ii) the other changes in financial assets and liabilities, which show flows due to economic events other than transactions between residents and nonresidents, and include valuation changes; and (iii) the international investment position (IIP), which shows the value of the financial asset and liability stock positions between the residents of an economy and nonresidents at a reporting date. The difference between the opening and closing stock positions of the IIP is explained by the sum of transactions and other changes in financial assets and liabilities.

Linkages between GFS and Balance of Payments and the International Investment Position

A7.75 The BPM6 framework provides a sequence of accounts, each encompassing a separate economic process or phenomenon and a balancing item. The remainder of this section describes how the various international accounts correspond to GFS.

The balance of payments

A7.76 The balance of payments summarizes economic transactions between residents and nonresidents during a specific time period. The different accounts within the balance of payments are distinguished according to the nature of the economic resources provided and received, and comprise the following:

  • The current account shows flows of goods and services, primary income, and secondary income between residents and nonresidents.

  • The capital account shows flows for transactions in nonproduced nonfinancial assets, and capital transfers between residents and nonresidents.

  • The financial account shows net acquisition and disposal of financial assets and liabilities.

  • The sum of the balances on the current and capital accounts represents the net lending (surplus) or net borrowing (deficit) by the resident economy with the rest of the world. This is conceptually equal to the net balance of the financial account. It is also conceptually equal to the sum of net lending/borrowing for all the resident sectors.

The current account

A7.77 The current account shows flows of goods and services, primary income, and secondary income between residents and nonresidents. The balance on this account, known as the current account balance, shows the difference between the sum of exports and income receivable and the sum of imports and income payable. The current account balance represents the saving-investment gap for the economy.

The goods and services account

A7.78 The goods and services account shows transactions in items that are outcomes of production activities. The focus of the account is the point at which goods and services21 are exchanged between a resident and a nonresident. Production is an activity in which an enterprise uses inputs (intermediate inputs, labor, produced and nonproduced assets) in order to transform them to an output that can be supplied to other units.

A7.79 The GFS Statement of Operations has a linkage to the goods and services account to the extent that general government/public sector units enter into transactions with nonresidents, involving goods and services, either as a producer/seller or user of these goods or services. GFS will usually not separately identify these transactions, which limits opportunities for reconciliation between the goods and service account and GFS. However, in some cases, supplementary information in the underlying source data may identify such transactions—either because of their nature, large volumes, or large values of the transactions. Specifically, where produced assets are exchanged, contractual arrangements may be publicly available and should be consistently treated in the goods and services account of the balance of payments and GFS.

A7.80 The goods and services account requires that goods and services be classified according to the nature of the good or service. One of these specifically requires the separate disclosure of government goods and services not included elsewhere, which cover:

  • Goods and services supplied by and to enclaves, such as embassies, military bases, and international organizations

  • Goods and services acquired from the host economy by diplomats, consular staff, and military personnel located abroad and their dependents

  • Services supplied by and to governments and not included in other categories of services.

A7.81 Government and international organization enclaves are not residents of the territory in which they are physically located. Therefore, their transactions with residents of that territory or location are international transactions. However, all expenditure on goods and services by locally engaged staff of the enclave is excluded from international transactions. In addition, government supply of licenses and permits to nonresidents that are classified as fees and some activities related to technical assistance provided by one country to another are included in goods and services.22 The GFS classifications do not specifically require the identification of transactions in goods and services with nonresidents. However, where these transactions can be identified and classifications are built into the underlying general government sector accounting system, the information should be provided to balance of payments compilers. The value of transactions in goods and services entered into with nonresidents in GFS may differ from the international statistics that follow the SNA treatment of insurance services and standardized guarantee fees (see paragraph A7.29).

The primary income account

A7.82 The primary income account shows primary income flows between resident and nonresident institutional units. Primary income represents the return that accrues to an institutional unit for its contribution to the production process or for the provision of financial assets and renting natural resources to other institutional units.

A7.83 The international accounts distinguish the following types of primary income:

  • Compensation of employees

  • Investment income

    • Dividends

    • Reinvested earnings

    • Interest

    • Investment income attributable to policyholders in insurance, standardized guarantees, and pension funds

  • Other primary income

    • Rent

    • Taxes on production and imports

    • Subsidies.

A7.84 The consistency in data between the GFS and primary income account can be established only to the extent that sufficient supplementary details are separately identified in GFS, or the underlying source data. The following linkages exist between the primary income account and GFS:

  • Compensation of employees: To the extent that the resident government employs nonresident individuals, compensation of employees of government would include amounts payable to nonresidents that should be recorded in the primary income account of the balance of payments. Because government employment usually has some residence criteria as a precondition, these amounts are often not very large. However, in the case of territorial enclaves, all compensation of employees payable by government to residents of the host country should be included in the primary income account. The GFS classifications do not specifically require the identification of compensation of employees to nonresidents. However, when such payments are identified in the underlying source data system, the information should be reported consistently in the GFS and primary income account.

  • Investment income: The contribution of the general government sector to investment income is mainly derived from the nonresident portion of the GFS items interest (GFS revenue item 1411 and GFS expense item 24) and dividends (GFS revenue item 1412 and GFS expense item 2811). It can therefore be linked with the GFS accounts, if underlying source data distinguish between receivables and payables from/to residents and nonresidents. While the categories of investment income are conceptually the same for GFS and the international accounts, the value of transactions with nonresidents in GFS may differ from the international statistics due to the treatment of FISIM (see paragraph A7.29). Where general government sector units control insurance, standardized guarantees or pension schemes, they attribute investment income to policyholders in these schemes. These policyholders may include nonresidents, in which case the relevant portion of the property expense for investment income disbursement (GFS expense item 2813) should be consistent with the corresponding item recorded in the primary income account. Where a general government unit or public corporation has foreign direct investments in nonresident special purpose entities (SPEs), or foreign branches of public corporations, reinvested earnings, as reported in the primary income account, should be recorded separately in GFS (GFS revenue item 1416). Similarly, where public corporations have foreign direct investors or investment fund shares/units, reinvested earnings should be included in the primary income accounts, and should be consistent with amounts reported in GFS (GFS expense item 2815).

  • Other primary income: In calculating other primary income, linkages with the GFS data arise from the transactions with nonresidents related to subsidies (GFS revenue item 14411 and GFS expense item 25) and rent (GFS revenue item 1415 and GFS expense item 2814). Where information on such payments or receipts is provided in the underlying source data, these data should be consistent with the primary income account. The taxes on production and on imports reported in the balance of payments primary income account constitute the portion of these taxes collected from nonresidents and are the same tax categories as the corresponding item in the SNA (D2 in SNA). Taxes on production and on imports are the sum of several detailed GFS tax categories:

  • Recurrent taxes on immovable property (GFS item 1131)

  • Recurrent taxes on net wealth (GFS item 1132)

  • Other recurrent taxes on property (GFS item 1136)

  • General taxes on goods and services (GFS item 1141)

  • Excises (GFS item 1142)

  • Profits of fiscal monopolies (GFS item 1143)

  • Taxes on specific services (GFS item 1144)

  • Taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities—Payable by producers (GFS item 1145)

  • Other taxes—Payable by business (GFS item 1161).

A7.85 To allow consistency checks with the primary income account in the balance of payments, these GFS tax categories need to be divided between amounts receivable from residents and nonresidents. These subcategories are normally not available from GFS, and would be useful only for deriving credits in the primary income account. While certain taxes on production and imports are easier to divide between residents and nonresidents, others are more difficult. Also, the portion attributable to nonresidents may vary from one tax category to the next and from one year to the next.

The secondary income account

A7.86 The secondary income account in the balance of payments shows current transfers between residents and nonresidents. This account shows redistribution of income; that is, when resources for current purposes are provided by one party without anything of economic value being supplied as a direct return to that party. Various types of current transfers are recorded in this account to show their role in the process of income distribution between economies. The extent to which governments are involved in these transfers will determine the linkages between the GFS Statement of Operations and this account.

A7.87 The standard components of the secondary income account make a distinction at the first level between current transfers receivable/payable by general government and by other sectors, comprising the financial corporations, nonfinancial corporations, households, and NPISHs. For the general government, these transfers include the transfers in respect of:

  • Current taxes on income, wealth, etc.

  • Social contributions

  • Social benefits

  • Net nonlife insurance premiums

  • Nonlife insurance claims

  • Current international cooperation

  • Miscellaneous current transfers.

A7.88 To the extent that the current transfers of general government are identifiable and reported in GFS as being from or to nonresidents, these data should be consistently reported in the secondary income account of the balance of payments.

  • Current taxes on income, wealth, etc. reported in the secondary income account make up the nonresident portion of the same tax categories as in the 2008 SNA (D5 in SNA). Current taxes on income, wealth, etc. are the sum of several detailed tax categories as reported in GFS, and comprise taxes on income, profits and capital gains (GFS item 111) and several other tax categories mainly payable by final consumers (see paragraph A7.40).

  • Social contributions (D61 in SNA) receivable from nonresidents by general government sector units or social benefits payable to nonresidents (D62 and D63 in SNA) may be different from the corresponding GFS items (see paragraphs A7.45–A7.47).

  • Current international cooperation is separately reported in the GFS Statement of Operations and should be reported consistently in the secondary income account. Grants payable to foreign government and international organizations (GFS item 2611 and 2621 respectively) and grants receivable from foreign governments and international organizations (GFS item 1311 and 1321 respectively) are usually the most important linkage between the GFS and the secondary income account.

  • Other miscellaneous current transfers (D75 in SNA)23 comprise various items of current transfers receivable and payable (see paragraph A7.49).

  • Current transfers of government sector units related to nonlife insurance premiums and claims and miscellaneous current transfers would require a distinction of those receivable or payable to resident and nonresidents.

The capital account

A7.89 The capital account in the international accounts shows transactions between residents and nonresidents related to capital transfers receivable and payable and the acquisition and disposal of non-produced nonfinancial assets. It records acquisitions and disposal of nonproduced nonfinancial assets, such as land sold to embassies and sales of leases and licenses, as well as capital transfers—that is, the provision of resources for capital purposes by one party without anything of economic value being supplied in direct return to that party.

A7.90 Nonproduced nonfinancial assets consist of five items: land, mineral and energy resources, and other naturally occurring assets, contracts, leases, and licenses, and marketing assets and goodwill (GFS items 3141, 3142, 3143, 31441, and 31442, respectively). There is full consistency in the macroeconomic statistical framework with regards to the items of nonproduced nonfinancial assets that exist. Where general government sector units acquire or dispose of these assets in transactions with nonresidents, supplementary information would be required from the GFS transactions to allow compilation or consistency checks with the international accounts.

A7.91 It should be noted that the capital account in the balance of payments does not show produced nonfinancial assets, as is the case in the SNA and GFS. It shows only transactions in nonproduced nonfinancial assets. Transactions in produced nonfinancial assets are included in the goods and services account, which does not distinguish whether those goods or services are destined for capital or current purposes.

A7.92 Conceptually capital transfers are the same as the capital transfers recorded in the SNA and GFS. Governments are often involved in these transfers, which should be reported in a consistent way in GFS and the capital account of the balance of payments. These capital transfers consist of compulsory transfers to governments, transfers under court orders, and voluntary transfers. There may also be imputed capital transfers as a result of governments’ use of special purpose entities resident in other economies, for fiscal purposes (see paragraph 2.138 and paragraphs 8.24–8.26 of the BPM6). The capital account of the balance of payments includes the following main types of capital transfers:

  • Debt forgiveness: When government/public sector entities are involved in debt forgiveness (see paragraphs A3.7–A3.9), either as a recipient or grantor, the event is usually well known and it should be identifiable in the GFS accounts. In the balance of payments capital account, debt forgiveness received from nonresidents is reflected as revenue in capital grants received from either foreign governments, international organizations, or included in capital transfers not elsewhere classified, when received from other nonresident entities. The corresponding entries in GFS are recorded in GFS items 1312, 1322, or 1442 respectively. A corresponding reduction in the appropriate foreign debt instrument will be recorded. When the government sector unit is the provider of debt relief to a nonresident, an expense is reflected as capital grants to foreign governments or international organizations, or is included in capital transfers not elsewhere classified, when provided to other nonresident entities. The GFS expense is recorded in GFS items 2612, 2622, or 2822, respectively. A corresponding reduction in the appropriate foreign financial asset is recorded.

  • Exceptionally large nonlife insurance claims: Where these claims are receivable/payable by government sector units, they are recorded as capital claims (GFS revenue item 1452 or GFS expense item 2832, respectively). Due to the extraordinary nature of this item, it is usually well known and visible in the GFS data, and will allow inclusion in the international accounts.

  • Investment grants in the balance of payments: These are capital transfers in cash or in kind made by governments or international organizations to other institutional units to finance all or part of the cost of their acquiring fixed assets. Government/public sector units can be the grantor or recipient of these investment grants. These transfers are recorded in GFS capital grants, as described earlier.

  • One-off guarantees and other debt assumption: When government/public sector units and nonresidents are involved in these transactions (see paragraph 7.256–7.260), it should be consistently treated in the capital account and GFS.

  • Capital taxes (defined in paragraph 5.51): Those capital taxes recorded in the capital account of the balance of payment comprise the same tax categories as the corresponding item in the SNA (D91 in SNA), but represent only the portion of these taxes collected from nonresidents (see paragraph A7.67). Consistency for this item in the capital account and GFS requires a breakdown of these taxes in supplementary GFS data between amounts receivable from residents and nonresidents.

  • Other capital transfers: These consist of major nonrecurrent payments in compensation for extensive damage or serious injuries not covered by insurance policies. Where government/public sector units are the recipient of this type of transfer from nonresidents, it is recorded as part of capital grants receivable from either foreign governments, international organizations, or included as capital transfers not elsewhere classified, when received from other nonresident entities (GFS revenue items 1312, 1322, or 1442, respectively). When the government/public sector unit is the grantor of this type of transfer to a nonresident, an expense is reflected as capital grants to foreign governments, international organizations, or as capital transfers not elsewhere classified, when provided to other entities (GFS expense items 2612, 2622, or 2822, respectively). Consistency for this item in the capital account and GFS also requires a further breakdown of the transfers to identify amounts receivable or payable to nonresidents.

The financial account

A7.93 The financial account of the balance of payments records transactions that involve financial assets and liabilities that take place between residents and nonresidents. Financial account transactions appear in the balance of payments and, because of their effect on the stock of assets and liabilities, also in the integrated IIP statement. The net balance on the financial account is conceptually equal to the sum of the balances on the current and capital accounts (net lending (+)/net borrowing (−)). The financial account therefore measures how the net lending to or net borrowing from nonresidents is financed.

A7.94 The international accounts use functional categories as the primary classification for each of the financial transactions, other changes in assets and liabilities, and stock positions.24 Five functional categories of investment are distinguished in the international accounts:

  • Direct investment

  • Portfolio investment

  • Financial derivatives (other than reserves) and employee stock options

  • Other investment

  • Reserve assets.

This functional classification takes into consideration some aspects of the relationship between the parties and the motivation for investment (see the BPM6, Chapter 6). In addition, data in the financial account are also presented according to the financial asset or liability instrument employed, the sector or the resident counterpart to the transaction, and maturity. Although the classification of financial assets and liabilities as presented in GFS does not follow a functional classification, it is fully consistent with the instrument breakdown and sector classification as used in the international accounts. As regards financial assets and liabilities the GFS framework distinguishes between transactions with residents and nonresidents. GFS follow the same criteria for determining residence as the international accounts. Conceptually, therefore, the GFS data are consistent with the data for general government as presented in the financial account of the balance of payments.25

The other changes in financial assets and liabilities account

A7.95 In the international accounts, the other changes in financial assets and liabilities account shows changes in financial positions that arise for reasons other than transactions between residents and nonresidents. These changes are also called other flows, and, similar to GFS, they include holding gains and losses, and other volume change in financial assets and liabilities (including reclassifications). Because of the importance of different currencies in the IIP, revaluations (holding gains and losses) are broken down between changes due to exchange rates and other price changes. As described in earlier paragraphs, the classification of assets and liabilities by financial instruments is conceptually fully consistent in the GFS and international accounts. It should result in consistency in the data reported for these other flows in the two datasets, except in the case of liabilities for pension entitlements that may differ.

The international investment position

A7.96 The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on nonresidents and gold bullion held as reserve assets, and the liabilities of residents of an economy to nonresidents. The difference between the assets and liabilities is the net position in the IIP and represents either a net claim on or a net liability to the rest of the world. The IIP represents a subset of the assets and liabilities included in a country’s balance sheet. In addition to the IIP, this balance sheet incorporates nonfinancial assets as well as financial assets and liability positions between residents.

A7.97 As is the case for the financial account, the highest level of classification used in the IIP is the functional classification (see paragraph A7.94). Because of the growing importance of the balance sheet approach to analyze sustainability and vulnerability, the recording in the IIP of information by currency composition is part of the standard presentation, while remaining maturity is encouraged.

A7.98 General government’s financial asset/liability positions with nonresidents, as reported in the GFS balance sheet, follow the same accounting rules and classification by instruments as the IIP. Additional reporting requirements on remaining maturity breakdowns and currency breakdowns, as recommended in the PSDS Guide and GFS, are also fully consistent.

Comparison of the Analytical Frameworks of GFS and the Monetary and Financial Statistics

A7.99 The MFSM is part of international macroeconomic statistical guidelines and can therefore be seen as extending and elaborating on the 2008 SNA. The MFSM framework is consistent with the 1993 SNA with respect to principles and concepts, like the delineation of resident and nonresident entities, sectorization of the economy, classification of the various categories of financial assets and liabilities, time of recording, valuation, and data aggregation. On consolidation, the MFSM follows GFS in consolidating sectoral balance sheets. The main principles and concepts of the MFSM also accord with those in the BPM6 and this Manual.

Comparing the Accounts in GFS and Monetary and Financial Statistics

A7.100 The purpose of the MFSM is to provide guidelines for the compilation and the presentation of monetary and financial statistics. Monetary statistics consist of a comprehensive set of stock and flow data on the financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities of an economy’s financial corporations sector. The organization and presentation of monetary statistics follow a hierarchical approach based on two general data frameworks—sectoral balance sheets and surveys. Stock position data reported by individual institutional units are aggregated into sectoral balance sheets, which contain the comprehensive data for the financial corporations subsectors. At a second level, the data in the sectoral balance sheets are consolidated into surveys.

A7.101 Financial statistics, on the other hand, consist of a comprehensive set of flows and stock position data on financial assets and liabilities of all sectors of an economy. These data are organized and presented in formats designed to show financial flows among the sectors of an economy and corresponding financial asset and liability positions. Also included in monetary and financial statistics are the flow of funds data, presented in a matrix format. A detailed flow of funds accounting cross-classifies financial assets acquired by each sector, by instrument with the counterpart debtor sector. It also cross-classifies liabilities incurred by each sector by instrument and counterpart creditor sector. Therefore, this matrix shows the financial transactions among all subsectors of an economy and the rest of the world. Such a presentation is particularly useful to analyze the allocation of financial resources and users in an economy.

Linkages between GFS and Monetary and Financial Statistics

A7.102 Linkages between GFS and the monetary and financial statistics (MFS) result from the financial relations between government and financial corporations. As clients (and in addition to holding currency), governments hold deposit assets with financial corporations and contract liabilities by borrowing from and selling debt securities to the corporations. As investors, governments generally are often the sole owner of public financial corporations or hold equity in other financial corporations. These financial relationships result in either a net claim of government on the financial corporations or a net claim of these corporations on government. The net asset/liability position between the general/central government sector and the financial corporations sector should be consistent, and reconcilable in the two datasets. The extent to which these data are similar is often a good indicator of the consistency in macroeconomic statistics in a country.

A7.103 Differences in the amounts reported as net claims between the government sector and the financial corporations sector could be used to check the accuracy and consistency of the respective datasets. Where the two sets of data are materially different, the reasons for the differences must be ascertained, and documentation on the size and reasons for the discrepancy should be provided to users of the data. Good statistical practice is for the compilers to investigate and try to resolve differences. Reasons for differences can often be found in:

  • Coverage—In many cases, governments have numerous accounts held in several financial institutions. The institutional coverage of general/central government should be the same in both datasets. A common case exists where certain government institutions have accounts with financial institutions and MFS cover these accounts, but the accounts of these institutions are not covered in GFS because these GFS data are confined to budgetary accounts, thereby not covering the data of the extrabudgetary units. Differences may also arise if government has accounts with a financial institution, but this financial institution is not covered in the monetary and financial statistics.

  • Sectorization—Some of the statistical institutional units may not be appropriately and consistently identified and classified as general government or public sector units or the sector classification of the subsectors may be different in the two datasets. For example, an institutional unit that manages and organizes externally financed projects and foreign grants may not be appropriately designated as a government account in financial corporations’ records.

  • Classification and coverage of financial instruments—The classification of financial instruments included in financial assets and liabilities may differ, or an instrument may not be consistently classified in the two datasets. For example, differences may arise when an instrument such as accounts receivable/payable is not treated the same way in the data, or when a loan is incorrectly reported as equity investment in one of the datasets.

  • Time of recording—Complementary periods used in government accounting may result in transactions being recorded at a time other than when economic ownership changed hands.

  • Accrual versus cash recording—Although conceptually both datasets should be recorded on an accrual basis, GFS compilers often use cash-based data as a proxy for data compiled on an accrual basis, or make adjustments to cash data to approximate accrual data. The financial corporations sector is often more advanced in implementing accrual accounting. Often, certain items may not be correctly accrued to the time when the economic event occurred—for example, they may be using different methods to accrue discount or premiums on bonds.

  • Valuation—While conceptually both datasets should follow the same valuation principles for assets and liabilities, national practices may differ. Where valuation differences in source data exist, differences may occur between GFS and monetary and financial statistics, unless valuation adjustments are made when the respective datasets are prepared.

  • Dematerializing of debt instruments—Where governments issue tradable securities, they often have no knowledge or record of transactions in the secondary market, so the sector holding such securities can usually be determined either by surveying the ultimate purchaser of such securities or by using data from a centralized securities depository. However, quite often these instruments are held by nominees of the financial corporations sector, which may complicate the identification of the owners of claims of the government. The complexity of determining ownership of tradable instruments may further introduce inconsistency in the data.

A7.104 Due to the financial asset/liability positions held between general/central government and the financial corporations sector, some additional revenue and expense flows occur between these sectors. Further consistency checks can be performed on these revenue and expense transactions where the level of detail in the source data permits them. These relate specifically to receivables/payables in respect of interest, dividends, other property income, subsidies, and capital transfers between the general/central government sector and the financial corporations sector.

Comparison of the Analytical Framework of GFS and the System of Environmental-Economic Accounting Central Framework

A7.105 The System of Environmental-Economic Accounting (SEEA) Central Framework is the international statistical standard for environmental-economic accounting. The SEEA Central Framework contains the internationally agreed standard concepts, definitions, classifications, and accounting rules and tables for producing internationally comparable statistics on the environment and its relationship with the economy. The SEEA Central Framework is a multipurpose conceptual framework that presents the stock positions and changes in these stock positions (flows) of environmental assets.

Comparing the Accounts in GFS and SEEA Central Framework

A7.106 The SEEA Central Framework follows a similar accounting structure to the 2008 SNA and this Manual, and uses consistent concepts, definitions, and classifications to facilitate the integration of environmental and other macroeconomic statistics. Consequently, the SEEA Central Framework allows for the integration of environmental information (often measured in physical terms) with economic information (often measured in monetary terms) in a single framework. However, given the specific analytical focus of the SEEA Central Framework on the environment and its linkages with the economy, as well as its focus on the measurement of flows and stock positions in physical and monetary terms, there are some limited differences between the SEEA Central Framework and the 2008 SNA.26 To the extent that SEEA Central Framework is consistent with the 2008 SNA, it is also consistent with this Manual.

The Nature of Environmental Protection Activities and Accounting

A7.107 Environmental protection activities are those activities whose primary purpose is the prevention, reduction, and elimination of pollution and other forms of degradation of the environment. These activities include, but are not limited to, the prevention, reduction, or treatment of waste and wastewater; the prevention, reduction, or elimination of air emissions; the treatment and disposal of contaminated soil and groundwater; the prevention or reduction of noise and vibration levels; the protection of biodiversity and landscapes, including their ecological functions; monitoring of the quality of the natural environment (air, water, soil, groundwater); research and development on environmental protection; and the general administration, training, and teaching activities oriented toward environmental protection.

A7.108 Resource management activities are those activities whose primary purpose is preserving and maintaining the stock of natural resources and hence safeguarding against depletion. These activities include, but are not limited to, reducing the withdrawals of natural resources (including through the recovery, reuse, recycling, and substitution of natural resources); restoring natural resource stocks (increases or recharges of natural resource stocks); the general management of natural resources (including monitoring, control, surveillance, and data collection); and the production of goods and services used to manage or conserve natural resources.

A7.109 To account for environmental protection and resource management activities the SEEA Central Framework comprises the following types of tables and accounts:

  • Supply and use tables in physical and monetary terms showing flows of natural inputs, products, and residuals

  • Asset accounts for individual environmental assets in physical and monetary terms showing the stock of environmental assets at the beginning and end of each accounting period and the changes in the stock

  • A sequence of economic accounts that highlights depletion-adjusted economic aggregates

  • Functional accounts that record transactions and other information about economic activities undertaken for environmental purposes.

The analysis of these data can also be extended by linking the tables and accounts to relevant employment, demographic, and social information.

A7.110 The SEEA Central Framework relies on basic environment statistics, such as statistics on natural resources—for example water, energy, forest, flows of materials and pollutants—which are usually collected for specific purposes. The SEEA Central Framework adds value to individual information components by bringing them together to inform integrated policies, evaluate trade-offs between different policies, and evaluate their impacts across domains of the economy, the environment, and society.

Linkages between GFS and SEEA Central Framework

A7.111 There is a wide range of transactions and stocks positions related to the environment that are recorded in the GFS framework. The type of transaction often flows from governments’ role of owner of natural resources, such as land and subsoil assets, user of these resources, or other ways in which governments influence the use of these resources by other sectors, such as governments’ control over the use of the atmosphere as a sink for pollution. Of particular interest in this regard are flows of taxes and subsidies related to the environment.

A7.112 Many of the mechanisms by which economic behavior is influenced toward meeting environmental policy objectives involve payments to government, most commonly in the form of taxes, permits, and rent; and payments by government in the form of subsidies and other transfers. These transactions are recorded in the GFS framework but are generally not separately identifiable as relating to the environment. In order to allow comparisons of GFS and the SEEA Central Framework, such data would need to be provided separately in the underlying source data of GFS.

A7.113 Similar to GFS, the SEEA Central Framework records only taxes and subsidies for which an actual transaction takes place between institutional units. In some cases there is interest in the value of so-called implicit subsidies—for example, via tax exemptions or preferential tax rates. However, as there are no transactions recorded in relation to these amounts they are not recorded in either dataset.

A7.114 The remainder of this section discusses payments to government related to the environment, and payments by government related to the environment.27

Environmental payments to government
Environmental taxes

A7.115 The decision as to whether a payment regarded as a tax is environmental is based on consideration of the tax base. An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of it) of something that has a proven, specific, negative impact on the environment. In practice, this definition is applied by looking at all of the various taxes levied in a country and making an assessment as to whether the tax base in each circumstance is something that has a negative environmental impact.

A7.116 Since the application of this definition may vary across countries, for the purposes of international comparison of environmental taxes, lists of relevant taxes bases that satisfy this definition have been developed by the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development and Eurostat.

A7.117 The consideration of the tax base in the determination of the environmental status of a tax is an exception to the general approach to defining the environmental status on the basis of the purpose of the transaction. However, in the case of taxes, generally the taxpayer does not know in advance as to what the tax payment might be used for by the government. Nor are the reasons for levying a tax as stated by the legislator a reliable basis for international comparisons. The primary purpose of taxation may sometimes be to create incentives to reduce environmental pressures, or to raise revenue for the purpose of financing environmental protection. However, in many cases, the specific reason may not be stated and often the primary purpose of taxation is the raising of funds to pay for general social services, such as health and education.

A7.118 In cases where the use of the tax revenue is known, these taxes are considered “earmarked taxes.” Those taxes that are earmarked for environmental protection are relevant in the calculation of environmental protection expenditure.

A7.119 There are four broad categories into which environmental taxes are generally grouped. These are:

  • Energy taxes—This category includes taxes on energy products used for both transport and stationary purposes. Taxes on fuel used for transport purposes should be shown as a separate subcategory of energy taxes. Energy products for stationary use include fuel oils, natural gas, coal, and electricity. Taxes on carbon are included under energy taxes rather than under pollution taxes. If they are identifiable, carbon taxes should be reported as a separate subcategory within energy taxes. A special type of carbon taxes is payments for tradable emission permits. The treatment of payments for these permits is discussed later in this section.

  • Transport taxes—This category mainly includes taxes related to the ownership and use of motor vehicles. Taxes on other transport equipment (e.g., planes) and related transport services (e.g., duty on charter or scheduled flights) are also included here as are taxes related to the use of roads. The transport taxes may be “one-off” taxes related to imports or sales of the equipment or recurrent taxes, such as an annual road tax. Taxes on petrol, diesel, and other transport fuels are included under energy taxes.

  • Pollution taxes—This category includes taxes on measured or estimated emissions to air and water, and the generation of solid waste. An exception is taxes on carbon, which are included under energy taxes, as discussed earlier. Taxes on sulphur are included here.

  • Resource taxes—This category typically includes taxes on water abstraction, extraction of raw materials, and other resources (e.g., sand and gravel). Consistent with the general scope of environmental taxes, payments to government for the use of land or natural resources are treated as rent and therefore are excluded from resource taxes.

Treatment of value-added taxes

A7.120 Generally, value-added taxes (VAT) are excluded from the definition of environmental taxes because they are considered to have no influence on relative prices in the same way that other taxes on environmental tax bases do (i.e., VAT is levied on a broad range of goods and services regardless of their impact on the environment). This lack of direct influence is also reflected in the deductible nature of VAT for many taxpayers. There is one relatively specific exception to this general treatment. In principle, where VAT is calculated on a price that includes a duty or tax already determined to be an environmental tax, the relevant amount of nondeductible VAT (equal to the VAT rate multiplied by the amount of the environmental tax excluding the part that is deductible by the taxpayer) can also be considered to be part of environmental taxes and classified based on the nature of the underlying tax base. Such a situation may occur when VAT on petrol/gasoline is calculated, including the fuel duty paid on hydrocarbon oils. In practice, the ability to separately identify this amount of VAT may require additional information.

Other payments to government

A7.121 Only those payments that are considered to be taxes according to the definitions of GFS and the SNA are within the scope of environmental taxes in the SEEA. At the same time, there may also be particular interest in identifying and recording other payments to government that are also related to the environment, such as payments of rent, some sales of goods and services, and some fines and penalties. In determining the environmental status of these payments, focus should remain on the basis for the payment rather than on either the name used to describe the payment or the purpose for which the revenue raised may be used. The following paragraphs describe these other environment-related types of payments to government. To allow comparisons of GFS and SEEA Central Framework, data on these environment-related payments to government would need to be provided separately in the underlying source data of GFS, or added as subitems of the GFS categories.

Rent

A7.122 There are certain environmental assets, particularly mineral and energy resources, that are owned by government, and payments to government by extractors are often required. These payments are treated as rent. Payments of rent in respect of mineral and energy resources are commonly referred to as royalties, and in resource-endowed countries these payments may represent an important component of total government revenue. These are often also referred to as resource leases (see paragraph A4.16).

Sales of goods and services

A7.123 In a number of situations the government could undertake a range of activities that provide goods and services to households and businesses that are environmental in nature. Such provision of goods and services constitutes production by government units, and payments made by users are often referred to as “fees.” A common situation is the payments made to general government units that operate waste collection schemes for the disposal of waste. Whether these payments are purchases of goods and services or taxes can be difficult to assess, since it must be determined as to whether the purchaser has received a commensurate service from the government in return for the payment. The general guidance in the paragraphs 5.73–5.75 should be followed to make the distinction.

Fines and penalties

A7.124 Fines and penalties are distinguished from taxes as being compulsory payments imposed on institutional units by courts of law or quasi-judicial bodies. These payments to governments are treated as fines, penalties and forfeits (GFS item 143). It may well be that some fines and penalties are related to illegal environmental activities—for example, fines for polluting water bodies. The recording of environment-related fines and penalties also arises in the case of the use of environmental assets as sinks.

Environmental transfers by nongovernment institutional units

A7.125 Where information on these flows is of interest, the amounts to be recorded as environmental should follow the same principles as applied in the case of government flows—that is, transfers paid to other institutional units should be based on whether the primary purpose of the payer is environmental protection or resource management. Within GFS further breakdown or “of which” lines may be added to the classification structure to specifically identify these flows.

A7.126 A particular instance of transfers between institutional units concerns flows between international organizations and national governments and other resident institutional units. In certain countries these flows may be significant. In line with the general principles outlined here, transfers paid by international organizations to institutional units within a country should be considered to be environmental if the primary intent of the international organization is that the money is spent for environmental protection or resource management purposes. Supplementary breakdowns in grants from foreign governments or international organizations (GFS item 131 and 132) could provide for this data need.

Permits to use environmental assets

A7.127 A common and important mechanism for managing the interaction between the economy and the environment is the use of permits and licenses to access, extract, or use environmental assets. In some cases, the permits and licenses may relate to the physical removal of environmental assets, such as in the case of fishing licenses, and in other cases they may relate to the use of the environment as a sink for emissions. For a discussion of licenses and permits to use natural resources, see A4.18–A4.50.

Environmental payments by governments

A7.128 Payments by government related to environmental issues are recorded in a number of places in GFS and the SNA. The treatment largely depends on how the payments relate to production and consumption and whether they are considered to be current or capital in nature.

A7.129 All of the payments considered in this section are transfers (see paragraph 3.10). Consequently, this section does not include payments by government for the purchase of goods and services related to the environment.

Environmental subsidies and similar transfers

A7.130 An environmental subsidy or similar transfer is a transfer that is intended to support activities that protect the environment or reduce the use and extraction of natural resources. It includes those transfers defined in GFS as subsidies (25), social benefits (27), grants (26), and transfers not elsewhere classified (282).

A7.131 Subsidies or other transfers should be treated as environmental when the primary intent or purpose of the government is that resources be used for either environmental protection or resource management purposes. The determination of primary purpose should not be based on whether the use of the resources by the recipient of the transfer results in positive outcomes for the environment. While it is reasonable to consider that the purpose of the government in making the transfer and the purpose of the recipient are the same, it may not be the case that the expenditure of the transferred resources results in beneficial environmental outcomes even if this was the intent. For detailed descriptions of the classification of these transfers, refer to Chapter 6.

A7.132 In principle, a decision as to whether the primary purpose of a transfer is environmental should be made for each individual transfer. Then, once a decision on the primary purpose has been made, the total value of the transfer is treated as being for that primary purpose.

A7.133 In practice, information on transfers by government is usually contained in budget and other government expenditure data. Generally, these data do not show individual transactions and more commonly show information by type of government program, thus including a large number of individual transfers. It is usually the case that such programs have multiple purposes, and hence determining the number and value of individual transfers that have a primary purpose of environmental protection or resource management may require additional information.

A7.134 In these situations, it may be necessary to estimate the share of the value of transfers for a given government program that reflects the value of individual transfers within the program that have environmental protection or resource management as their primary purpose.

Appendix 8. GFS Classifications

This appendix provides all of the classification codes used in the GFS framework.

A8.1 Classification codes are used in the GFS system to identify types of transactions, other economic flows, and stock positions of assets and liabilities. This appendix presents in one place all of the codes that were presented in Chapters 5 through 10. The overall organization of the codes is shown in Figure A8.1.

Figure A8.1
Figure A8.1

The Classification Coding System for GFS

1 Classification of the Functions of Government

A8.2 Codes beginning with 1 refer to revenue; codes beginning with 2 refer to expense; and codes beginning with 3 refer to transactions in nonfinancial assets, financial assets, and liabilities. For financial assets and liabilities, the code 3 signifies transactions that have been classified by financial instrument.

A8.3 The first digit of the classification code for a specific type of other economic flow is 4 or 5: codes beginning with 4 refer to holding gains and losses, while codes beginning with 5 refer to other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities. The first digit for total other economic flows is 9. For a stock position in a type of asset or liability, the first digit of the classification code is 6.

A8.4 Codes for transactions, other economic flows, and stock positions in assets and liabilities also identify types of assets and liabilities. Hence, the second and subsequent digits of each code are identical for each type of asset or liability. That is, 311 refers to transactions in fixed assets, 411 to holding gains in fixed assets, 511 to other changes in the volume of fixed assets, 911 to total other economic flows in fixed assets, and 611 to the stock position of fixed assets.

A8.5 Expense transactions and transactions in non-financial assets (i.e., expenditure) can also be classified using the Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG), as described in the annex to Chapter 6. All COFOG classification codes begin with 7.

A8.6 Transactions and stock positions in financial assets and liabilities can be classified according to the residence and institutional sector of the other party to the financial instrument, as well as according to the type of financial instrument. When classified by residence and institutional sector of the counterparty, the classification codes for transactions begin with 8 and the classification codes for stock positions begin with 68. The counterparty to the transactions is not necessarily the same as the counterparty to the stock positions. While the parties are the same at the inception of the instrument, they may differ for transactions in that instrument. As explained in paragraph 9.25, in principle, the classification of general government units’ transactions in financial assets and liabilities by residence is based on the residence of the units that were a party to the transaction being recorded, whereas the classification of stock positions in financial assets and liabilities in a government unit’s balance sheet is based on the residence of the issuer of financial instruments (assets), and the residence of the holder of the financial instruments (liabilities). If a transaction in financial assets or liabilities is between a resident and a nonresident unit that involves an instrument originally issued by a resident, an entry in other changes in the volume of assets (reclassification) is recorded to maintain the integrated GFS framework of flows and stock positions.

A8.7 In this appendix, the classification codes are presented in Tables A8.1A8.6, which illustrate the standard presentation of these items in GFS. In practical applications, this standard presentation could be used to select subsets of data for various presentational formats. It may also be possible and desirable to use more detailed classifications. Such an expansion can be accomplished by adding another digit to any given classification code. For example, the classification code for the stock of transport equipment is 61121. If types of transport equipment were to be classified separately, the codes 611211, 611212, and so forth could be used.

Table A8.1

Classification of Revenue

article image
article image
Note: Further breakdown/“of which” lines may be analytically useful and could be presented as indicated in the detailed tables in Chapter 5.
Table A8.2

Classification of Expense

article image
article image
Note: Further breakdown/“of which lines” may be analytically useful and could be presented as indicated in the detailed tables in Chapter 6.
Table A8.3

Classifications of Flows and Stock Positions in Assets and Liabilities

article image
article image
article image
article image

Transactions in each category of nonfinancial assets may be further distinguished as acquisitions, disposals, and consumption of fixed capital (see Table 8.1).

Table A8.4

Classifications of the Counterparty of Transactions and Stock Positions in Financial Assets and Liabilities by Institutional Sector

article image
Note: Transactions in monetary gold are classified according to the counterparty involved. Although gold bullion has no counterparty, by convention, the counterparty to the stock position in gold bullion is shown as “other nonresidents” in this table.

The counterparty to the transactions is not necessarily the same as the counterparty to the stock positions. While the parties are the same at the inception of the instrument, they may differ for transactions in that instrument. As explained in paragraph 9.25, in principle, the classification of general government units’ transactions in financial assets and liabilities by residence is based on the residence of the units that were a party to the transaction being recorded, whereas the classification of stock positions in financial assets and liabilities in a government unit’s balance sheet is based on the residence of the issuer of financial instruments (assets), and the residence of the holder of the financial instruments (liabilities). If a transaction in financial assets or liabilities is between a resident and a nonresident unit that involves an instrument originally issued by a resident, an entry in other changes in the volume of assets (reclassification) is recorded to maintain the integrated GFS framework of stock positions and flows.

Table A8.5.

Classification of Debt Liabilities and Financial Assets Corresponding to Debt Instruments by Maturity and by Type of Debt Instrument

article image

This category includes arrears and interest on arrears.

Table A8.6

Classification of Expenditure by Functions of Government According to Divisions and Groups

article image
article image
Note: R&D = research and development; n.e.c. = not elsewhere classified.

Appendix 9. Glossary

Accrual basis of recording

In the accrual basis of recording, flows are recorded at the time economic value is created, transformed, exchanged, transferred, or extinguished 3.62

Actual employers’ social contributions

Actual employers’ social contributions consist of actual contributions payable to social security funds, employment-related pension funds, and other employment-related social insurance schemes to obtain entitlement to social benefits for their employees 6.21

Actual premium (fee)

The actual premium (fee) is the amount payable to the insurer (guarantor) to secure insurance coverage for a specific event over a stated time period A4.74

Aggregates

Aggregates are summations of individual entries and elements in a class of flows or stock positions 3.141

Allocated gold accounts

Allocated gold accounts provide ownership of a specific piece of gold 7.127

Amortized value of a loan

Amortized value of a loan reflects the gradual elimination of the liability by regular payments over a specified period of time 3.115

Ancillary activity

An ancillary activity is a supporting activity providing services within an enterprise in order to create the conditions within which the principal or secondary activities can be carried out 2.45

Arrears

Arrears are defined as amounts that are both unpaid and past the due date for payment 3.71, 7.247, 9.20

Asset

An asset is a store of value representing a benefit or series of benefits accruing to the economic owner by holding or using the resource over a period of time 3.42, 7.6

Asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations

Asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations are arrangements under which payments of interest and principal are backed by payments on specified assets or income streams 7.151

Balance of payments

The balance of payments summarizes economic transactions between residents and nonresidents during a specific time period A7.76

Balance sheet

A balance sheet is a statement of the values of the stock positions of assets owned and of the liabilities owed by an institutional unit or group of units, drawn up in respect of a particular point in time 3.56, 4.39, 7.1

Balancing items

Balancing items are economic constructs obtained by subtracting one aggregate from a second aggregate 3.142

Banker’s acceptance

A banker’s acceptance is created when a financial corporation endorses, in return for a fee, a draft or bill of exchange and the unconditional promise to pay a specific amount at a specified date 7.145

Bills

Bills are defined as securities (usually short-term) that give holders the unconditional rights to receive stated fixed sums on a specified date 7.144

Bonds and debentures

Bonds and debentures are securities that give the holders the unconditional right to fixed payments or contractually determined variable payments on a specified date or dates 7.146

Book value

Book value generally refers to the value recorded in the entities’ records 3.115

Budgetary central government

The budgetary central government is often a single unit of the central government that encompasses the fundamental activities of the national executive, legislative, and judiciary powers 2.81

Buildings other than dwellings

Buildings other than dwellings include whole buildings or parts of buildings not designated as dwellings. Fixtures, facilities, and equipment that are integral parts of the structures are included 7.46

Capital account in the international accounts

The capital account in the international accounts shows transactions between residents and nonresidents related to capital transfers receivable and payable and the acquisition and disposal of nonproduced nonfinancial assets A7.89

Capital claims payable

Capital claims payable comprise exceptionally large insurance settlements payable in the wake of a catastrophic event or disaster 6.125

Capital claims receivable

Capital claims receivable comprise exceptionally large insurance settlements receivable in the wake of a catastrophic event or disaster 5.151

Capital grants

Capital grants are capital transfers receivable by government units, from other resident or nonresident government units or international organizations, that do not meet the definition of a tax, subsidy, or a social contribution 5.103

Capital levies

Capital levies cover taxes on the values of the assets or net worth owned by institutional units levied at irregular and very infrequent intervals of time 5.52

Capital taxes

Capital taxes are taxes levied at irregular and very infrequent intervals on the values of the assets or net worth owned by institutional units or on the values of assets transferred between institutional units as a result of legacies, gifts, or other transfers 5.52

Capital transfers

Capital transfers are transfers in which the ownership of an asset (other than cash or inventories) changes from one party to another or that oblige one or both parties to acquire or dispose of an asset (other than cash or inventories) 3.16

Capital transfers not elsewhere classified

Capital transfers not elsewhere classified are gifts and transfers of a capital nature (other than grants) from individuals, private nonprofit institutions, nongovernmental foundations, or corporations 5.148

Captive financial institutions and money lenders

Captive financial institutions and money lenders are institutional units providing financial services other than insurance, where most of their assets or liabilities are not available on open financial markets 2.54

Cash basis of recording

In the cash basis of recording, flows are recorded when cash is received or disbursed 3.67

Catastrophic loss

A catastrophic loss is the partial or complete destruction of a significantly large number of assets within any of the asset categories resulting from a large-scale, discrete, and recognizable event 10.60

Center of predominant economic interest

An institutional unit has a center of predominant economic interest in an economic territory when there exists, within the economic territory, some location, dwelling, place of production, or other premises on which, or from which, the unit engages and intends to continue engaging, either indefinitely or over a finite but long period of time, in economic activities and transactions on a significant scale 2.12

Central bank

The central bank is the national financial institution that exercises control over key aspects of the financial system 2.118

Central government subsector

The central government subsector consists of the institutional unit(s) of the central government plus those nonmarket NPIs that are controlled by the central government. The political authority of the central government extends over the entire territory of the country 2.85

Change in net worth due to holding gains or losses

Change in net worth due to holding gains or losses is defined as the sum of the positive or negative holding gains and holding losses on all assets and liabilities 4.37

Change in net worth due to other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities

Change in net worth due to other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities is defined as the sum of the positive and negative other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities 4.38

Change in net worth due to other economic flows

Change in net worth due to other economic flows is defined as the sum of the change in net worth due to holding gains or losses and the change in net worth due to other changes in the volume of assets 4.36, 10.2

Claim (benefit or call)

A claim (benefit or call) is the amount payable to the policyholder by the insurer in respect of an event covered by the policy occurring in the period for which the policy is valid A4.77

Collective service

A collective service is a service provided simultaneously to all members of the community or to all members of a particular section of the community, such as all households living in a particular region 6.134

Commitments basis of recording

In the commitments basis of recording, flows are recorded when an institutional unit has committed itself to a transaction 3.65

Compensation of employees

Compensation of employees is the total remuneration, in cash or in kind, payable to an individual in an employer-employee relationship in return for work performed by the latter during the reporting period 6.9

Computer software

Computer software includes computer programs, program descriptions, and supporting materials for both systems and applications software that are expected to be used for more than one year 7.70

Consolidation

Consolidation is a method of presenting statistics for a set of units (or entities) as if they constituted a single unit 3.153, 9.18

Consumption of fixed capital

Consumption of fixed capital is the decline, during the course of the reporting period, in the current value of the stock of fixed assets owned and used by a government unit as a result of physical deterioration, normal obsolescence, or normal accidental damage 6.53

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are obligations that do not arise unless a particular, discrete event(s) occurs in the future 4.47, 7.251

Contracts, leases, and licenses

Contracts, leases, and licenses are treated as assets only when both the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the terms of the contract, lease, or license specify a price for the use of an asset or provision of a service that differs from the price that would prevail in the absence of the contract, lease, or license, and (ii) one party to the contract must be able legally and practically to realize this price difference 7.105

Control of a corporation

Control of a corporation is defined as the ability to determine general corporate policy of the corporation 2.107, Box 2.2

Control of an NPI

Control of an NPI is defined as the ability to determine the general policy or program of the NPI Box 2.1

Corporations

Corporations are defined as entities that are capable of generating a profit or other financial gain for their owners, are recognized by law as separate legal entities from their owners, and are set up for purposes of engaging in market production 2.31

Costs of ownership transfer

Costs of ownership transfer are the costs associated with acquiring and disposing of nonfinancial assets (other than inventories) 8.6

Credit derivatives

Credit derivatives are financial derivatives whose primary purpose is to trade credit risk 7.218

Credit entry

A credit entry is a decrease in an asset, an increase in a liability, or an increase in net worth 3.55

Cultivated biological resources

Cultivated biological resources cover animal resources yielding repeat products and tree, crop, and plant resources yielding repeat products whose natural growth and regeneration are under the direct control, responsibility, and management of institutional units 7.59

Currency

Currency consists of notes and coins that are of fixed nominal values and are issued or authorized by the central bank or government 7.135

Currency union

A currency union is defined as a union to which two or more economies belong and that has a regional central decision-making body, commonly a currency union central bank, endowed with the legal authority to conduct a single monetary policy and issue the single currency of the union A5.34

Current account

The current account shows flows of goods and services, primary income, and secondary income between residents and nonresidents A7.78

Current grants

Current grants are current transfers receivable by government units, from other resident or nonresident government units or international organizations, and that do not meet the definition of a tax, subsidy, or a social contribution 5.103

Current transfers

Current transfers consist of all transfers that are not capital transfers 3.17

Custom union

A custom union is a form of regional arrangement whereby agreement exists on a common tariff (custom duties) vis-à-vis the other economies while the movement of goods within the arrangement tends to be duty-free A5.6

Databases

Databases consist of files of data organized in such a way as to permit resource-effective access and use of the data 7.70

Debit entry

A debit entry is an increase in an asset, a decrease in a liability, or a decrease in net worth 3.55

Debt assumption

Debt assumption is a trilateral agreement between a creditor, a former debtor, and a new debtor (typically a government unit), under which the new debtor assumes the former debtor’s outstanding liability to the creditor, and is liable for repayment of debt A3.26

Debt conversion (swap)

Debt conversion (swap) is an exchange of debt—typically at a discount—for a nondebt claim (such as equity), or for counterpart funds that can be used to finance a particular project or policy A3.20

Debt forgiveness (or debt cancellation)

Debt forgiveness (or debt cancellation) is defined as the voluntary cancellation of all or part of a debt obligation within a contractual arrangement between a creditor and a debtor A3.7

Debt payments on behalf of others

Rather than assuming a debt, a public sector unit may decide to repay that debt or make a specific payment on behalf of another institutional unit (original debtor), without a guarantee being called or the debt being taken over A3.30

Debt prepayment

Debt prepayment consists of a repurchase, or early payment, of debt at conditions that are agreed between the debtor and the creditor A3.24

Debt refinancing

Debt refinancing involves the replacement of an existing debt instrument or instruments, including any arrears, with a new debt instrument or instruments A3.14

Debt reorganization (also referred to as debt restructuring)

Debt reorganization (also referred to as debt restructuring) is defined as an arrangement involving both the creditor and the debtor (and sometimes third parties) that alters the terms established for servicing an existing debt A3.2

Debt rescheduling

Debt rescheduling is a bilateral arrangement between the debtor and the creditor that constitutes a formal postponement of debt service payments and the application of new and generally extended maturities A3.11

Debt securities

Debt securities are negotiable financial instruments serving as evidence of a debt 7.143

Debt write-offs or write-downs

Debt write-offs or write-downs refer to unilateral reductions by a creditor, of the amount owed to it A3.32

Deep-discount bonds

Deep-discount bonds are long-term securities that require periodic coupon payments during the life of the instrument, but the amount is substantially below the market rate of interest at issuance 7.147

Defeasance

With defeasance, a debtor unit removes liabilities from its balance sheet by pairing them with financial assets, the income and value of which are sufficient to ensure that all debt-service payments are met A3.37

Defined-benefit pension scheme

A defined-benefit pension scheme is one where the benefits payable to an employee on retirement are determined by the use of a formula, either alone or as a minimum amount payable A2.54

Defined-contribution pension scheme

A defined-contribution pension scheme is one where the benefits payable to an employee on retirement are defined exclusively in terms of the level of the funds built up from the contributions made over the employee’s working life and the increases in value that result from the investment of these funds by the manager of the scheme A2.55

Depository receipts

Depository receipts are securities that represent ownership of securities listed in other economies 7.167

Deposits

Deposits are all claims, represented by evidence of deposit, on the deposit-taking corporations (including the central bank) and, in some cases, general government or other institutional units 7.137

Distributable income

Distributable income of a corporation is equal to entrepreneurial income, plus all current transfers receivable, minus all current transfers payable and minus the adjustment for the change in pension entitlements relating to the pension scheme of that corporation 5.116

Dividends

Dividends are the distributed earnings allocated to government or public sector units, as the owners of equity, for placing funds at the disposal of corporations 5.111, 6.109

Domestic currency

Domestic currency is that which is legal tender in the economy and issued by the monetary authority for that economy—that is, either that of an individual economy or, in a currency union, that of the common currency area to which the economy belongs 3.134

Due-for-payment basis of recording

In the due-for-payment basis of recording, flows that give rise to cash payments are recorded at the latest times they can be paid without incurring additional charges or penalties or, if sooner, when the cash payment is made 3.66

Dwellings

Dwellings are buildings, or designated parts of buildings, that are used entirely or primarily as residences, including any associated structures, such as garages, and all permanent fixtures customarily installed in residences 7.44

Economic assets

Economic assets are resources over which ownership rights are enforced and from which economic benefits may flow to the owners 3.43, 4.43

Economic classification of expense

The economic classification of expense identifies the types of expense incurred according to the economic process involved 6.2

Economic flows

Economic flows reflect the creation, transformation, exchange, transfer, or extinction of economic value; they involve changes in the volume, composition, or value of a unit’s assets, liabilities, and net worth 3.4

Economic owner

The economic owner of resources such as goods and services, natural resources, financial assets, and liabilities is the institutional unit entitled to claim the benefits associated with the use of these resources by virtue of accepting the associated risks 3.39, 7.5

Economic territory

Economic territory, in its broadest sense, can be any geographic area or jurisdiction for which statistics are required 2.8

Economic unions

Economic unions are established by means of an intergovernmental legal agreement among sovereign countries or jurisdictions with the intention of fostering greater economic integration A5.19

Economically significant prices

Economically significant prices are prices that have a significant effect on the amounts that producers are willing to supply and on the amounts purchasers wish to buy 2.66

Economy

An economy consists of a set of resident institutional units 2.6

Embedded derivative

An embedded derivative arises when a derivative feature is inserted in a standard financial instrument and is inseparable from the instrument 7.148

Employee stock options

Employee stock options are options to buy the equity of a company, offered to employees of the company as a form of remuneration 7.221

Employers’ social contributions

Employers’ social contributions are social contributions payable by employers, to social security funds, employment-related pension funds, or other employment-related social insurance schemes to obtain entitlement to social benefits for their employees 6.19

Employment-related social benefits

Employment-related social benefits are social benefits payable in cash or in kind by government or public sector units to their employees or employees of other government or public sector units participating in the scheme (or to survivors and dependents of the employees who are eligible for such payments) 6.104

Enterprise

An enterprise is the view of an institutional unit as a producer of goods and services 2.25

Entertainment, literary, and artistic originals

Entertainment, literary, and artistic originals are original films, sound recordings, manuscripts, tapes, and models in which drama performances, radio and television programming, musical performances, sporting events, and literary and artistic output are recorded or embodied 7.72

Entitlement to future goods and services on an exclusive basis

Entitlement to future goods and services on an exclusive basis relates to the case where one party that has contracted to purchase goods or services at a fixed price at a time in the future is able to transfer the obligation of the second party to the contract to a third party 7.112

Environmental protection activities

Environmental protection activities are those activities whose primary purpose is the prevention, reduction, and elimination of pollution and other forms of degradation of the environment A7.107

Environmental tax

An environmental tax is a tax whose tax base is a physical unit (or a proxy of it) of something that has a proven, specific, negative impact on the environment A7.115

Equity

Equity consists of all instruments and records that acknowledge claims on the residual value of a corporation or quasi-corporation, after the claims of all creditors have been met 7.165

Establishment

An establishment is an enterprise, or part of an enterprise, that is situated in a single location and in which only a single productive activity is carried out or in which the principal productive activity accounts for most of the value added 2.24

Estate, inheritance, and gift taxes

Estate, inheritance, and gift taxes cover taxes on transfers of property at death and on gifts, including gifts made between living members of the same family to avoid, or minimize, the payment of inheritance taxes 5.51

Exchange

An exchange is a transaction in which one unit provides a good, service, asset, or labor to a second unit and receives a good, service, asset, or labor of the same value in return 3.9

Excises

Excises are taxes levied as a product-specific unit tax on a predefined limited range of goods 5.62

Expenditure

Expenditure is the sum of expense and the net investment in nonfinancial assets 4.21

Expense

Expense is a decrease in net worth resulting from a transaction 4.24, 6.1

Explicit contingent liabilities

Explicit contingent liabilities are defined as legal or contractual financial arrangements that give rise to conditional requirements to make payments of economic value 7.252

Extrabudgetary

General government entities with individual budgets not fully covered by the main (or general) budget are considered extrabudgetary 2.82

Face value

Face value of a debt instrument is the undiscounted amount of principal to be repaid at (or before) maturity 3.115, 7.242

Fair value

Fair value is a market-equivalent value defined as the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm’s-length transaction 3.115

Financial account of the balance of payments

The financial account of the balance of payments records transactions that involve financial assets and liabilities that take place between residents and nonresidents A7.93

Financial assets

Financial assets consist of financial claims and gold bullion held by monetary authorities as a reserve asset 3.48

Financial auxiliaries

Financial auxiliaries consist of financial corporations that are principally engaged in activities associated with transactions in financial assets and liabilities or with providing the regulatory context for these transactions but in circumstances that do not involve the auxiliary taking ownership of the financial assets and liabilities being transacted 2.54

Financial claim

A financial claim is an asset that typically entitles the owner of the asset (the creditor) to receive funds or other resources from another unit, under the terms of a liability 3.47, 7.15

Financial corporations

Financial corporations are corporations that are principally engaged in providing financial services, including insurance and pension fund services, to other institutional units 2.115

Financial corporations sector

The financial corporations sector consists of resident corporations that are principally engaged in providing financial services, including insurance and pension fund services, to other institutional units 2.53

Financial derivative contract

A financial derivative contract is a financial instrument that is linked to another specific financial instrument or indicator or commodity and through which specific financial risks (e.g., interest rate risk, foreign exchange risk, equity and commodity price risks, and credit risk) can be traded in their own right in financial markets 7.204

Financial intermediaries

Financial intermediaries are institutional units that incur liabilities on their own account for the purpose of acquiring financial assets by engaging in financial transactions on the market 2.54

Financial lease

A financial lease is a contract under which the lessor, as legal owner of an asset, conveys substantially all risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee 7.158, A4.10

Fines and penalties

Fines and penalties are compulsory current transfers imposed on units by courts of law or quasi-judicial bodies for violations of laws or administrative rules 5.142

Finished goods

Finished goods consist of goods that are the output of a production process, are still held by their producer, and are not expected to be processed further by the producer before being supplied to other units 7.83

Fiscal policy

Fiscal policy is the use of the level and composition of the general government and public sectors’ spending and revenue—and the related accumulation of government assets and liabilities—to achieve such goals as the stabilization of the economy, the reallocation of resources, and the redistribution of income 1.2

Fixed assets

Fixed assets are produced assets that are used repeatedly or continuously in production processes for more than one year 7.18, 7.35

Forfeits

Forfeits are amounts that were deposited with a general government unit pending a legal or administrative proceeding and that have been transferred to the general government unit as part of the resolution of that proceeding 5.142

Forward-type contract

A forward-type contract (forward) is an unconditional contract by which two counterparties agree to exchange a specified quantity of an underlying item (real or financial) at an agreed-on contract price (the strike price) on a specified date 7.212

Functional classification of expense

The functional classification of expense provides information on the purpose for which an expense was incurred 6.3

General government sector

The general government sector consists of resident institutional units that fulfill the functions of government as their primary activity 1.2, 2.58, 2.76

General taxes on goods and services

General taxes on goods and services are levied on the production, leasing, delivery, sale, purchase, or other change of ownership of a wide range of goods and the rendering of a wide range of services 5.57

Gold bullion

Gold bullion takes the form of coins, ingots, or bars with a purity of at least 995 parts per 1,000, including such gold held in allocated gold accounts 7.128

Gold swap

A gold swap involves an exchange of gold for foreign exchange deposits with an agreement that the transaction be reversed at an agreed future date at an agreed gold price 7.161

Goods and services account

The goods and services account shows transactions in items that are outcomes of production activities A7.78

Goods for resale

Goods for resale are goods acquired for the purpose of reselling or transferring to other units without being further processed 7.84

Government units

Government units are unique kinds of legal entities established by political processes that have legislative, judicial, or executive authority over other institutional units within a given area 2.38

Grants

Grants are transfers receivable by government units, from other resident or nonresident government units or international organizations, and that do not meet the definition of a tax, subsidy, or social contribution 5.5, 5.101

Gross debt at market value

Gross debt at market value means that debt securities are valued at market prices; insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes are valued according to principles that are equivalent to market valuation; and all other debt instruments are valued at nominal prices, which are considered to be the best generally available proxies of their market prices 7.240

Gross debt at nominal value

Gross debt at nominal value means that debt securities are valued at their nominal values. The nominal value of a debt instrument at any moment in time is the amount that the debtor owes to the creditor 7.241

Gross value added or gross domestic product (GDP)

Gross value added is defined as the value of output minus the value of intermediate consumption A7.24

Historic cost

Historic cost, in its strict sense, reflects the cost at the time of acquisition, but sometimes it may also reflect occasional revaluations 3.115

Holding gain or loss

A holding gain or loss is a change in the monetary value of an asset or liability resulting from changes in the level and structure of prices, excluding qualitative or quantitative changes in the asset or liability 3.33, 10.1

Household

A household is a group of persons who share the same living accommodation, who pool some, or all, of their income and wealth, and who consume certain types of goods and services collectively, mainly housing and food 2.28

Households sector

The households sector consists of all resident households 2.60

Implicit contingent liabilities

Implicit contingent liabilities do not arise from a legal or contractual source but are recognized after a condition or event is realized 7.252

Imputed employers’ social contributions

Imputed employers’ social contributions are the amounts calculated and added to actual contributions, sufficient to exactly match the increases in employees’ social benefit entitlements 6.22

Index-linked securities

Index-linked securities are instruments for which either the coupon payments (interest) or the principal or both are linked to another item, such as a price index, an interest rate, or the price of a commodity 7.153

Individual consumption good or service

An individual consumption good or service is one that is acquired by a household and used to satisfy the needs or wants of members of that household 6.135

Information, computer, and telecommunications equipment

Information, computer, and telecommunications (ICT) equipment consists of devices using electronic controls and also the electronic components forming part of these devices 7.56

Institutional sector

An institutional sector groups together similar kinds of institutional units according to their economic objectives, functions, and behavior 2.50

Institutional unit

An institutional unit is an economic entity that is capable, in its own right, of owning assets, incurring liabilities, and engaging in economic activities and in transactions with other entities 2.22

Intangible nonproduced assets

Intangible nonproduced assets are constructs of society evidenced by legal or accounting actions 7.104

Intellectual property products

Intellectual property products are the result of research, development, investigation, or innovation leading to knowledge that the developers can market or use to their own benefit in production because use of the knowledge is restricted by means of legal or other protection 7.64

Interest

Interest is a form of investment income that is receivable by the owners of certain kinds of financial assets (SDRs, deposits, debt securities, loans, and other accounts receivable) for putting these financial assets and other resources at the disposal of another institutional unit 5.108

Intermediate consumption

Intermediate consumption consists of the goods and services consumed as inputs by a process of production, excluding fixed assets whose consumption is recorded as consumption of fixed capital A7.28

International investment position

The international investment position (IIP) is a statistical statement that shows at a point in time the value of: financial assets of residents of an economy that are claims on nonresidents and gold bullion held as reserve assets; and the liabilities of residents of an economy to nonresidents A7.96

Intersectoral consolidation

Intersectoral consolidation is consolidation between subsectors of the public sector to produce consolidated statistics for a particular grouping of public sector units 3.156

Intrasectoral consolidation

Intrasectoral consolidation is consolidation within a particular subsector to produce consolidated statistics for that particular subsector 3.155

Inventories

Inventories are produced assets consisting of goods and services, which came into existence in the current period or in an earlier period, and that are held for sale, use in production, or other use at a later date 7.18, 7.75

Investment funds

Investment funds are collective investment undertakings through which investors pool funds for investment in financial or nonfinancial assets 7.174

Joint operating arrangements

Joint operating arrangements can be in the form of jointly controlled operations or jointly controlled assets 2.143

Joint venture

A joint venture involves the establishment of a corporation, partnership, or other institutional unit in which, legally, each party has joint control over the activities of the joint venture unit 2.141

Land

Land consists of the ground, including the soil covering and any associated surface waters, over which ownership rights are enforced and from which economic benefits can be derived by their owners by holding or using them 7.92

Land improvements

Land improvements are the result of actions that lead to major improvements in the quantity, quality, or productivity of land, or prevent its deterioration 7.49

Legal or social entity

A legal or social entity is one whose existence is recognized by law or society independently of the persons or other entities that may own or control it 2.30

Legal owner

The legal owner of resources such as goods and services, natural resources, financial assets, and liabilities is the institutional unit entitled by law and sustainable under the law to claim the benefits associated with the resource 3.38, 7.5

Liability

A liability is established when one unit (the debtor) is obliged, under specific circumstances, to provide funds or other resources to another unit (the creditor) 3.45, 4.45, 7.15

Life insurance

Life insurance is an activity whereby a policyholder makes regular payments to an insurer in return for which the insurer guarantees to provide the policyholder (or in some cases another nominated person) with an agreed sum, or an annuity, at a given date or earlier if the policyholder dies beforehand A4.69

Life insurance and annuities entitlements

Life insurance and annuities entitlements are financial claims policyholders have against an enterprise offering life insurance or providing annuities 7.187

Listed shares

Listed shares are equity securities listed on an exchange and may be referred to as quoted shares. (Unlisted shares are equity securities not listed on an exchange) 7.168

Loan

A loan is a financial instrument that is created when a creditor lends funds directly to a debtor and receives a nonnegotiable document as evidence of the asset 7.157

Loans and other debt instrument guarantees

Loans and other debt instrument guarantees are commitments by one party to bear the risk of nonpayment by another party 7.259

Local government units

Local government units are institutional units whose fiscal, legislative, and executive authority extends over the smallest geographical areas distinguished for administrative and political purposes 2.95

Machinery and equipment

Machinery and equipment cover transport equipment, machinery for information, computer, and telecommunications (ICT) equipment, and machinery and equipment not elsewhere classified 7.52

Margins

Margins are payments of cash or deposits of collateral that cover actual or potential obligations incurred 7.219, 9.75

Market establishment

A market establishment is an establishment that charges economically significant prices 2.75

Market prices

Market prices refer to current exchange value—that is, the value at which goods, services, labor, or assets are exchanged or else could be exchanged for cash (currency or transferable deposits) 3.107

Market prices for transactions

Market prices for transactions are defined as amounts of money that willing buyers pay to acquire something from willing sellers; the exchanges are made between independent parties and on the basis of commercial considerations only, sometimes called “at arm’s length” 3.108

Market producer

A market producer is an institutional unit that provides all or most of its output to others at prices that are economically significant 2.65

Market regulatory agencies

Market regulatory agencies act on behalf of a government (or a regional organization with governments as its members) and influence the market for specific goods or services directly and/or indirectly 2.156

Marketable operating leases

Marketable operating leases are third-party property rights relating to fixed assets 7.108

Marketing assets

Marketing assets consist of items such as brand names, mastheads, trademarks, logos, and domain names 7.115

Materials and supplies

Materials and supplies consist of all goods held with the intention of using them as inputs to a production process 7.79

Maturity of a debt instrument

The maturity of a debt instrument refers to the time until the debt is extinguished according to the contract between the debtor and the creditor 7.266

Military inventories

Military inventories consist of single-use items, such as ammunition, missiles, rockets, bombs, etc., delivered by weapons or weapons systems 7.86

Mineral and energy resources

Mineral and energy resources consist of mineral and energy reserves located on or below the earth’s surface that are economically exploitable, given current technology and relative prices 7.97

Mineral exploration and evaluation

Mineral exploration and evaluation consists of the value of expenditure on exploration for petroleum and natural gas and for nonpetroleum deposits and subsequent evaluation of the discoveries made 7.68

Monetary gold

Monetary gold is gold to which the monetary authorities (or others who are subject to the effective control of the monetary authorities) have title and is held as a reserve asset 7.126

Monetary transaction

A monetary transaction is one in which one institutional unit makes a payment (receives a payment) or incurs a liability (acquires an asset) to (from) another institutional unit stated in units of currency 3.8

Monetary union

A monetary union exists where there is the presence of a single monetary policy among economies, established by an intergovernmental legal agreement A5.32

Motor vehicle taxes

Motor vehicle taxes include taxes on the use of motor vehicles or permission to use motor vehicles 5.80

Net debt

Net debt is calculated as gross debt minus financial assets corresponding to debt instruments 7.243

Net financial worth

The net financial worth of an institutional unit (or grouping of units) is the total value of its financial assets minus the total value of its liabilities 4.41, 7.235

Net investment in inventories (change in inventories)

Net investment in inventories (change in inventories) is measured by the value of the additions to inventories minus the value of withdrawals from inventories minus the value of any recurrent losses of goods held in inventories during the reporting period 8.44

Net premiums

Net premiums are defined as actual premiums plus premium supplements minus the insurance service charge payable by the policyholders A4.76

Net value added

Net value added is the value of output minus the values of both intermediate consumption and consumption of fixed capital A7.25

Net worth

The net worth of an institutional unit (or grouping of units) is the total value of its assets minus the total value of its liabilities 4.39, 7.1

Neutral holding gain

Neutral holding gains and losses over a period are the increase (decrease) in the value of an asset that would be required, in the absence of transactions and other changes in the volume of assets, to maintain command over the same amount of goods and services as at the beginning of the period 10.11, A7.71

Nominal value

Nominal value at any moment in time is the amount that the debtor owes to the creditor 3.115

Noncultivated biological resources

Noncultivated biological resources consist of animals, birds, fish, and plants that yield both once-only and repeat products over which ownership rights are enforced but for which natural growth or regeneration is not under the direct control, responsibility, and management of any institutional units 7.101

Nonfinancial assets

Nonfinancial assets are economic assets other than financial assets 3.50

Nonfinancial corporations

Nonfinancial corporations are corporations whose principal activity is the production of market goods or nonfinancial services 2.114

Nonfinancial corporations sector

The nonfinancial corporations sector consists of resident institutional units that are principally engaged in the production of market goods or nonfinancial services 2.52

Nonlife insurance

Nonlife insurance is an activity similar to life insurance except that it covers all other risks, accidents, sickness, fire, etc A4.70

Nonlife insurance technical reserves

Nonlife insurance technical reserves consist of (i) prepayments of net nonlife insurance premiums and (ii) reserves to meet outstanding nonlife insurance claims 7.183

Nonmarket producer

A nonmarket producer provides all or most of its output to others for free or at prices that are not economically significant 2.65

Nonmonetary transactions

Nonmonetary transactions are transactions that are not initially stated in units of currency 3.19

Nonparticipating preferred stocks or shares

Nonparticipating preferred stocks or shares are those that pay a fixed income but do not provide for participation in the distribution of the residual value of an incorporated enterprise on dissolution 7.150

Nonpension social benefits

Nonpension social benefits include payments made to individuals when they are temporarily unemployed, suffering from a medical condition, or suffering from an event that prevents them from working for a period A2.7

Nonperforming loans

Nonperforming loans are those for which (i) payments of principal and/or interest are past due by three months (90 days) or more; or (ii) interest payments equal to three months (90 days) interest or more have been capitalized (reinvested to the principal amount) or payment has been delayed by agreement; or (iii) evidence exists to reclassify a loan as nonperforming even in the absence of a 90-day past due payment, such as when the debtor files for bankruptcy 7.262

Nonprofit institutions

Nonprofit institutions (NPIs) are legal or social entities created for the purpose of producing or distributing goods and services, but they cannot be a source of income, profit, or other financial gain for the institutional units that establish, control, or finance them 2.36

Nonprofit institutions serving households

The nonprofit institutions serving households (NPISHs) sector consists of resident nonmarket nonprofit institutions (NPIs) that are not controlled by government 2.61

Notional resident unit

A notional resident unit is a unit identified for statistical purposes to be the resident owner of immovable assets legally owned by nonresidents 2.13

Off-market swap

An off-market swap is a swap contract that has a nonzero value at inception as a result of having reference rates priced differently from current market values—that is, “off-the-market” 7.162, A3.68

On-balance sheet securitization

On-balance sheet securitization involves debt securities backed by a future revenue stream generated by the assets. The assets remain on the balance sheet of the debt securities issuer (the original asset owner), typically as a separate portfolio. There is no securitization unit involved A3.66

One-off guarantees

One-off guarantees comprise those types of guarantees where the debt instrument is so particular that it is not possible to calculate the degree of risk associated with the debt with any degree of accuracy 7.256

On-lending

On-lending of borrowed funds refers to a resident institutional unit, A (usually central government), borrowing from another institutional unit(s), B (usually a nonresident unit), and then on-lending the proceeds from this borrowing to a third institutional unit(s), C (usually state or local governments, or a public corporation(s)), where it is understood that unit A obtains an effective financial claim on unit C A3.72

Operating leasing

Operating leasing is the activity of renting out produced assets under arrangements that provide use of a tangible asset to the lessee, but do not involve the transfer of the bulk of risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee A4.6

Option contract

In an option contract (option), the purchaser acquires from the seller a right to buy or sell (depending on whether the option is a call (buy) or a put (sell)) a specified underlying item at a strike price on or before a specified date 7.209

Original maturity

Original maturity is the period from the issue date until the final contractually scheduled payment date 7.267

Other accounts receivable/ payable

Other accounts receivable/payable consist of trade credit and advances and miscellaneous other items due to be paid or received 7.224

Other changes in the volume of assets

Other changes in the volume of assets are any changes in the value of an asset or liability that do not result from a transaction or a holding gain/loss 3.35, 10.1

Other current transfers not elsewhere classified

Other current transfers not elsewhere classified are gifts and transfers of a current nature (other than grants or subsidies) from individuals, private nonprofit institutions, nongovernmental foundations, or corporations 5.147

Other economic flows

Other economic flows are changes in the volume or value of assets or liabilities that do not result from transactions 3.31

Other employment-related social insurance schemes

Other employment-related social insurance schemes derive from an employer-employee relationship in the provision of pension entitlement and other social benefit to employees as part of the conditions of employment A2.40

Other equity

Other equity is equity that is not in the form of securities 7.169

Other intellectual property products

Other intellectual property products consist of new information and specialized knowledge not elsewhere classified 7.73

Other public financial corporations

Other public financial corporations comprise all resident financial corporations, except public deposit-taking corporations, controlled by general government units or other public corporations 2.121

Other recurrent taxes on property

Other recurrent taxes on property include all recurrent taxes on property other than immovable property or net wealth 5.53

Other revenue

Other revenue is all revenue receivable excluding taxes, social contributions, and grants 5.6, 5.106

Other social contributions

Other social contributions are actual and imputed contributions receivable by social insurance schemes operated by employers on behalf of their employees 5.98

Other structures

Other structures consist of all structures other than buildings 7.48

Other subsidies on production

Other subsidies on production are subsidies that enterprises receive as a consequence of engaging in production but that are not related to specific products 6.90

Other taxes

Other taxes cover revenue from taxes levied predominantly on a base or bases not elsewhere classified, and unidentified taxes 5.93

Other taxes on goods and services

Other taxes on goods and services includes taxes on the extraction of minerals, fossil fuels, and other exhaustible resources from deposits owned privately or by another government and any other taxes on goods or services not included in categories 1141 through 1145 5.82

Other taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities

Other taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities include business and professional licenses that consist of taxes paid by enterprises in order to obtain a license to carry on a particular kind of business or profession and taxes payable by individuals to perform certain activities 5.81

Own funds

Own funds are defined as the difference between total assets (at market values) and total liabilities excluding shares and other equity (at market value) 7.231

Partitioning

Partitioning records a transaction that is a single transaction from the perspective of the parties involved as two or more differently classified transactions 3.29

Pension entitlements

Pension entitlements are financial claims that existing and future pensioners hold against either their employer or a fund designated by the employer, to pay pensions earned as part of a compensation agreement between the employer and employee 7.190

Pensions and other retirement benefits

Pensions and other retirement benefits are payable when individuals cease employment upon retirement A2.6

Permit to undertake a specific activity

A permit to undertake a specific activity is an asset for the holder when: (i) the permits are limited in number and so allow the holders to earn monopoly profits, (ii) the monopoly profits do not come from the use of an asset belonging to the permit-issuer, and (iii) a permit holder is able both legally and practically to sell the permit to a third party 7.110

Permits to use natural resources

Permits to use natural resources are third-party property rights relating to natural resources 7.109

Premium earned

The premium earned is the part of the actual premium that relates to coverage provided in the reporting period A4.75

Premiums, fees, and claims payable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes

Premiums, fees, and claims payable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes include nonlife insurance premiums payable to insurance schemes/corporations to secure entitlement to insurance against risks, claims payable by insurance schemes to beneficiaries, and fees payable to obtain standardized guarantees 6.125

Premiums, fees, and claims receivable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes

Premiums, fees, and claims receivable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes comprise nonlife insurance premiums receivable by insurance schemes to provide entitlement to insurance against risks; claims receivable from insurance schemes by beneficiaries; and fees receivable for the issuance of standardized guarantees 5.149

Premiums, fees, and current claims payable

Premiums, fees, and current claims payable comprise nonlife insurance premiums expense and fees payable for the issuance of standardized guarantees, as well as insurance settlement expense that is not exceptional 6.125

Premiums, fees, and current claims receivable

Premiums, fees, and current claims receivable comprise nonlife insurance premium revenue and fees receivable for the issuance of standardized guarantees, as well as insurance settlement revenue that is not exceptional 5.150

Present value

Present value is the value today of a future payment or stream of payments discounted at some appropriate compounded interest rate 7.33

Primary income account

The primary income account shows primary income flows between resident and nonresident institutional units A7.82

Production measure of gross domestic product

The production measure of gross domestic product is defined as gross value added plus any taxes minus subsidies on products not already included in the value of output A7.24

Profits of fiscal monopolies

Profits of fiscal monopolies cover that part of the profits of fiscal monopolies that is transferred to the government. Fiscal monopolies are public corporations, public quasi-corporations, or government-owned unincorporated enterprises that have been granted a legal monopoly over the production or distribution of a particular kind of good or service in order to raise revenue and not in order to further the interests of public economic or social policy 5.63

Property expense

Property expense is the expense payable to the owners of financial assets or natural resources when they put them at the disposal of another unit 6.108

Property expense for investment income disbursements

Property expense for investment income disbursements includes property income attributed to insurance policyholders, pension entitlements, and holders of investment fund shares 6.113

Property income

Property income is the revenue receivable in return for putting financial assets and natural resources at the disposal of another unit 5.107

Property income from investment income disbursements

Property income from investment income disbursements includes property income attributed to insurance policyholders and holders of investment fund shares 5.120

Provident funds

Provident funds are compulsory saving schemes that maintain the integrity of the contributions for individual participants 2.148

Public corporations subsector

The public corporations subsector consists of all resident corporations controlled by government units or by other public corporations 2.104

Public deposit-taking corporations

Public deposit-taking corporations are financial corporations controlled by general government units or other public corporations whose principal activity is financial intermediation and who have liabilities in the form of deposits or financial instruments that are close substitutes for deposits 2.117

Public deposit-taking corporations except the central bank

Public deposit-taking corporations except the central bank consist of all resident depository corporations, except the central bank, that are controlled by general government units or other public corporations 2.120

Public financial corporations subsector

All resident financial corporations controlled by general government units or other public corporations are part of the public financial corporations subsector 2.115

Public monuments

Public monuments are identifiable because of particular historical, national, regional, local, religious, or symbolic significance 7.42

Public nonfinancial corporations subsector

All resident nonfinancial corporations controlled by general government units or other public corporations are part of the public nonfinancial corporations subsector 2.114

Public-private partnerships (PPPs)

Public-private partnerships (PPPs) are long-term contracts between two units, whereby one unit acquires or builds an asset or set of assets, operates it for a period, and then hands the asset over to a second unit A4.58

Public sector

The public sector consists of all resident institutional units controlled directly, or indirectly, by resident government units—that is, all units of the general government sector and resident public corporations 1.2, 2.63

Quasi-corporation

A quasi-corporation is (i) either an unincorporated enterprise owned by a resident institutional unit that has sufficient information to compile a complete set of accounts and is operated as if it were a separate corporation and whose relationship to its owner is effectively that of a corporation to its shareholders, or (ii) an unincorporated enterprise owned by a nonresident institutional unit that is deemed to be a resident institutional unit because it engages in a significant amount of production in the economic territory over a long or indefinite period of time 2.33

Quasi-fiscal operations

Quasi-fiscal operations are government operations carried out by institutional units other than general government units 2.4

Real holding gain

A real holding gain is defined as the value accruing to an asset as a result of a change in its price relative to the prices of goods and services in general 10.11

Realized holding gain

A holding gain is realized when an asset is sold, redeemed, used, or otherwise disposed of, or a liability incorporating a holding gain or loss is repaid 10.6

Reassignment

Reassignment records a transaction arranged by a third party on behalf of others as taking place directly by the two principal parties involved 3.30

Recurrent taxes on immovable property

Recurrent taxes on immovable property cover taxes levied regularly on the use or ownership of immovable property, which includes land, buildings, and other structures 5.49

Recurrent taxes on net wealth

Recurrent taxes on net wealth cover taxes levied regularly on net wealth 5.50

Regional arrangements

Regional arrangements involve coordination of institutional units in several countries for a particular monetary or economic purpose A5.1

Reinvested earnings

Reinvested earnings are the direct investor’s share of the retained earnings of the direct investment enterprise 5.134, 6.121

Remaining maturity or residual maturity

Remaining maturity or residual maturity is the period from the reference date (balance sheet date) until the final contractually scheduled payment date 7.267

Rent (expense)

Rent is the expense payable to the owners of a natural resource (the lessor or landlord) for putting the natural resource at the disposal of another institutional unit (a lessee or tenant) for use of the natural resource in production 6.120

Rent (revenue)

Rent is the revenue receivable by the owners of a natural resource (the lessor or landlord) for putting the natural resource at the disposal of another institutional unit (a lessee or tenant) for use of the natural resource in production 5.122

Rerouting

Rerouting records a transaction as taking place through channels that differ from the actual ones, or as taking place in an economic sense when no actual transactions take place 3.28

Research and development

Research and development consists of the value of expenditure on creative work undertaken on a systematic basis in order to increase the stock of knowledge, including knowledge of man, culture, and society, and use of this stock of knowledge to devise new applications 7.66

Residence

The residence of each institutional unit is the economic territory with which it has the strongest connection (i.e., its center of predominant economic interest) 2.7

Resource lease

A resource lease is an agreement whereby the legal owner of a natural resource that macroeconomic statistics treat as having an infinite life makes it available to a lessee in return for a regular payment recorded as property income and described as rent A4.16

Resource management activities

Resource management activities are those activities whose primary purpose is preserving and maintaining the stock of natural resources and hence safeguarding against depletion A7.108

Restructuring agencies

Restructuring agencies are entities set up to sell corporations and other assets, and for the reorganization of companies 2.129

Revenue

Revenue is an increase in net worth resulting from a transaction 5.1

Sales of goods and services

Sales of goods and services consist of the sales by market establishments, administrative fees charged for services, incidental sales by nonmarket establishments, and imputed sales of goods and services 5.136

Sales taxes

Sales taxes are all general taxes levied on sales at one stage only, whether at manufacturing or production stages or on wholesale or retail trade 5.59

Securities

Securities are debt and equity instruments that have the characteristic feature of negotiability 7.119

Securities lending

Securities lending is an arrangement whereby a security holder transfers securities to another party (security taker), subject to the stipulation that the same or similar securities be returned on a specified date or on demand 7.160

Securities repurchase agreement (repo)

A securities repurchase agreement (repo) is an arrangement involving the sale of securities for cash, at a specified price, with a commitment to repurchase the same or similar securities at a fixed price either on a specified future date (often one or a few days hence) or with an open maturity 7.159

Securitization

Securitization occurs when a unit, named the originator, conveys the ownership rights over financial or nonfinancial assets, or the right to receive specific future flows, to another unit, named the securitization unit. In return, the securitization unit pays an amount to the originator from its own source of financing. The securitization unit obtains its own financing by issuing debt securities using the assets or rights to future flows transferred by the originator as collateral A3.59

Sinking fund

A sinking fund is a separate account, which may be an institutional unit, made up of segregated contributions provided by the unit(s) that makes use of the fund (the “parent” unit) for the gradual redemption of the parent unit’s debt. A sinking fund may also be established to provide for major repairs or replacements 2.144

Social assistance

Social assistance provides social protection benefits to all persons who are in need without any formal requirement to participate as evidenced by the payment of contributions A2.25

Social assistance benefits

Social assistance benefits are transfers payable in cash or in kind to households to meet the same needs as social insurance benefits but are not made under a social insurance scheme 6.101, A2.25

Social benefits

Social benefits are current transfers receivable by households intended to provide for the needs that arise from social risks A2.4

Social contributions

Social contributions are actual, or imputed, revenue receivable by social insurance schemes to make provision for social insurance benefits payable 5.4, 5.94, A2.4

Social insurance contribution

A social insurance contribution is the amount payable to a social insurance scheme in order for a designated beneficiary to be entitled to receive the social benefits covered by the scheme A2.31

Social insurance schemes

Social insurance schemes provide social protection and require formal participation by the beneficiaries, evidenced by the payment of contributions (actual or imputed) 2.101, A2.30

Social protection

Social protection is the systematic intervention intended to relieve households and individuals of the burden of a defined set of social risks A2.1

Social risks

Social risks are events or circumstances that may adversely affect the welfare of the households concerned either by imposing additional demands on their resources or by reducing their income 2.46, 6.96, A2.1

Social security benefits

Social security benefits are social benefits expense payable in cash or in kind to households by social security schemes 6.99

Social security contributions

Social security contributions are actual revenue receivable by social security schemes organized and operated by government units, for the benefit of the contributors to the scheme 5.97

Social security fund

A social security fund is a particular kind of government unit that is devoted to the operation of one or more social security schemes 2.100, A2.34

Social security schemes

Social security schemes are social insurance schemes covering the community as a whole, or large sections of the community, and are imposed and controlled by government units 2.101, A2.33

Sovereign wealth funds

Created and owned by the general government for macroeconomic purposes, sovereign wealth funds hold, manage, or administer assets to achieve financial objectives, and employ a set of investment strategies that include investing in foreign financial assets 2.152

Special Drawing Rights

Special Drawing Rights (SDRs) are international reserve assets created by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) and allocated to its members to supplement reserve assets 7.131

Standardized guarantees

Standardized guarantees are those kinds of guarantees that are issued in large numbers, usually for fairly small amounts, along identical lines 7.201, A4.71

State governments

State governments consist of institutional units exercising some of the functions of government at a level below that of central government and above that of the government institutional units existing at a local level 2.90

Stock position

A stock position is the total holdings of assets and/or liabilities at a point in time 3.36

Stripped securities

Stripped securities are securities that have been transformed from a principal amount with coupon payments into a series of zero-coupon bonds, with a range of maturities matching the coupon payment date(s) and the redemption date of the principal amount(s) 7.152

Subsidies

Subsidies are current unrequited transfers that government units make to enterprises on the basis of the level of their production activities or the quantities or values of the goods or services they produce, sell, export, or import 5.146, 6.84

Subsidy on products

A subsidy on products is a subsidy payable per unit of a good or service 6.89

Swap contract

A swap contract involves the counterparties exchanging, in accordance with prearranged terms, cash flows based on the reference prices of the underlying items 7.162, 7.215

Synthetic securitization

Synthetic securitization involves transfer of the credit risk related to a pool of assets without transfer of the assets themselves, either through a securitization unit or through the direct issuing of debt securities by the original asset owner A3.65

Tax credit

A tax credit is an amount subtracted directly from the tax liability due by the beneficiary household or corporation after the liability has been computed 5.29

Tax expenditures

Tax expenditures are concessions or exemptions from a “normal” tax structure that reduce government revenue collection 5.28

Tax refunds

Tax refunds are adjustments for overestimation of taxes payable or the return of amounts to taxpayers due to overpayments 5.27

Tax relief measures

Tax relief measures are incentives that reduce the amount of tax owed by an institutional unit 5.28

Taxes

Taxes are compulsory, unrequited amounts receivable by government units from institutional units 5.2, 5.23

Taxes on capital gains

Taxes on capital gains consist of taxes on the capital gains (including capital gain distributions of investment funds) of persons or corporations that become payable during the current reporting period, irrespective of the periods over which the gains have accrued 5.41

Taxes on financial and capital transactions

Taxes on financial and capital transactions are taxes levied on the change in ownership of property, except those classified as gifts, inheritance, or estate transactions 5.61

Taxes on goods and services

Taxes on goods and services are taxes that become payable as a result of the production, sale, transfer, leasing, or delivery of goods and rendering of services, or as a result of their use for own consumption, or own capital formation 5.55

Taxes on income, profits, and capital gains

Taxes on income, profits, and capital gains consist of taxes assessed on the actual or presumed incomes of institutional units 5.41

Taxes on individual or household income

Taxes on individual or household income consist of personal income taxes, including those deducted by employers (pay-as-you-earn taxes), and surtaxes 5.41

Taxes on international trade and transactions

Taxes on international trade and transactions are taxes that become payable when goods cross the national or customs frontiers of the economic territory, or when transactions in services exchange between residents and nonresidents 5.83

Taxes on payroll or workforce

Taxes on payroll or workforce are taxes payable by enterprises assessed either as a proportion of the wages and salaries paid or as a fixed amount per person employed 5.45

Taxes on property

Taxes on property are taxes payable on the use, ownership, or transfer of wealth 5.46

Taxes on specific services

Taxes on specific services are levied on payments for specific services 5.69

Taxes on the income of corporations

Taxes on the income of corporations consist of corporate income taxes, corporate profits taxes, corporate surtaxes, etc. 5.41

Taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities

Taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities are fees levied for the issuance of a license or permit that are not commensurate with the cost of the control function of government 5.72

Taxes on winnings from lotteries or gambling

Taxes on winnings from lotteries or gambling are taxes payable on the amounts receivable by winners 5.41

Total gross debt

Total gross debt—often referred to as “total debt” or “total debt liabilities”—consists of all liabilities that are debt instruments. A debt instrument is defined as a financial claim that requires payment(s) of interest and/or principal by the debtor to the creditor at a date, or dates, in the future 7.236

Transaction

A transaction is an economic flow that is an interaction between institutional units by mutual agreement or through the operation of the law, or an action within an institutional unit that is analytically useful to treat like a transaction, often because the unit is operating in two different capacities 3.5

Transfer

A transfer is a transaction in which one institutional unit provides a good, service, or asset to another unit without receiving from the latter any good, service, or asset in return as a direct counterpart 3.10

Transfers not elsewhere classified (payable)

Transfers not elsewhere classified payable include a number of gifts and transfers to individuals, private nonprofit institutions, nongovernmental foundations, corporations, or government units that are not included in other categories of transfers, and serving quite different purposes 6.122

Transfers not elsewhere classified (receivable)

Transfers not elsewhere classified receivable include subsidies, as well as gifts and transfers from individuals, private nonprofit institutions, nongovernmental foundations, corporations, or sources other than governments and international organizations 5.145

Transport equipment

Transport equipment consists of equipment for moving people and objects 7.54

True-sale securitization

True-sale securitization involves debt securities issued by a securitization unit where the underlying assets have been transferred from the original asset owner’s (i.e., the originator’s) balance sheet to that of the securitization unit A3.62

Turnover and other general taxes on goods and services

Turnover and other general taxes on goods and services are multistage cumulative taxes and taxes where elements of consumption taxes are combined with multistage taxes 5.60

Unallocated gold accounts

Unallocated gold accounts represent a claim against the account custodian to deliver gold 7.127

Unearned premium

The unearned premium is the amount of the actual premium received that relates to the period past the reporting period A4.75

Unrealized holding gain

An unrealized holding gain is one accruing on an asset that is still owned or a liability that is still outstanding at the end of the reporting period 10.6

Valuables

Valuables are produced assets of considerable value that are not used primarily for purposes of production or consumption, but are held primarily as stores of value over time 7.18, 7.87

Valuation of stock positions

Stock positions should be valued at market value—that is, as if they were acquired in market transactions on the balance sheet reporting date (reference date) 3.113

Value of goodwill and marketing assets

The value of goodwill and marketing assets is the difference between the value paid for an enterprise as a going concern and the sum of its assets minus the sum of its liabilities, each item of which has been separately identified and valued 7.116

Value-added taxes

Value-added taxes (VAT) are taxes on goods or services collected in stages by enterprises but ultimately charged in full to the final purchasers 5.58

Wages and salaries

Wages and salaries are compensation of employees payable in cash and/or in kind, except for social contributions payable by employers 6.12

Wages and salaries in cash

Wages and salaries in cash are the amounts payable in cash, or any other financial instruments used as means of payments, to employees in return for work performed 6.13

Wages and salaries in kind

Wages and salaries in kind are amounts payable in the form of goods, services, interest forgone, and shares issued to employees in return for work performed 6.17

Water resources

Water resources consist of surface and groundwater resources used for extraction to the extent that their scarcity leads to the enforcement of ownership or use rights, market valuation, and some measure of economic control 7.102

Weapons systems

Weapons systems include vehicles and other equipment such as warships, submarines, military aircraft, tanks, missile carriers and launchers, etc. 7.74

Withdrawals of income from quasi-corporations

Withdrawals of income from quasi-corporations consist of that part of distributable income that the owner withdraws from the quasi-corporation 5.118

Work in progress

Work in progress consists of goods and services that are not yet sufficiently processed to be in a state in which it is normally supplied to other institutional units 7.80

Written-down replacement cost

Written-down replacement cost is the current acquisition price of an equivalent new asset minus the accumulated consumption of fixed capital, amortization, or depletion 3.115

Zero-coupon bonds

Zero-coupon bonds are long-term securities that do not involve periodic payments during the life of the bond 7.147

Index

Numbers in references refer to paragraphs in chapters, boxes, tables, or appendices.

A

  • Above-the-line transactions, 4.53, Table 4A.1

  • Accounting rules

    • choice of gross and net presentations, 3.143–3.151

    • credit entries, 3.55

    • currency conversion, 3.132–3.133

    • currency denomination and currency settlement, 3.137–3.139

    • data reporting guidelines and standards, 3.52, 3.53

    • debit entries, 3.55

    • double-entry recording of economic events, 3.54

    • harmonization of macroeconomic datasets, A7.9-A7.12, A7.98, A7.105

    • international standards for, government finance statistics framework and, A6.1-A6.56

    • reporting periods, 3.52

    • treatment of domestic and foreign currency, 3.134–3.136

    • unit of account, 3.51, 3.130–3.131

    • valuation, 3.113

    • See also Analytic framework of government finance statistics; Consolidation; Time of recording economic flows; Type of accounting system

  • Accounts payable, See Other accounts payable/receivable

  • Accrual basis of recording economic events

    • advantages of, 3.69–3.74, 4.2

    • compensation of employees, 6.10

    • definition of, 3.62, 5.10

    • dividends, 3.87

    • employment-related pensions and other retirement benefits, 6.106

    • expense transactions, 6.6

    • implementation of government finance statistics framework, 1.37–1.38, 3.75

    • imputed social contributions, A2.46

    • income taxes, 5.43

    • interest, 5.108–5.109, 6.64, 9.44, A3.89

    • licenses, A4.43

    • premiums, fees and current claims, 5.150, 7.184, 9.58

    • prepayments, A4.21

    • refunds, 5.27

    • rent, 5.123

    • revenue transactions, 5.14, 5.17

    • sales of goods, 5.141

    • social assistance benefits, A2.29

    • taxes on pollution, 5.81

    • taxes on property, 5.47

    • time of recording transactions, 3.60, 3.62–3.64, 5.13, 8.13, 9.13

    • use in government finance framework, 1.27–1.28, 3.70, A5.43, Box A6.1

  • Accumulation accounts, A7.18, A7.62-A7.71, Table A7.2

  • Administrative fees, 5.73–5.75, 5.138

  • Aggregates

    • analytical value of, 3.140, 4.53–4.54

    • definition of, 3.141

    • of revenue for fiscal analysis, 5.9

    • reasons for consolidation, 3.155, 3.158

    • to create balancing items, 3.142

  • Amortized value, 3.115

  • Analytic framework of government finance statistics, Figure 4.1

    • analytic objectives of, 1.41, 4.4–4.5

    • balancing items and, 1.32–1.33

    • components of, 4.8. See also specific component

    • GFSM 1986 and, 4.6–4.7

    • purpose of, 4.3

    • supplementary statements, 4, 13. See also specific statements

  • Ancillary activities, 2.45, 2.72, A3.37

  • Animal resources, 7.60, 7.62–7.63, 8.34–8.35

  • Annuity entitlements, 7.187–7.188, 9.62, A4.69

    • other changes in volume of assets, 10.71

  • Aquaculture, 7.48

  • Arrears

    • as balance sheet memorandum item, 7.247–7.250

    • as step in migration path, 1.38

    • as transactions in financial assets and liabilities, 9.20–9.23

    • changes in classification of, 10.84

    • definition of, 3.71, 7.247, 9.20, Table 4A.1

    • interest rate in calculating, 6.80

    • statistical recording of, 7.248–2.250, 7.266

    • time of recording repayment of debts in, 3.97

    • under financial derivative contracts, 7.226

    • valuation of, 7.250

  • Artificial subsidiaries of government, 2.42–2.44, 2.162, A3.55

  • Asset-backed securities

    • definition of 7.151

    • included in debt instruments, 7.143, A3.59

    • valuation of, 7.27, 7.154

  • Asset management companies. See Restructuring agencies

  • Assets

    • analytic framework, 1.34

    • appearance or disappearance of, 10.48–10.58

    • classification of, 4.43–4.44, 7.34, Table A8.3

    • definition of, 3.42–3.43, 7.6, 7.14–7.19

    • economic, 3.43, 4.43, 7.5–7.10

    • effect of external events on value of, 10.59–10.75

    • financial, 3.43, 3.48

    • leases as, A4.53-A4.57, Box A4.3

    • liquidity-related, 4.31

    • nationalization of, 9.55, Box 4.1

    • net presentation of, 3.143–3.151

    • nonfinancial, 3.43, 3.50

    • other changes in the volume of, 3.35, 4.10

    • other economic flows of, 3.31

    • ownership concepts and, 3.38–3.41, 7.5–7.13

    • permits recognized as, A4.46-A4.52

    • policy-related, Box 4.1, 4.30

    • privatization, 9.53–9.54

    • reclassification of institutional unit

      • resulting in change in value of, 10.76–10.79

    • reclassification of, 3.101–3.102, 10.80–10.84

    • rent versus sale of, A4.21, Box A4.1

    • shared, A4.36-A4.40

    • stock positions of, 3.1, 3.36

    • time of recording, 3.88–3.97

    • valuation of, 1.29, 3.107, 3.111–3.117, 7.20–7.33

    • See also Financial assets and liabilities; Fixed assets; Nonproduced assets

B

  • Bad banks. See Restructuring agencies

  • Bailout operations, A3.42-A3.53

  • Bail, 5.144, 7.226

  • Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual (BPM6), 1.8, 1.35, 2.89, A3.52, A7.5

    • government finance statistics framework and, A7.73-A7.98

  • Balance sheet, Table 4.4, Table 7.1

    • accounting principles, 3.56

    • appearance or disappearance of existing economic assets from, 10.48–10.58

    • arrears in, 7.247–7.250

    • as condition to be a separate institutional unit, 2.126

    • classification of assets in, 4.43–4.44

    • classification of counterparties to financial relationships in, 7.264–7.265, Table 7.11

    • classification of debt liabilities and corresponding financial assets by maturity, 7.266–7.271, Table 7.12

    • classification of financial assets and liabilities in, 4.43–4.45, 7.118–7.227

    • classification of fixed assets in, 7.34–7.74, Tables 7.2–7.5

    • classification of nonfinancial assets in, 7.34–7.117, Table 7.2

    • classification of nonproduced assets in, 7.90–7.117, Table 7.2

    • concessional loans in, 7.246, A3.40

    • contingent assets and liabilities in, 7.13. See also balance sheet memorandum items

    • cost of ownership transfer, 8.42, Figure 8.1

    • definition of, 1.17, 3.56, 4.39, 7.1

    • deriving definitions of assets and liabilities for, 3.43, 7.6, 7.14–7.19

    • explicit contingent liabilities in, 7.13, 7.251–7.260

    • fiscal indicators available from, 7.2, 4.54

    • fundamental identity of, 3.54

    • gross debt in, 7.236–7.242

    • implicit obligations for future social security benefits in, 7.13, 7.261, 9.67

    • in analytic framework of GFSM 2014, 4.3, 4.6, 4.8, Figure 4.1, A7.21, A7.72

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.30. See also balance sheet in analytic framework of GFSM 2014

    • in implementation of the GFS framework, 1.38

    • integration of, 1.20, 3.2, 7.2, 8.2, 9.2, A7.13

    • memorandum items, 3.49, 4.47, 7.142, 7.234–7.263, Table 7.10

    • net debt in, 7.243–7.245

    • net financial worth in, 7.235

    • net worth calculation in, 4.39, 7.228–7.333, A6.48, Figure 7.1, Table 4.4

    • nonperforming loan assets in, 7.262–7.263

    • ownership and asset boundary in, 7.5–7.13

    • purpose of, 7.2

    • recording of net worth in, 7.1

    • recording of PPP-related assets in, A4.61

    • recording of shared assets in, A4.37

    • recording of stock positions in, 3.36

    • time of recording/compilation, 3.57, 7.1, 7.37

    • valuation of assets and liabilities for, 3.107, 3.113, 7.20–7.33, 7.122

  • Balancing items

    • analytical significance of, 4.39, 4.53–4.55

    • consolidation and, 3.166

    • definition of, 3.142

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.1, 1.11, 1.32, 3.151, 7.228

    • See also Financial Net Worth and Net worth

  • Banker’s acceptance, 7.145

  • Barter transactions, 3.19, 3.22, 3.88, 3.112, 3.125, 4.23–4.24, 4.35, 7.30

  • Below-the-line transactions, 4.53, Table 4A.1

  • Bills

    • as discounted financial instruments, 6.71, 9.40

    • banker’s acceptance of, 7.145

    • definition of, 7.144

    • holding gains or losses on, 10.29

    • types of, 7.144

    • valuation of, 7.27, 7.154

  • Biological resources

    • cultivated, 7.58–7.63, 8.34–8.36, Table 7.5

    • noncultivated, 7.101, 8.55, 10.52

  • Bonds

    • consolidation of, 3.152

    • definition of, 7.146–7.147

    • discounted, 6.71, 9.40

    • holding gains or losses on, 10.27

    • reclassified as equity, 3.97, 7.150, 9.21, 10.84

    • refinancing through, A3.14-A3.16

    • valuation of, 3.115–3.117, 7.27

  • Book value, 3.115, 6.146, 7.173

  • Brass plate companies, 2.15

  • Bridge banks. See Restructuring agencies

  • Budgetary and extrabudgetary government units, 2.41–2.42, 2.80–2.83, 2.87, 2.93, Figure 2.3

  • Build, own, operate, and transfer schemes, 7.39, A4.12, A4.58

  • Build, own and transfer schemes, A4.58

  • Buildings and structures

    • classification of, 7.41–7.51, Table 7.3

    • never put into service, 10.69

    • owned by nonresidents, 2.13

    • recording of transactions in, 8.28–8.32

    • time of recording, 7.37, 8.15

    • valuation of, 7.41, 7.45

    • See also Monuments

C

  • Capital account, A7.18-A7.19, A7.63-A7.67, A7.76, A7.89-A7.92, Figure A7.1, Table A7.2

  • Capital claims

    • payable, 6.125, A4.79, A7.67, A7.92, Table 6.11

    • receivable, 5.151, A4.80, A7.67, A7.92, Table 5.12

  • Capital formation. See Own-account capital formation

  • Capital gains taxes. See Taxes on capital gains

  • Capital grants, 5.103, 6.94

  • Capital injections, 2.130, A3.43, A3.47-A3.53, Box 6.3, Figure A3.2

  • Capital levies, 5.52

  • Capital spending, Table 4A.1

  • Capital taxes, 5.25, 5.51, 6.124, A7.39, A7.67, Table 4A.1

  • Capital transfers

    • acquisition of PPP assets through, A4.65

    • capital injections as, 2.130, 9.66, A3.47, A3.49-A.53, Figure A3.1

    • current transfers and, 3.15, 3.18

    • debt assumption/forgiveness/ payment on behalf of others as A2.61-A2.62, A3.8, A3.25-A3.31

    • defining characteristics of, 3.15–3.16

    • equity versus, 9.52

    • in kind, 8.29

    • not elsewhere classified, 5.148, 6.124, Table 5.11, Table 6.10

    • other economic flows versus, 10.62, 10.72

    • subsidies versus, 6.85, 6.91, 8.12, 9.49

  • Captive financial institutions, 2.44, 2.54, 2.56, 2.121, 2.128

  • Cash balance, Table 4A.1

  • Cash basis of recording, 4.2

    • definition of, 3.67

    • in Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash, 3.103–3.106, 4.34, 5.11, 6.7

    • limitations of, 3.70–3.72

    • time of recording transactions, 3.60, 3.67

  • Cash transfers, 3.16, 3.18

  • Catastrophic loss of assets, 1.16, 3.128, 10.60–10.61

  • Central bank(s)

    • as financial intermediary, 2.55–2.56

    • as public financial corporation, 2.118–2.119, Figure 2.3

    • currency issued by, 7.135

    • dividends of, 5.114–5.116

    • gold as financial asset of, 7.126–7.130, 9.28

    • implicit subsidies/taxes of, 5.26, 5.70, 6.89, Box 6.2

    • implicit taxes from multiple exchange rates, 5.88

    • in monetary and currency unions, 2.21, 7.169, A5.32-A5.35

    • representative office as territorial enclave, 2.9

    • SDR allocations and holdings of, 7.133, A3.80, A3.87, A3.94

  • Central borrowing authority, 2.44

  • Central government public sector, 2.122

  • Central government subsector

    • definition, 2.85

    • institutional units of, 2.87–2.89

    • intrasectoral consolidation of, 3.155

    • recording monetary authority functions of, 2.89

    • responsibilities of, 2.85

    • significance of statistics from, 2.86

  • Chambers of commerce, 2.37, 6.42

  • Changes in net worth

    • as fiscal indicator, 4.40

    • due to holding gains or losses, 4.37

    • due to other changes in the volume of assets and liabilities, 4.38

    • due to other economic flows, 3.54, 4.36, 10.2

    • due to transactions, 1.15, 1.33

    • in Statement of Total Changes in Net Worth, 1.18, 4.14, 4.46, Table 4.5

  • Charities, 2.61, 6.123

  • Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG), 1.43

    • classification challenges in, 6.143–6.146

    • classification of administrative expenditures in, 6.144

    • classification of consumption of fixed capital in, 6.146–6.147

    • classification of shared expenditures in, 6.143

    • classification of subsidies in, 6.145

    • cross-classification of expenditures in, 6.148–6.149, Table 6A.2

    • definition of, 6.126

    • government finance statistical framework and, 6.127

    • individual versus collective goods and services distinguished in, 6.133–6.139

    • purpose of, 6.126

    • structure, 6.128–6.129, Table 6A.1

    • units of classification, 6.140–6.142

    • uses of, 6.130–6.132

  • COFOG. See Classification of Functions of Government

  • Collateralized debt obligations, 7.143, 7.151

  • Collective goods and services, 6.133–6.139

  • Commitments basis of recording, 3.61, 3.70–3.71

    • time of recording transactions, 3.65

  • Compensation of employees

    • arrears of, 7.247

    • as exchange type of transaction, 3.9

    • classified as expense, 4.24, 6.2, 6.9–6.11, Table 6.2

    • coverage in GFS versus 2008 SNA, 1.24

    • definition of, 6.9

    • employee benefits purchased by employee, 6.14

    • employer-employee relationship and, 6.9, 6.33–6.34, A2.40

    • employers’ social contributions, 6.19–6.26

    • expenses for use of goods and services versus, 6.33–6.36

    • imputed, 5.100, 5.140, 6.22

    • in accrual basis of recording, 6.10

    • in cash basis of recording, 6.10

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.24

    • in kind, 5.140, 8.47, 9.78

    • reimbursements, 6.15, 6.36

    • social contributions. See Social contributions and Employers’ social contributions

    • wages and salaries, 6.12–6.18

  • Computer software and databases, 7.64–7.65, 7.69–7.71, 8.40, Table 7.5

  • Concessional lending (loans), A3.39-A3.41

    • as memorandum items, 7.246, 9.12, Table A8.3

    • by central banks, 5.70, 6.89, Box 6.2

    • description of, 3.123, 9.12, Table 4A.2

    • examples of, 3.123

    • from International Monetary Fund, A3.86-A3.88

    • loans at nominal value, 9.12

    • recorded as supplementary information, 3.123, 7.246, 9.12

    • to government employees, 6.17

  • Consolidation

    • balancing items and, 3.166

    • data discrepancies in process of, 3.165

    • definition of, 2.23, 3.153, 9.18

    • implementation of, 3.165–3.166

    • in financial statements according to accounting standards, 3.168, A6.13, A6.17

    • in System of National Accounts 2008, 2.22, 3.53, 3.167

    • intersectoral, 3.156, 3.157

    • intrasectoral, 3.155, 3.157

    • major transactions subject to, 3.162–3.164, 5.22, 6.8, 6.20

    • of transactions in financial assets, 3.163–3.164, 9.19

    • principles/conceptual guidelines of, 3.161

    • process of, 3.152, 9.18

    • purpose/reasons for, 3.152, 3.158–3.160

    • types of consolidation, 3.154

    • types of transaction not subject to, 3.161

  • Constructs of society, 7.19, 7.90, 7.104

  • Consumers’ associations, 2.61

  • Consumption of fixed capital

    • as expense, 4.24, 6.53, 8.18

    • as part of production cost, 2.74, 6.2

    • calculation of, 6.55–6.56, 6.59, Box 6.1

    • cash flows and, 6.61

    • change in volume of assets versus, 6.58

    • classification of, Table 6.4

    • cost of ownership transfer as, 6.60, Figure 8.1

    • decline in value of fixed assets due to deterioration as, 8.18, 10.8

    • definition of, 6.53

    • depreciation versus, 6.54, A6.54

    • excluded events, 6.58

    • gross operating balance and, 4.20

    • in calculation of holding gains, 10.8, 10.13–10.14

    • in Classification of Functions of Government, 6.146–6.147

    • in government finance statistics framework, 4.20, A6.54

    • in System of National Accounts 2008, 6.53

    • losses of fixed assets as, 6.57

    • time recording of, 3.90, 6.61, 8.16

  • Contingent liabilities

    • as memorandum items, 7.251–7.261, Table 7.10, Table A8.3

    • classification of explicit, 7.254, Table 4.6

    • definition of, 4.47, 7.251, Table 4A.1

    • explicit versus implicit, 7.252

    • guarantees and, 7.253, 7.256

    • in macroeconomic statistics, 7.253, Figure 7.2

    • liabilities and, 7.251

    • recording of, 4.15, A2.38

    • statements in government finance statistics framework, 1.19, 4.13–4.15, 4.47, Table 4.6

    • See also Summary Statement of Explicit Continent Liabilities and Net Obligations for Future Social Security Benefits

  • Contractors, 6.33

  • Contracts, leases, and licenses

    • as assets/nonfinancial assets, 7.17, 7.105–7.106, 8.56–8.57, A4.53-A4.57, Box A4.3, Table 7.2

    • financial derivatives versus, 7.207

    • for use of natural resources, A4.19, Figure A4.1

    • recording changes in value of, 10.49, 10.53, Table 10.2

    • recording transactions in, A4.2-A4.3

    • types of, 7.107, 8.57, Table 7.8. See also specific type

      • See also Leases

  • Conversion, currency, 3.130, 3.132–3.133

  • Conversion, debt, A3.5, A3.20-A3.23

  • Corporations

    • defining characteristics of, as institutional unit, 2.31–2.35

    • distributable income of, 5.111–5.116

    • financial, 2.53–2.57, Figure 2.2

    • government control of, 2.107, Box 2.2

    • imputation system of taxing, 5.44

    • income taxes, 5.41–5.44

    • market producers as, 2.65–2.69

    • nonfinancial, 2.52, Figure 2.2

    • quasi, 2.125

    • restructuring. See Restructuring agencies

    • See also Public corporations

  • Counterparty information and

    • classification, 2.6, 2.23, 3.165, 7.264–7.265, A6.41, Table 3.1, Table 7.11, Table A8.4

  • Credit derivatives, 7.207, 7.218

  • Credit guarantees, 7.259, 9.57, A4.72

  • Cultivated biological resources, 7.58–7.63, 8.34–8.36, Table 7.5

  • Cultural clubs, 2.61

  • Currency

    • classification of, 7.135–7.136, 9.33–9.34 consolidated statistical presentation, 3.164

    • conversion, 3.119, 3.132–3.133, 7.23, 7.136, 9.11

    • definition of, 4.33, 7.135

    • domestic versus foreign, 3.134–3.136, 6.78, 7.136

    • holding gains and losses on, 10.23

    • monetary/nonmonetary transactions expressed in, 3.8, 3.19

    • of denomination, 3.131, 3.137–3.139

    • of settlement, 3.131, 3.137–3.139

    • production/issuance of, 6.48, 9.34

    • swap contracts, 7.215

    • union, A5.34

    • unit of account, 3.130

    • volume changes, 10.61

  • Currency boards, 2.17, 2.118

  • Currency union central bank, 2.21, 7.169, A5.35. See also Monetary and currency unions

  • Current accounts, A7.13, A7.23-A7.61, A7.77-A7.88, Table A7.2

  • Current grants, 5.103–5.104, 6.94, A5.13

  • Current transfers, 3.15, 3.17–3.18

    • not elsewhere classified, 5.147, 6.123

  • Customs duties, 5.84

    • collection and allocation in customs union, A5.7-A5.18

  • Customs unions

    • administrative structures for collection of duties in, A5.8

    • as international/regional organization, 2.17, A5.5

    • definition of, A5.6

    • recording of collection fees in, A5.9

    • recording of customs duties in, A5.7-A5.18

    • See also Regional organizations

  • Cyclically adjusted balances, 4.58, Table 4A.2

D

  • Debentures, 7.146

  • Debit entry, 3.54–3.55

  • Debt

    • arising from off-market swaps, A3.67-A3.71

    • arising from securitization, A3.59-A3.66

    • arrears of, 3.71, 6.80, 7.247–7.250, 9.20–9.23

    • assumption, 5.148, A3.26-A3.29

    • bailout operations and, A3.42-A3.53

    • cancellation, 5.148, 6.91, 6.124, A3.7

    • classification by counterparty, 10.79

    • classification by maturity, 7.266–7.271, 9.88

    • classification codes, Table A8.5

    • comparability across member states in economic or monetary union, A5.44

    • concessional debt, 3.123, 7.246, 9.12

    • defeasance, A3.37-A3.38

    • definition, A7.236

    • fiscal indicators, 1.3, 1.13, Table 4A.1

    • forgiveness, 4.35, A3.7-A3.9

    • gross and net, 3.150, 4.54–4.55, 7.236–7.245, Table 7.10

    • guarantees. See Contingent liabilities

    • nonperforming. See Nonperforming loans

    • of special purpose entities, A3.54-A3.58

    • on-lending of, A3.72-A3.78

    • payment on behalf of others, A3.30-A3.31

    • securities. See Debt securities

    • sinking fund for redemption of, 2.144

    • statistics, 1.8, 3.137

    • time of recording, 3.93, 3.97, 9.13

    • valuation, 1.29, 3.113–3.117, 7.27–7.30

    • with the IMF, A3.79-A3.95

    • write-offs/write-downs, 10.57, A3.32-A3.34

    • See also Debt instruments; Debt reorganization; Debt securities

  • Debt instruments, 7.15

    • classification of, 7.236–7.237, Table A8.5

    • definition of, 7.236

    • dematerializing of, A7.103

    • financial assets corresponding to, 7.243

    • grace periods 6.69

    • included in financial claims, 3.47, 7.15

    • maturity of, 7.266, 9.88, Table 7.12, Table A8.5

    • new money facility, A3.35-A3.36

    • nominal value of, 7.21

    • types of, 7.236

    • valuation of, 7.26–7.30, 7.122, 7.238

    • on which no interest accrues, 3.118, 10.45

    • See also Debt; Debt reorganization; Debt securities

  • Debt reorganization

    • by assumption or payments on behalf of others, A3.5, A3.26-A3.31, Figure A3.1

    • by conversion or prepayment, A3.5, A3.20-A3.25

    • by forgiveness, A3.5, A3.7-A3.9

    • by rescheduling or refinancing, A3.5, A3.10-A3.19

    • definition of, A3.2

    • reason for, A3.3

    • types of, A3.4-A3.6

  • Debt securities

    • accrual of interest on, 9.36, 10.8

    • arrears on, 9.21

    • changes in classification, 10.84

    • changes in value due to interest or exchange rate changes, 10.26

    • classification of, 7.143–7.156, 9.36–9.43

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.163–3.164

    • definition of, 7.143

    • gross presentation of, 3.150

    • index-linked, 6.75–6.78, 9.41–9.42, 10.28

    • interest on, 6.62–6.83

    • issued at discount or premium, 9.40, 10.8, 10.25

    • issued at par, 9.39

    • recording holding gains and losses on, 10.24–10.29

    • securitization of, A3.59-A3.66

    • time of recording transactions in, 3.93

    • valuation of, 1.29, 3.117, 7.27, 7.154–7.156

    • with embedded derivatives, 7.148, 9.43

  • Deep-discount bonds, 6.72, 7.146–7.147

  • Defeasance, 2.129, 9.26, A3.37-A3.38, A3.46

  • Deposit guarantee/insurance schemes, 2.132–2.135, 7.202, 9.57. See also Financial protection schemes

  • Depository receipts, 7.166–7.167

  • Deposits

    • classification of, 7.137–7.142, 9.33–9.35

    • definition of, 4.33, 7.137

    • denominated in gold, 7.126

    • mineral, 4.10, 5.129–5.130, 6.55, 7.9, 7.19, 7.68, 7.97, 8.32, 8.54, 10.52

    • prepayments versus, 7.226

    • transferable versus nontransferable, 7.140

    • valuation, 7.142, 10.23

  • Deposit-taking corporations, 2.54–2.56, 7.137

    • public sector, 2.117–2.120, Figure 2.3, Table 7.11

  • Depreciation, 6.54, 6.146, A6.29, A6.54-A6.55

  • Derivatives, embedded, 7.148, 7.207

    • debt securities with, 6.79, 9.43

  • Derivatives, financial

    • changes in classification of, 10.84

    • classification of, 4.28, 9.70–9.76

    • contracts requiring ongoing servicing, 9.74

    • credit derivatives, 7.218

    • debt component of off-market swaps, A3.67-A3.71

    • debt instruments versus, 7.15, 7.119

    • definition of, 7.204

    • forward-type contracts, 7.210, 7.212–7.214

    • holding gains or losses on, 10.42

    • interest versus settlement payments, 6.63

    • margins, 7.219–7.220, 9.75

    • offsetability, 7.205

    • option contracts, 7.209–7.211

    • sales in secondary markets, 9.73

    • settlement, 9.76

    • swap contracts, 7.215–7.217

    • types of financial derivatives, 7.208

    • valuation of, 7.204, 9.73

  • Derived measures, 3.140–3.142, 3.161

  • Design, build, operate, and transfer schemes, A4.58

  • Development funds, 2.160–2.162

  • Development spending, Table 4A.2

  • Diplomatic, 2.9

  • Direct taxes, 5.9, Table 4A.1

  • Discounted debt securities, 6.71–6.73, 9.40

  • Dissemination of data, good practices in, 1.39, 3.52

  • Distributable income, 5.116, 5.118, 5.134, 6.111, 6.121

  • Dividends

    • classification of, 5.107, 5.113, 6.108, 9.49, Table 5.9, Table 6.9

    • definition of, 5.111, 6.109

    • disproportionately large (“super”), 5.64–5.66, 5.115–5.116, 6.110, 9.49

    • distributed to investment fund shareholders, 5.121

    • distribution of profits versus, 5.114

    • economic benefits, 3.37, 7.7

    • income tax on, 5.41, 5.44

    • interim payment, 5.117

    • lump-sum payments, 5.90

    • schedule and size of, 5.115–5.117, 6.110

    • time of recording transactions, 3.87, 5.112, 6.109

  • Domestic bank financing, Table 4A.1

  • Domestic financing, Table 4A.1

  • Domestic nonbank financing, Table 4A.1

  • Domestic versus foreign currency, 3.134–3.136

  • Double-entry, 3.54, 3.56, A7.13

  • Due-for-payment basis of recording, 3.61, 3.66, 3.70–3.71, 3.73

  • Dwellings, 7.44–7.45, Table 7.3

E

  • Economic assets, 3.35, 3.37, 3.43, 3.50, 4.25, 4.38, 4.43, 7.6–7.10, 7.12, 10.5, 10.48

  • Economic benefits derived from assets, 3.37

  • Economic flows. See flows

  • Economic ownership, 2.143, 3.38–3.41, 3.60, 3.62, 3.88, 3.93, 3.100, 7.5, 7.37, 7.109, 9.13–9.14, 9.45, A4.4, A4.16, A4.21, A4.23, A4.33, A4.62-A4.65, Box A4.4, Box A4.5

  • Economic territory

    • definition and scope of, 2.8–2.12

    • land and buildings in extraterritorial enclaves, 2.13

    • of economic union, A5.24

    • of international organizations, 2.16

    • residence criteria and, 2.2, 2.7

  • Economic unions

    • budget authority in, A5.22

    • common budget versus member state budgets in, A5.23

    • definition of, A5.5, A5.19

    • economic territory of, A5.24

    • expenses of, A5.29-A5.30

    • goals of, A5.20

    • grants payable/receivable, A5.23

    • harmonization for government finance statistics, A5.31, A5.41-A5.44, Box A5.1

    • legal and economic characteristics of, A5.19

    • member government units acting as agents of, A5.30

    • recording transactions related to, A5.26-A5.31

    • residence of, 2.17, A5.24-A5.25

    • revenues of common budget in, A5.20, A5.26-A5.28

    • scope of policy harmonization in, A5.21

    • See also Regional organizations

  • Economically significant prices, 2.32–2.33, 2.37, 2.65–2.75, 2.114, 10.77

  • Electromagnetic spectrum, 7.12, 7.103, 10.52, A4.23

  • Employee stock options

    • cancellation of, 10.57

    • classification of, 7.221, 9.77–9.81

    • definition of, 7.221

    • financial claims/instruments as, 3.47, 4.28, 7.15

    • granted to suppliers, 7.222

    • holding gains or losses on, 10.43

    • issued by parent company to employee in subsidiaries, 9.81

    • valuation of, 7.223

  • Employer-based social insurance schemes, 5.98–5.100

  • Employer-employee relationship, 6.9, 6.33–6.34, A2.40

  • Employment-related pensions, 2.102, 2.147, 4.48, 4.50, 5.94, 6.21, 6.26, 7.189–7.198, A2.21, A2.24, A2.41-A2.43, Figure A2.1, Figure A2.2

  • Employment-related social benefits, 4.48, 6.16, 6.97, 6.104–6.106, 7.195, A2.22-A2.24, Table 6.8, Figure A2.1

  • Employment-related social insurance, A2.18, A2.23, A2.40, Figure A2.1, Figure A2.2

  • Enterprise(s), 2.25

  • Entertainment, literary, and artistic

    • originals, 7.64, 7.72, 8.37, 8.41, Table 7.5

  • Entitlements

    • employment-related pension, 2.102, 5.95, 5.116, 7.189, 9.63, 10.36, 10.41, 10.72

    • life insurance and annuities, 9.62, 10.71

    • payments as transfer transactions, 3.12

    • social benefit, 6.22, A2.38

    • to future goods and services, 7.112, A4.51-A4.52

  • Environmental-economic accounting, A7.105-A7.134

  • Environmental groups, 2.61

  • Environmental taxes, A7.115-A7.121, Tables 5.2–5.5

  • Equity

    • as assets of general government, 2.48, 2.59

    • capital injections resulting in, A3.47-A3.49, Figure A3.2, A3.53, A4.40

    • classification of, 7.166–7.170, 9.47–9.55

    • consolidation of, 3.164

    • conversions, 7.150, 9.43, 10.84

    • debt assumption resulting in, A3.28, Figure A3.1

    • debt-for-equity swaps, A3.5, A3.21, A3.23

    • defining features of, 7.164, 7.165

    • evidence of ownership, 7.166

    • financial claims/instruments, 3.49, 4.28, 7.15, Box 6.3

    • holding gains or losses on, 10.30–10.33

    • liabilities of general government, 2.47

    • membership fees as, 6.42

    • net worth versus, 4.40, 7.173, 7.228–7.229, A6.48, Figure 7.1

    • nonprofit institutional units, 2.37

    • notional resident units, 2.13

    • own funds versus, 7.231–7.232

    • policy lending, 4.30, Box 4.1

    • property income on, 5.90, 5.111, 6.109

    • reclassification of assets into, 10.77, 10.84

    • recorded according to accounting standards, A6.32-A6.33, A6.48-A6.49

    • special purpose entities, A3.56-A3.57

    • valuation of, 7.166, 7.171–7.173, 7.233

    • withdrawals of, 5.90, 5.115, 6.112

  • Establishment(s), 2.24, 2.34, 2.75, 2.98, 2.124, 2.127

  • Estate taxes, 5.51

  • European Union, A5.20, Box A5.1

  • Exchange rates

    • changes in value of securities due to changes in, 10.1, 10.26

    • government finance accounting rules, 3.132–3.133

    • holding gains or losses from changes in, 3.33, 10.44, A7.95

    • multiple rate regimes, 5.89

    • role in credit derivatives, 7.218

    • subsidies in official system of, 6.89

    • taxes on exchange transactions and profits, 5.88–5.91

    • use of, in recording currency swaps, 7.216

    • valuation of transactions expressed in foreign currency, 3.119, 9.11, 9.33

  • Exchanges

    • as determinant of market prices, 3.108

    • as monetary transaction, 3.9

    • combined with transfers, 3.11, 3.123

    • of financial assets and liabilities, 3.44, 5.8, 6.5, 7.119, 9.3, A3.5

  • Excise taxes, 5.55, 5.57, 5.62, 5.71, 5.84, 5.96

  • Ex-dividend shares, 3.87, 5.112, 6.109, 10.32

  • Expenditure, 3.7, 4.21, 4.53, 5.28, 6.32, Table 4.1, Table 4.2, Table 4A.1

  • Expense

    • accounting rules for recording, 3.55–3.56

    • accrued expense versus cash flow expense, 4.35

    • classification of, 1.21, 6.1–6.3, 6.8, 6.126, Table 4.2, Table 4.2, Table 6.1, Table A8.2, Table A8.6. See also Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG)

    • collection fees as, 5.35

    • consolidation of, 3.162, 3.165

    • definition of, 4.16, 4.24, 6.1

    • excluded transactions, 4.24, 5.44, 6.5

    • fiscal indicators using, 4.53, 4.55, 4.57, Table 4A.1, Table 4A.2

    • gross/net recording of, 3.143–3.151

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.33, 4.16, Figure 4.1

    • major types of, 4.24

    • of regional organizations, A5.29-A5.30

    • payable tax credits as, 5.31

    • refunds of, 6.4

    • time of recording of, 3.77–3.92, 3.104, 6.6–6.7

    • valuation of, 3.107–3.112

    • See also respective categories of expense such as Compensation of employees; Interest expense; Property expense

  • Export taxes, 5.85. See also Taxes on exports

  • Extrabudgetary units, 2.41–2.44, 2.80, 2.82–2.83, 2.87, 2.93, Figure 2.3

F

  • Face value, 3.115, 3.117, 7.144, A3.16

    • gross debt at, 7.238, 7.242, Table 7.10

  • Fair value, 3.115, 7.142, 7.163, 7.204, 7.223, 7.262, 9.55, A3.52, A4.12, A6.27-A6.30, Box A6.1, Table 7.10

  • Fees and licenses

    • classification of revenue from, 5.138

    • for business operations, 5.81, A4.42

    • for financial protection schemes, 2.135

    • for goods and services, 5.136, 6.30

    • not commensurate with the control function of government, 5.72

    • other taxes on use of goods and permission to use goods or perform activities, 5.81

    • standardized guarantee schemes, 5.149, 6.125, 9.57

    • taxes versus, 5.73–5.75

  • Financial account, A7.68-A7.69, A7.93-A7.94, Figure A7.1, Table A7.2

  • Financial assets and liabilities

    • accounting identity, 9.2

    • arrears of, 9.20–9.23

    • changes in classification of, 9.35, 10.84

    • changes in volume of, 10.57, 10.63

    • classification according to counterparties, 7.264–7.265, 9.86–9.87, Table 9.2

    • classification by maturity, 7.266–7.271, Table 7.12

    • classification of, 4.26–4.31, 7.118–7.124, 7.264–7.265, 9.24−9.27, Table 4.1, Table 4.2, Table 7.9, Table 7.11, Table 9.1

    • consolidation of transactions in, 9.18–9.19

    • currency and deposits, 7.135–7.142, 9.33–9.35

    • debt securities, 7.143–7.156, 9.36–9.43

    • definition and scope of, 3.43–3.48, 7.15–7.16

    • employee stock options, 7.203, 7.221–7.223, 9.77–9.81

    • equity, 7.164–7.173, 9.47–9.55

    • financial derivatives contracts, 7.203–7.220, 9.70–9.76

    • holding gains and losses for, with fixed monetary values, 10.23

    • insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes, 7.178–7.202, 9.57–9.69

    • investment fund shares, 7.164, 7.174–7.177, 9.56

    • liquidity, 2.55, 4.31, 7.118, 7.124, 7.266

    • loans, 7.157–7.163, 9.44–9.46

    • monetary gold, 7.126–7.130, 9.28–9.30

    • net debt calculation, 7.243

    • net lending/net borrowing equal to transactions in, 9.5

    • net presentation of transaction in, 9.17, Table 9.1

    • other accounts receivable/payable, 7.224–7.227, 9.82–9.84

    • public policy-related, 4.29–4.30, Box 4.1

    • recording of transactions in Statement of Operations, 4.26–4.31

    • special drawing rights, 7.131–7.134, 9.31–9.32

    • time of recording transactions in, 3.93–3.97, 9.13–9.16

    • types of financial instruments included in, 9.24–9.27. See also the respective type of instruments

    • types of transactions in, 9.3–9.4

    • valuation of transactions in, 9.7–9.12

  • Financial auxiliaries, 2.54, 2.121

  • Financial claims

    • definition of, 3.47, 7.15. See also specific type of claims

    • termination of, 9.3

  • Financial corporations

    • bailout operations, A3.42-A3.53

    • institutional sector for, 2.50, 2.53–2.57, Figure 2.1, Figure 2.2

    • pension funds, autonomous, A2.47-A2.52

    • public sector, 2.115–2.121, Figure 2.2, Figure 2.3

    • restructuring agencies as, 2.130–2.131

    • types of/classes of, 2.54

  • Financial derivatives. See Derivatives, financial

  • Financial intermediaries

    • central bank as, 2.118

    • definition of, 2.54

    • functions of, 2.54

    • interest expense payable to, 6.81

    • subsectors of, 2.55

  • Financial intermediation services indirectly measured (FISIM), 5.108, 6.52, 6.62, 6.81, A7.28, A7.29, Table 5.8, Table 6.5, Table A7.1

  • Financial leases, A4.4, A4.10-A4.15, A4.55

    • definition of, 7.158, A4.10

    • fixed assets acquired under, 7.38

    • operating leases versus, 6.50, A4.37

    • time of recording, 8.17

  • Financial net worth. See Net financial worth

  • Financial protection/deposit insurance schemes, 2.132–2.135, 5.74, 5.138, A4.72

  • Financial services fees, 6.52. See also Financial intermediation services indirectly measured (FISIM)

  • Financing indicators, Table 4A.1

  • Financing transactions, in Statement of Operations, 4.26–4.31, Table 4.1, Table 4.2. See also Transactions in financial assets and liabilities

  • Fines and penalties

    • classification of, as expense, 6.123

    • classification of, as revenue, 5.6, 5.143–5.144

    • definition of, 5.142

    • on taxes, 5.24, 5.143

    • related to environmental-economic activities, A7.124

    • time of recording, 3.85, 5.144

  • Finished goods, 7.83, 8.47, Table 7.6

  • Fiscal analysis

    • role of GFSM 2014 in, 1.3

    • use of government finance statistics framework for, 1.10–1.13, 4.51–4.60, Table 4A.1, Table 4A.2

    • See also Analytic framework of government finance statistics

  • Fiscal balance analysis, 4.53, Table 4A.1

  • Fiscal burden, 5.9, Table 4A.1

  • Fiscal impulse, Table 4A.2

  • Fiscal policy

    • definition of, 1.2

    • government entities in execution of, 2.1

    • role of central government subsector in, 2.86

    • role of GFSM 2014 in analysis of, 1.2

  • Fiscal stabilization funds, 2.160–2.162

  • Fishing quotes/permits/licenses, A4.30-A4.31

  • Fixed assets, 7.35–7.74

    • acquired under financial lease, 7.38, 8.17

    • biological resources. See Cultivated biological resources

    • buildings and structures, 7.41–7.51, 8.28–8.32, Table 7.3

    • classification of other, 7.58–7.73, Table 7.5

    • classification of, 7.35, Table 7.2

    • component of produced assets, 7.18

    • constructed on own account, 7.37, 8.9

    • costs of ownership transfer, 6.60, 8.7, 8.42, 10.68, Figure 8.1

    • cultivated biological resources, 7.58–7.63, 8.34–8.36, 8.47, Table 7.5

    • definition of, 7.18, 7.35

    • deterioration of, 10.65

    • holding gains and losses on, 10.13

    • intellectual property products, 6.46–6.47, 7.64–7.73, 8.37–8.41, Table 7.5

    • machinery and equipment, 6.43, 6.49, 7.52–7.57, 8.33, Table 7.4

    • maintenance and repair expenses, 6.45, 8.25–8.27

    • other changes in volume of, 10.63–10.69

    • ownership of, 7.37–7.39

    • recording of transactions in, 8.24–8.43

    • revalued stock position for PIM, Box 6.1

    • time of recording of phased production of, 7.37

    • valuation, 7.36, 8.9, 8.24

    • weapons systems, 6.49, 7.74, 8.43

  • Fixed capital consumption. See Consumption of fixed capital

  • Float, 9.14

  • Flows

    • basis of recording, 1.27–1.28, 3.60, 3.67

    • classification of, 1.21, Table A8.3

    • consolidation, 9.18–9.19

    • definition of, 3.4

    • double-entry recording of, 3.54

    • expressed in foreign currencies, 3.119–3.129

    • illustrative recording of flows related to nonlife insurance or standardized guarantees, A4.79-A4.80

    • illustrative recording of flows related to social protection, Table, A2.1, Table A2.2, Table A2.3, Table A2.4

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.15, 1.21, 1.27, 1.31, 3.1

    • in regional arrangements, A5.3

    • in structure of analytic framework, 3.1, 4.8, Table 4.1

    • integration of stock positions and, 1.31, 3.2

    • netting of, 3.143–3.151, 9.17

    • of special purpose entities, 2.138–2.139

    • time of recording. See Time of recording economic flows

    • types of, 1.15, 3.4, Figure 4.1

    • unit of account, 3.51, 3.130–3.131

    • valuation of, 1.29, 3.107, 3.115–3.129

    • See also Other economic flows; Transactions

  • Foreign direct investment, reinvested earnings, 5.134–135, 6.121, 9.50, 10.34

  • Foreign financing, Table 4A.1

  • Forfeits, 5.142–5.144

  • Forgiveness, debt, 3.16, 4.35, 7.30, A3.5, A3.7-A3.9

  • Forward-type contracts, 7.208, 7.210, 7.212–7.214, 7.218, 9.71

  • Free trade zones, 2.11, A5.6, A5.19

  • Functional classification of government, 1.21, 6.3, Table 6A.1

    • COFOG system for, 6.126–6.132

    • detailed functions of government, 6.150

    • economic function cross-classified with, 6.148–6.149, Table 6A.2

    • See also Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG)

  • Futures contracts, 7.213

G

  • Gambling winnings, 3.46, 5.41–5.42, 5.63, 5.66–5.68

  • General government sector

    • comprise of, 2.58–2.59

    • coverage of the GFS framework, 1.26, 2.4, 4.7

    • decision tree for classification of entities in, 2.124, Figure 2.4

    • definition and scope of, 1.2, 2.58, 2.76, 4.7

    • delineation with public corporations, 2.64, A5.42, A6.14

    • economic functions of, 2.38

    • institutional units of, 2.58, 2.64

    • international comparison of subsector statistics, 2.77, A5.42

    • plus central bank, as public sector grouping, 2.122

    • reclassification of assets and liabilities of, 10.80–10.84

    • reclassification of units to or from, 10.76–10.79

    • relation to other institutional sectors, 2.122, Figure 2.1, Figure 2.2

    • residence of units of, 2.14

    • scope of government finance statistics framework for reporting on, 1.26

    • subsectors of, 2.62, 2.76–2.103, 3.153

    • transfer transactions typical in, 3.10

    • types of expense in, 6.1

    • types of revenue in, 5.1

    • types of transactions in financial assets and liabilities in, 9.85

    • uses of government finance statistics framework in analysis of, 1.10–1.13

  • General taxes on goods and services, 5.57–5.61, Table 5.3

  • Geographical area, 2.8, 2.90, 2.95

  • GFSM 2014. See Government Finance Statistics Manual 2014

  • Gift taxes, 3.81, 5.51

  • Gold

    • allocated accounts, 7.126–7.128, 10.84

    • as financial asset, 3.43, 3.48

    • as financial claim, 3.47, 7.15

    • as financial instrument, 4.28

    • as remuneration to IMF member countries, A3.89

    • bullion, 3.43, 7.15–7.16, 7.126, 7.128

    • changes in classification of, 10.84

    • deposits, 7.139, 9.35

    • holding gains and losses, 3.127, 5.90, 10.21, 10.23

    • international investment position, A7.96

    • monetary, classification of, 3.47, 7.126–7.130, 7.244, 9.28–9.29

    • nonmonetary, 7.88, 7.135, 8.47–8.48, 9.30, 9.34

    • reclassification of, 10.84

    • recorded as foreign currency, 3.135

    • swaps, 7.161, 9.46

    • unallocated accounts, 7.127, 7.139

  • Golden shares, Box 2.2

  • Goods for resale, 6.29, 6.44, 7.75, 7.84–7.85, 8.47, Table 7.6

  • Goodwill and marketing assets, 7.17, 7.31, 7.104, 7.113–7.117, 8.56, 8.58, 10.49, 10.54–10.56, Table 7.8

  • Government

    • asset ownership/use of, 7.11–7.12

    • definition and scope of, 2.1

    • employees of, 6.9

    • entities of, 2.1. See also General Government Sector; Government units; Public corporations

    • final consumption expenditure, A7.55-A7.60, Table 4A.1

    • residence of entities of, 2.14

  • Government finance statistics framework, 1.1

    • advantages of accrual basis of recording in, 3.70

    • aggregates in, 3.141

    • Balance of Payments and International Investment Position Manual and, A7.73-A7.98

    • balance sheets in, 1.30, 7.1–7.3

    • balancing items in, 1.32–1.34, 3.140

    • basis of recording economic events in, 1.27–1.28, 3.61–3.75, 4.3

    • classification codes, A8.1-A8.7, Figure A8.1, Table A8.1, Table A8.2, Table A8.3, Table A8.4, Table A8.5, Table A8.6

    • classification of, 3.7

    • COFOG and, 6.126–6.127

    • coverage of, 1.26, 2.1–2.4, 3.53

    • differences in institutional and economic structures of countries and, 1.5, 1.36–1.39, A7.2

    • fiscal indicators available from, 4.51–4.60, Table 4A.1, Table 4A.2

    • harmonization of, 1.13, 1.22, 1.35, A5.1

    • implementation of, 1.5, 1.36–1.39

    • integration of, 3.2

    • International Public Sector Accounting Standards and, A6.1-A6.56, Box A6.1

    • Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual and, A7.99-A7.104

    • Objectives of accounting versus, A6.11-A6.12

    • purpose of, 4.1, 4.5, A7.3

    • structure and features of, 1.14–1.24, 4.8–4.15

    • System of Environmental-Economic Accounting Central Framework and, A7.105-A7.134

    • System of National Accounts 2008 and, 1.22–1.24, 3.6, A7.13-A7.72, Tables A7.1-A7.5

    • uses of, 1.10–1.13, 4.51, A5.36-A5.40

    • valuation in, 1.29, 3.107–3.117, A6.25-A6.30

    • See also Analytic framework of government finance statistics

    • Government Finance Statistics Manual 1986 (GFSM 1986), 1.6–1.7, 1.35, 4.2, 4.6

    • GFSM 2014 and, 1.25–1.34, A1.164-A1.186

    • Government Finance Statistics Manual 2001 (GFSM 2001), 1.7–1.8, A1.1-A1.162

    • Government Finance Statistics Manual 2014 (GFSM 2014)

    • additions and changes from previous editions in, 1.8–1.9, 1.25–1.345, A1.1-A1.162

    • evolution of, 1.6–1.9

    • harmonization, 1.1, 1.8–1.9, 1.35, A1.1, A1.187

    • preparation of, 1.8–1.9

    • purpose of, 1.1–1.5

    • revision process, 1.8

    • structure of, 1.40–1.44

    • supplemental practical guidelines, 1.1

    • See also Government finance statistics framework

    • Government Finance Statistics Yearbook, 1.6, 4.51

    • Government-owned enterprises

    • as government units, 2.47

    • examples of, 2.1

    • nonresident, 2.20, 2.57

    • See also Public corporations

  • Government production activities, 1.22

  • Government units

    • accountable to two levels of government, 2.79, 2.99, Box 2.1

    • ancillary activities supplied to, 2.45, 2.72

    • artificial subsidiaries, 2.42–2.44, 2.162

    • as legal or social entities, 2.30, 2.47

    • as nonmarket producers, 2.32, 2.37, 2.41, 2.58–2.59

    • as recipients of subsidies, 6.86

    • budgetary and extrabudgetary, 2.80–2.82

    • classification of revenue from sales of goods and services by, 5.136, 5.141

    • definition of, 2.38

    • dividend payments to or from, 5.113

    • economic functions of, 2.38

    • establishments as, 2.24

    • geographic location of, 2.40

    • identification of, 2.39–2.47, 2.64–2.75

    • in control of public corporations, 2.107–2.112, Box 2.2

    • market producers versus, 2.24, 2.35, 2.64–2.75, 2.48, 2.63–2.64, 2.104. See also Public corporations

    • net worth of, 7.229

    • privatization of, 9.54

    • public sector, 2.4, 2.63, Figure 2.3

    • relationships between, 2.47

    • rent from lands/subsoil assets owned by, 5.126–5.130

    • residence of, 2.14

    • sector classification of, 1.2, 2.38, 2.76–2.84

    • social protection programs and, 2.46, 2.100–2.101

    • tax attribution principles, 5.33–5.40

    • taxes payable by, 5.42

    • types of expense, 3.1, 6.1–6.2

    • types of revenue in, 3.13, 5.1

    • See also General government sector

  • Grants

    • as transfer transactions, 3.10

    • between general government units, 2.82, 2.95, 5.102, 6.93

    • capital, 5.103, 6.94

    • claims settlement and, 5.105

    • classification of, 5.5, 5.101–5.104, 6.92–6.94, Table 5.7, Table 6.7

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.153, 3.162, 5.5, 5.102

    • current, 5.103, 6.94

    • definition of, 5.5, 5.101, 6.92

    • distributed in regional arrangements, A5.8-A5.18, A5.23

    • in kind, 5.104, 6.92, 6.95

    • sources/recipients of, 5.102, 6.93

    • time of recording of, 3.86, 5.16, 5.105

    • valuation of, 3.108, 3.123, 5.104

  • Gross capital formation, A7.54, Table 4A.1

  • Gross debt

    • analysis of, 4.55

    • as memorandum item to balance sheet, 7.236–7.242, Table 7.10

    • at market value, 7.240

    • at nominal value, 7.241

    • definition of, 7.236, Table 4A.1

    • face value, 7.241

    • valuation of, 7.154, 7.239–7.242

  • Gross debt sustainability, 4.55, Table 4A.1

  • Gross financing needs, Table 4A.2

  • Gross fixed capital formation, Table 4A.1

  • Gross investment in nonfinancial assets, 8.4, Table 4.1, Table 4.2, Table 4A.1

  • Gross operating balance, 4.20, Table 4.1, Table 4A.1

  • Gross saving, A7.54, Table 4A.1

  • Guarantees

    • classification of, 3.49

    • contingent liabilities and, 7.253, Figure 7.2

    • control established through, Box 2.2

    • in the GFS framework, 3.49, 4.15, Table 4.6

    • one-off, 7.255–7.260

    • risks associated with, 1.4, 1.19, 2.71

    • standardized schemes. See Standardized guarantee schemes

H

  • Historic cost, 3.115

  • Holding companies, 2.128

  • Holding gains and losses

    • as economic benefit, 3.37

    • calculation of holding gains, 10.9–10.10

    • changes in net worth due to, 4.37

    • changes in value excluded from classification as, 10.8

    • classification codes, 10.4, Table A8.3

    • consumption of fixed capital in estimation of, 6.68, 10.13–10.14

    • continuous accrual of, 3.34. See also Time of recording

    • definition of, 3.33, 4.10, 10.1

    • in the GFS framework, 4.10, 4.46, 10.2, Table 4.5, Table 10.1

    • measuring, 10.9–10.10

    • net presentation of, 3.149

    • neutral and real, 10.11

    • on debt instruments that do not accrue interest, 10.45

    • on debt securities, 10.24–10.29

    • on employee stock options, 10.43

    • on equity, 10.30–10.33

    • on financial assets denominated in foreign currencies, 10.44

    • on financial assets with fixed monetary values, 10.23

    • on financial derivatives, 10.42

    • on fixed assets, 10.13–10.15

    • on insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes, 10.35–10.41

    • on inventories, 10.16–10.17

    • on investment fund shares, 10.34

    • on monetary gold, 10.21

    • on nonfinancial assets, 10.19–10.20

    • on special drawing rights, 10.22

    • on valuables, 10.18

    • realized and unrealized, 10.6–10.7, A6.31-A6.33

    • recording of, 10.5

    • time of recording, 3.33–3.34, 3.99–3.100, 3.127, 10.7, 10.12

    • valuation of, 3.127, 10.9–10.10

  • Hospital buildings, 7.47

  • Hospitals

    • as institutional household, 2.28

    • as nonprofit institutions, 2.37, 2.97, 5.139

    • as market producers, 2.114, 2.127

  • Household(s)

  • as types of institutional units, 2.27

  • definition of, 2.28

  • economic sector, 2.60, Figure 2.2

  • income taxes, 5.41

  • multiperson, 2.29

  • nonprofit institutions serving. See Nonprofit institutions serving households

  • relation to other sectors, Figure 2.1

  • subsidies to, in capacity as producers, 6.86

I

  • Implementation of GFSM 2014

    • challenges using accrual basis accounting in, 3.75

    • consideration of local circumstances in, 1.36–1.37

    • consolidation process, 3.165–3.166

    • good data dissemination practices in, 1.39

    • institutional and legal structures of government and, 1.5

    • in monetary unions, A5.38-A5.40

    • sequence of, 1.38

  • Implicit transfers resulting from loans at concessional interest rates, 7.246, 9.12, Table 7.10

  • Import duties, 3.81, 5.84, A5.12, Table 5.5

  • Incidental sales, 5.139, A5.9, A5.27, Table 5.10

  • Income accounts, A7.31-A7.61, A7.82-A7.88

  • Income taxes

    • classification and recording of, 5.42–5.44, Table 5.2

    • definition and scope of, 5.41

    • refunds, 3.145

    • time of recording, 3.82–3.83, 5.12, 5.15, 5.43

    • withheld from employees, 6.12

  • Index-linked debt/securities/loans, 6.75–6.83, 7.153, 9.41–9.42, 10.26

  • Indirect taxes, 5.9, Table 4A.1

  • Individual goods and services, 6.133–6.139, A7.60

  • Information, computer, and telecommunication equipment, 7.52, 7.56, Table 7.4

  • Infrastructure companies/funds, 2.160–2, 162

  • Infrastructure construction/assets, 7.11, 7.48

  • Inheritance taxes, 5.51 In kind transactions, 3.19–3.21

    • barter, 3.22

    • difference in GFS and SNA treatment of, Box A7.1

    • employee compensation. See Remuneration

    • grants, 5.5, 5.104–5.105, 6.94

    • payments other than remuneration, 3.24

    • remuneration, 3.23, 5.140, 6.35. See also Wages and salaries, social benefits, 2.101, 6.39–6.40, 6.100–6.101, 6.104, A7.48

    • transfers, 3.16, 3.25

    • types of, 3.21

    • valuation, 3.121–3.123

    • wages and salaries, 6.17–6.18, Table 6.2

  • Institutional sectors

    • definition of, 2.50

    • financial corporations, 2.53–2.57

    • general government, 2.58–2.59

    • households, 2.60

    • institutional units and relationship to, 2.51, Figure 2.1

    • nonfinancial corporations, 2.52

    • nonprofit institutions serving households, 2.61

    • subsectors of, 2.62

    • types of, 2.50

  • Institutional units

    • ancillary activities of, 2.45

    • application of definition, 2.39–48

    • artificial subsidiary, 2.42

    • central borrowing authority as, 2.44

    • changes in classification of, 10.76–10.79

    • characteristics of, 2.22–2.25

    • classification of specific types of, 2.125–2.162

    • classification of, 2.50, 2.63, 2.124, Figures 2.1 and 2.4. See also Sector classification

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.153–157

    • control of, 2.47

    • corporations as, 2.31–2.35

    • criteria to be, 2.22

    • definition, 1.14, 2.22

    • enterprises and, 2.25

    • establishments and, 2.24

    • government units as, 2.38

    • households as, 2.28–2.29, 2.60

    • identification of, 2.26

    • in financial corporations sector, 2.53–2.57, 2.115–2.121

    • in general government sector, 2.58, 2.76–2.103

    • in government finance statistics framework, 2.3, 2.23, 4.7

    • in nonfinancial corporations sector, 2.52, 2.114

    • in public sector, 2.63

    • location of, 2.12

    • nonprofit institutions serving households as, 2.36–2.37, 2.61

    • notional resident units, 2.13

    • of central government, 2.85–2.89

    • of local government, 2.95–2.99

    • of state government, 2.80–2.83, 2.90–2.94

    • public corporations as, 2.48

    • residence of, 2.6–2.14

    • social protection and, 2.46, Appendix 2

    • special purpose entities as, 2.15, 2.43, 2.136–2.139

    • transactions between, 3.5

    • types of, 2.27–2.38. See also specific type

  • Insurance

    • claims, 5.148, 5.150–5.151, 7.15, A4.77, A7.84

    • classification of property income disbursements, 5.120

    • classification of, 9.57–9.62

    • conceptual basis of, A4.66

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.164

    • deposit. See Financial protection/ deposit insurance schemes

    • exceptionally large settlements receivable/payable, 5.151, 6.125

    • expenses attributed to policyholders, 6.113–6.114

    • financial corporations in, 2.53–2.55

    • financial derivatives versus, 7.207

    • financial intermediation, 2.55

    • life, 5.120, 7.187–7.188, 9.62, A4.69

    • nonlife insurance premiums as transfer transactions, 3.12, 3.14

    • nonlife, 7.183–7.186, 9.58–9.61, A4.70, A4.78-A4.80

    • policy, nature of, A4.66

    • premiums, 5.149–5.150, 6.125, A4.74-A4.76, Table 5.12, Table 6.11

    • private, versus, A2.11-A2.16, Figure A2.1

    • public financial corporations, 2.115, 2.121

    • recording of nonlife insurance premiums as transactions, 9.58–9.61

    • reserves/assets/liabilities/entitlements related to, 5.120, 7.178, 9.57

    • service fees for, 6.52

    • SNA treatment versus GFS treatment of, A7.29, A7.43, A7.69, Table A7.1

    • social protection versus, A2.11-A2.16, Figure A2.1

    • social. See Social insurance

    • taxes on, 5.92

    • terminology of, A4.73-A4.77

    • time of recording, 3.89

    • types of, A4.67-A4.70

    • valuation of, 5.20, 7.122

    • See also Insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes

  • Insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes

    • as debt instrument, 7.236, 7.243, Table 7.12

    • changes in volume of, 10.63–10.75

    • classification of, 4.28, 9.57–9.69

    • classification of, 7.178–7.202

    • consolidation of, 3.164

    • difference in GFS and SNA treatment of, 5.95, A7.69

    • holding gains or losses on, 10.35–10.41

    • social protection arrangements. See Social protection

    • valuation of, 7.122, 7.240

    • See also Insurance; Pension schemes; Standardized guarantee schemes

  • Intangible nonproduced assets, 3.50, 7.31, 7.90, 7.104–7.117, 8.56–8.58, Table, 7.8

  • Intellectual property products

    • classification of, 6.46–6.47, 8.37, 7.64, Table 7.5

    • computer software and databases, 7.69–7.71, 8.40

    • definition of, 7.64

    • entertainment, literary and artistic, 7.72, 8.41

    • mineral exploration and evaluation, 6.47, 7.68

    • original products and copies, 7.65

    • other, 7.73

    • recording transactions in, 6.46–6.47, 8.37–8.41

    • research and development, 7.66–7.67, 8.38

    • See also Research and development expenses

  • Interest

    • accrual recording of, 3.70, 3.90, 6.64, 7.123

    • arrears, 6.80, 7.247, 9.22

    • as exchange type of transaction, 3.9

    • as used in primary balance/fiscal analysis, 4.55, Table 4A.1

    • cash recording of, 6.65

    • classification as expense, 4.24, 5.110, 6.62, 6.83, Table 5.8, Table 6.5

    • classification as revenue, 5.108–5.110, Table 5.8

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.152, 3.162

    • debtor approach to calculating, 6.66–6.68

    • definition of, 5.108, 6.62

    • financial intermediation services indirectly measured (FISIM) and, 6.62, 6.81

    • grace periods and, 6.69

    • gross versus net presentation of, 3.143–3.144

    • imputed, 5.108, 6.17

    • on debt instruments that do not accrue, 7.30, 10.45

    • on debt securities issued at par, 9.39

    • on debt securities with embedded derivatives, 6.79, 9.43

    • on debt securities, 7.143, 9.36–9.38

    • on discounted instruments, 6.71–6.72, 7.144–7.147, 9.9, 9.40

    • on index-linked instruments, 6.75–6.78, 9.41

    • on loans issued at premium, 6.73

    • on loans recorded at nominal value, 7.163, 9.44

    • on nonperforming loans, 7.262

    • on overdue taxes, 5.24, 6.82

    • on Special Drawing Rights, 7.131, 9.32

    • payable to financial intermediaries, 6.81

    • step-up interest, 6.70

    • time of recording, 3.70, 3.90, 3.133, 5.108, 6.64, 9.16

    • valuation of, 3.108–3.112, 3.118, 3.123, 5.109–5.110

  • Interest rates

    • changes in value of securities due to changes in, 10.26

    • concessional, 2.104, 3.123, 7.246, 9.12

    • for arrears, 9.22

    • implicit tax/subsidy of central bank, 5.70, 6.89, Box 6.2

    • step-up, 6.70

    • swap contracts, 7.215–7.216

  • Intermediation, 2.54. See also Financial intermediaries

  • International investment position, 9.27, A7.74, A7.96-A7.98

  • International Monetary Fund

    • as international organization, 2.16

    • Code on Good Practice on Fiscal Transparency, 3.52, 4.51

    • credits and loans from, A3.86-A3.88

    • General Data Dissemination System, 1.39, 3.52

    • No. 1 Account, A3.82

    • No. 2 Account, A3.90

    • quotas, A3.82-A3.83

    • recording of stock positions and flows arising from membership in, 7.131–7.134, 9.31–9.32, A3.79-A3.95

    • remuneration from, A3.89

    • reserve position in, A3.84-A3.85

    • Special Data Dissemination Standard Plus, 1.39, 3.52

    • Special Data Dissemination Standard, 1.39, 3.52

    • Special Drawing Rights, 7.131–7.134, 7.138, 9.31–9.32, A3.82, A3.87, A3.91-A3.95

  • International organizations

    • defining characteristics of, 2.16

    • economic territory of, 2.16

    • grants from/to, 5.101–5.104, 6.92–6.93, Table 5.7, Table 6.7

    • membership fees and subscriptions to, 9.52

    • ownership of, 7.169

    • residence of, 2.16–2.21

    • See also Regional arrangements

  • International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSASs), 1.9, 4.46

    • relationship with, A4.63, A6.1-A6.56, Box A6.1

  • Inventories

    • as produced assets, 7.18

    • classification of, 3.50, 3.91, 6.6, 7.75–7.86, 8.45–8.46, Table 7.6

    • commemorative coins as, 7.135, 9.34

    • costs of ownership transfer on, 6.60, 8.45

    • definition of, 7.18, 7.75

    • exceptional losses in, 10.70

    • excluded from capital transfers, 3.16

    • finished goods, 7.83, 8.47

    • gold as, 7.129, 9.30

    • goods for resale, 7.84–7.85, 8.47

    • holding gains on, 10.16–10.17

    • materials and supplies, 7.79, 8.47

    • military, 7.86, 8.43, 8.47

    • net investment in, 8.4, 8.44

    • net presentation of changes in, 3.147, 8.19–8.20

    • other change in volume of, 10.63, 10.70, 10.82, 10.84

    • plants and animals as, 7.60–7.61, 8.34

    • reclassification of, 10.82, 10.84

    • recording of transactions related to, 3.91, 6.6, 6.44, 8.3, 8.44–8.47

    • time of recording, 3.90–3.91, 6.6, 8.44

    • transfers of inventory, 6.37, 6.40

    • use of goods and services and, 6.6, 6.29, 6.44, Table 6.3

    • valuation of, 7.78, 8.10, 8.44

    • work in progress, 7.80–7.82, 8.47

  • Investment funds

    • as financial claim, 7.15

    • as financial intermediary, 2.55

    • classification of, 7.164, 7.174–7.177, 9.56

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.164

    • definition of, 7.174

    • development or infrastructure companies as, 2.160–2.162

    • expense for disbursements of income from, 6.113

    • income disbursements, 5.120–5.121

    • recording changes in value of, 5.121, 6.119, 10.34

    • sector classification of, 2.121, 2.160

    • share or units of, 7.174

    • valuation of, 7.233

J

  • Joint accountability of units, 2.79

  • Joint operating arrangements, 2.143

  • Joint ownership of assets, 2.29, A4.39

  • Joint-stock companies, 2.32

  • Joint ventures, 2.140–2.143, A4.40

L

  • Land

    • asset boundary of land, 7.7–7.10

    • classification of, 3.50, 7.19, 7.93, 7.95–7.96

    • consumption of fixed capital on, 8.53

    • costs of ownership transfer, 3.111, 7.22, 8.7, 8.53, Figure 8.1

    • definition of, 7.92

    • economic territory and, 2.9–2.10

    • holding gains and losses on, 8.31

    • nonresident ownership of, 2.13, 7.91

    • other changes in volume of, 8.31, 10.51–10.52, 10.60

    • recording transaction, 8.50–8.53

    • rent receivable/payable on, 5.122, 5.126–5.128, 5.132, 6.51, 6.120

    • resource lease on, 5.125, A4.17, A4.26-A4.27

    • structures on, 8.51

    • taxes on, 5.49, 5.52, 5.53

    • valuation of, 7.94, 8.11

    • See also Land improvements

  • Land improvements

    • classification of, 7.49–7.50, 8.50, Table 7.3

    • consumption of fixed capital on, 7.51, 8.31, 8.53

    • definition of, 7.49 land and, 7.50

    • recording transactions in, 7.94, 8.7, 8.31

    • valuation of, 7.51

  • Late interest, 9.22

  • Leases

    • as assets, A4.53-A4.57, Box A4.3

    • types of, A4.4-A4.17. See also specific type, Financial leases; Operating leases; and Resource leases

    • See also Contracts, leases, and licenses

  • Legal and social entities, 2.30–2.38

  • Legal ownership, 3.38–3.41, 5.141, 7.4–7.5, 7.96, 7.158, A4.4, A4.37, A4.62

  • Letters of credit, 7.13, 7.207, 7.259

  • Liabilities

    • classification of, 1.21, 4.27–4.30, 7.118–7.227, Table 7.9

    • consolidation of, 3.163

    • contingent liabilities versus, 7.13

    • definition of, 3.45, 4.45, 7.15

    • financial claims and, 3.47, 7.15

    • holding gains and losses, 3.33, 3.100, 4.37

    • in calculation of net worth, 1.17, 7.1

    • in government finance framework, 1.15, 1.30, 4.22, Figure 4.1

    • net presentation of, 3.148

    • nonfinancial, 3.44

    • other changes in the volume of, 3.35, 4.38

    • other economic flows, 3.31, 3.126–3.129

    • reclassification of, 3.101–3.102, 10.80–10.84

    • recording of transactions in, 1.34, 3.4, 4.26–4.31

    • relation with debt, 7.236–7.237

    • sources of, 3.45–3.46

    • time of recording transactions in, 3.60, 3.93–3.97

    • types of liabilities, 3.45–3.46

    • valuation of, 3.111, 3.113–3.115, 7.20–7.33

    • See also Financial assets and liabilities and Contingent liabilities

  • Licenses

    • as asset sale versus rent, 5.124, 7.109, A4.21, Box A4.1

    • business, 5.81

    • compulsory, 5.138

    • original copies, 7.65

    • to make use of natural resources, 5.54, 5.78, A4.18-A4.35, Figure A4.1

    • to use goods, or to perform specific activities, 5.55, 5.72–5.75, 5.81, A4.36-A4.50, Box A4.2, Table 5.4

    • to use motor vehicles, 5.55, 5.72–5.75, 5.80

    • See also Contracts, leases, and licenses; Fees and licenses

  • Life insurance, 7.178–7.179, 7.187–7.188, 9.62, 10.71, A4.69

    • nonlife versus, 7.183

  • Lines of credit, 7.13, 7.259

  • Liquidation corporations. See Restructuring agencies

  • Liquidity management, 3.67, 4.29, 4.31, Box 4.1, 7.123, 9.12

  • Loans

    • arrears of, 3.71, 7.247, 9.21

    • as debt instrument, 7.236, 7.243

    • classification of, 7.157–7.162, 9.44–9.46

    • concessional, 2.162, 3.123, 5.108, 6.17, 7.246, 9.12, A3.39-A3.41, Box 6.2

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.163

    • control of corporations through, Box 2.2

    • definition of, 7.157

    • from International Monetary Fund, A3.86-A3.88

    • guarantees, 7.259

    • index-linked, 9.41. See also Index-linked debt

    • net presentation of, 3.148, 9.4

    • nonperforming, 7.262–7.263

    • on-lending of borrowed funds, A3.72-A3.78, Table A3.1

    • other changes in volume of, 10.57

    • reclassification of, 7.149, 7.157, 10.84

    • time of recording disbursement of, 3.93

    • to employees, 5.108, 6.17, A2.9

    • valuation of, 7.163, 9.23, A3.8

  • Local government

    • definition of, 2.95

    • extrabudgetary units of, 2.82–2.83

    • functions of, 2.95–2.97

    • general government sector and, 2.58, 2.62, Figures 2.2 and 2.3

    • institutional units of, 2.80, 2.99

    • nonmarket NPIs of, 2.83

    • social security funds of, 2.78

  • Lotteries, 5.63, 5.66–5.69, 5.114

  • Lottery winnings, 5.41–5.42

M

  • Machinery and equipment, 6.37, 6.43, 6.49, 7.7, 7.35, 7.37–7.38, 7.52–7.57, 7.88, 8.33, Table 7.4

  • Maintenance and repairs

    • classification as expense, 6.45

    • defining features of, 8.27

    • major improvements versus, 8.25–8.26

  • Major improvements to fixed assets.

    • See Maintenance and repairs

  • Margins, 7.219–7.220, 9.75

  • Maritime territories, 2.9

  • Marketable operating leases, 7.107, 7.108, 8.57, A4.56, Table 7.8

  • Market producers

    • characteristics of, 2.32, 2.66–2.69, 2.73

    • classification of revenue from sales of goods and services by, 5.136–5.138

    • corporations as, 2.31, 2.33

    • definition of, 2.65

    • establishments as, 2.24, 2.76, 2.75

    • identification of, 2.64–2.75

    • in government finance framework, 2.4

    • nonmarket producers versus, 2.64–2.75, Figure 2.4. See also Nonmarket producers

    • nonprofit institutions as, 2.37

    • regional enterprises as, 2.20

    • transfers of goods and services purchased from, 6.40, 6.91, 6.123, A2.27, A7.59

  • Marketing boards, 5.65, 5.86–5.87. See also Market regulatory agencies

  • Market prices

    • approximated by/equivalents of, 3.112, 3.114, 7.30–7.33

    • definition of, 3.107

    • estimation methods, 3.112, 3.125

    • exchange values versus, 3.122–3.123

    • for stock positions, 3.113–3.114

    • for transactions, 3.108–3.112, 8.9–8.12

    • holding gains and, 10.9

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.29

    • valuation of assets and liabilities, 7.20–7.33. See also Valuation of each financial instrument

  • Market regulatory agencies, 2.156–2.159

  • Materials and supplies, 3.26, 3.91, 3.147, 6.29, 7.79, 8.3, 8.47, Table 7.6

  • Means test, 5.94, A2.25

  • Membership dues, 6.42, 6.123, 9.52, A3.79

  • Memorandum items, balance sheet, 7.234–7.263, Table 7.10

  • Military

    • bases, 2.9–2.10, 2.13, 7.48

    • dwellings for personnel, 7.44, 7.47

    • equipment, 6.49, 7.52

    • inventories, 7.86, 8.47, Table 7.6

    • See also Weapons Systems

  • Mineral and energy resources, 3.50, 7.97–7.99, 8.54, A4.35, A7.122

  • Mineral exploration and evaluation, 6.47, 7.64–7.65, 7.68, 8.37, 8.39, Table 7.5

  • Monetary and currency unions, 2.17, A5.5, A5.32-A5.35, A5.41-A5.44, Box A5.1

  • Monetary and Financial Statistics Manual, 1.8, A1.187, A7.5, A7.99-A7.104

  • Monetary transactions

    • definition of, 3.8

    • exchanges, 3.9

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.28, 3.64

    • transfers, 3.10–3.18

  • Money market funds, 2.55, 2.121, 7.174, 7.177

  • Monopolies

    • permits and licenses creating, 7.111

    • profits of, 5.86–5.87

    • rerouting profits of, 3.28

    • taxes on, 5.55, 5.63–5.68, 5.86–5.87, 5.114, Table

  • Monuments, 7.42–7.43, 7.47–7.48, 8.30, 10.50

  • Motor vehicle taxes, 5.79–5.80, A7.40, Table 5.4

  • Mutual funds, 2.54, 7.174

N

  • National accounts, 1.23, 2.23, 3.74, 3.106, 3.131, 3.165, 3.167, 4.18, 5.120, 1.151, 6.52, 6.81, 6.125, 6.139, A7.13-A7.72. See also System of National Accounts 2008

  • Nationalization, 9.55, A3.42, Box 4.1

  • Natural disasters, 5.146, 6.37, 6.58, 6.91, 10.16, 10.60–10.61, A2.10

  • Natural resources

    • as nonfinancial assets, 3.50

    • as nonproduced assets, 7.17, 7.19

    • classification of, 7.90–7.103

    • depletion of, 10.52

    • entering or exiting asset boundary, 10.49–10.52

    • environmental-economic accounting, A7.108-A7.110, A7.122

    • fiscal analysis in countries with, 4.59, 5.9, Table 4A.2

    • leases, A4.16-A4.17, A4.53-A4.55

    • licenses and permits to make use of, 5.78, 7.109, A4.18-A4.35, -, A4.48, Box A4.1, Figure A4.1, Table 7.8

    • ownership by nonresidents, 2.13

    • ownership, 3.38–3.39, 7.5

    • permits to use. See Permits

    • rent from/for, 5.122–5.129, 6.120 revenue from, 5.9, Table 4A.2

    • taxes on exploitation of, 5.54, 5.74, 5.78, 5.82

    • See also Rent; specific category of resource

  • Net acquisition of financial assets, 1.34, 3.151, 4.16, 9.5, 9.17, 9.23, Tables 4.1 and 9.1

  • Net cash outflow from investment in nonfinancial assets, 8.4, Table 4.2

  • Net debt, 4.54–4.55, 7.243–7.245, Table 4A.1, Table 7.10

  • Net financial worth

    • as balance sheet memorandum item, 7.235

    • as indicator of sustainability, 4.41, Table 4A.1

    • definition of, 4.41, 7.235

    • in government finance statistics framework, Figure 4.1

  • Net incurrence of liabilities, 1.34, 1.15, 3.151, 4.16, 9.5, 9.17, 9.23, Tables 4.1 and 9.1

  • Net interest expense, 3.144, Table 4A.1

  • Net investment in nonfinancial assets

    • definition of, 4.16, 8.4, Table 4.1, Table 4.2, Table 4A.1

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.34

    • inventories, 8.44

  • Net lending/net borrowing

    • as fiscal indicator, 4.19, 4.53, Tables 4A.1 and 4A.2

    • as fiscal targets in regional arrangements, A5.39

    • as indicator of fiscal balance, 4.53

    • calculation of, 4.17, 9.5

    • compared with SNA concept, A7.19

    • definition of, 4.17, Table 4.1

    • impact of capital grants in kind on, 5.104

    • impact of consumption of fixed capital on, 8.18

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.11, 1.34

    • in gross saving calculation, A7.54

    • lending minus repayments versus, 4.30

    • nonresource balances and, 4.59

    • overall balance and, 4.57

    • primary balance and, 4.55

  • Net operating balance

    • as fiscal indicator, 4.18, Table 4A.1

    • as proxy for distributable income, 5.116

    • calculation of, 1.33, 3.142, 4.17

    • compared with SNA concept, 4.18

    • definition of, 4.17–4.18

    • gross operating balance versus, 4.20

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.11, 1.33, 1.34, 4.17, Figure, 4.1, Table 4.1

    • IPSAS surplus/deficit versus, A6.56

    • savings in national accounts versus, 4.18, A7.19

  • Net worth

    • as sustainability indicator, 4.3, 4.39–4.40, 4.54, Table 4A.1

    • balance sheet calculation, 3.142, 4.39, 7.228–7.333, Figure 7.1, Table 4.4, Table 7.1

    • definition of, 4.39, 7.1, 7.228

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.30, 1.33, Figure 4.1

    • IPSASs’ net asset/equity versus, A6.48

    • of unincorporated enterprises, 7.173, 7.232

    • own funds versus, 7.231, Figure 7.1

    • See also Changes in net worth

  • Nominal value

    • arrears measured at, 7.250

    • as proxy for market values, 7.30

    • calculation of, 7.21

    • concessional loans at, 7.246, 9.11

    • definition of, 3.115

    • face value versus, 3.115

    • fair value of nonperforming loans versus, 7.263

    • gross debt at, 7.241

    • of loans, 7.263

    • publicly guaranteed debt at, 7.255

  • Nonfinancial assets

    • accounting identity, 8.2

    • appearance/disappearance of, 10.48–10.51

    • categories of, 7.17

    • characteristics of, 7.17

    • choice of net or gross presentation, 3.146–3.147

    • classification in Statement of Operations, 4.25

    • classification of, 7.34, 8.3–8.4, 8.21–8.23, Table 7.2, Table 8.1.

    • See also each category of non-financial assets

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.162

    • costs of ownership transfer, 6.60, 8.6–8.8

    • definition of, 7.17

    • fixed, 7.35–7.74, 8.24–8.43

    • goods and services expenses versus acquisition of, 6.43–6.49

    • gross investment in, 8.4, Table 4A.1

    • gross presentation of, 3.146

    • holding gains and losses on, 10.19–10.20

    • in expenditure, 4.21

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.33, 1.34, Figure 4.1

    • inventories, 7.75–7.86, 8.44–8.47

    • loss of economic value, 10.51

    • net investment in, 1.34, 4.16, 8.4

    • net presentation of some categories of, 3.146–3.147

    • netting of transactions in, 8.19–8.20

    • nonproduced, 7.90–7.117, 8.49–8.58

    • time of recording transactions in, 3.88–3.92, 8.13–8.17

    • types of, 7.17

    • valuables, 7.87–7.89, 8.48

    • valuation of, 7.20–7.22, 8.9–8.12

  • Nonfinancial corporations

    • economic sector, 2.35, 2.52, Figure 2.1

    • public sector, 2.114, Figure 2.2

  • Nonfinancial public sector, 2.122

  • Nonlife insurance

    • claims on, 3.46

    • classification of protection schemes for, 2.132

    • definition, A4.70

    • general government and public sector as operators or holders, 9.57

    • insurers, public sector units as, A4.79

    • life insurance versus, 7.183

    • policyholders, public sector units as, A4.80

    • premium, fees, and claims payable related to, 6.125, Table 6.11

    • premiums and claims as transfers, 3.12, 3.14

    • premiums, fees, and claims receivable related to, 5.6, 5.149–5.151, Table 5.12

    • service fees, 6.52

    • social security versus, Figure A2.1

    • statistical treatment of, A4.78-A4.80

    • technical reserves, 7.178, 7.183–7.186, 9.58–9.61, 10.35

  • Nonmarket producers, 2.37, 2.43, 2.65, 2.70, 2.75, 2.124

  • Nonmarketable financial instruments, 3.129

  • Nonmonetary transactions

    • definition of, 3.19

    • difference in treatment in SNA of, Box A7.1

    • economic significance of, 3.19

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.28, 3.64

    • internal, 3.26

    • two-party, 3.21–3.25

    • types of, 3.20

  • Nonperforming loans, 7.262–7.263

  • Nonproduced assets

    • classification of, 3.50, 4.25, 7.17, 7.90–7.117, 8.49–8.57

    • costs of ownership transfer, 8.7, 8.42, 10.83, Figure 8.1

    • definition of, 7.19

    • economic benefits of, 7.7

    • in government finance statistics

    • framework, 4.25, Table 4.2, Table 4.3

    • intangible, 7.104–7.117, 8.56–8.58

    • land, 7.92–7.96, 8.50–8.53

    • mineral and energy resources, 7.97–7.99, 8.54

    • other naturally occurring assets, 7.101–7.103, 8.55

    • ownership, 7.90–7.91

    • types of, 7.90. See also specific type

    • valuation of transactions in, 8.11

  • Nonprofit institutional units

    • accountable to two levels of government, 2.79, Box 2.1

    • as market or nonmarket producers, 2.37

    • as public corporations, 2.112

    • control of, Box 2.1

    • corporations versus, 2.32

    • defining characteristics of, 2.36–2.37

    • definition, 2.36

    • in financial corporations sector, 2.53, 2.57

    • in general government sector, 1.2, 2.58, 2.64, 2.83

    • in nonfinancial corporations sector, 2.52

    • relation to sectors of the economy, Figure 2.1

    • See also Nonprofit institutions serving households

  • Nonprofit institutions serving households, 2.61, 6.86, Figures 2.1, 2.2, and 2.4

  • Nonresource

    • net lending/net borrowing, 4.59, Table 4A.2

    • operating balance, Table 4A.2

    • primary net lending/net borrowing, Table 4A.2

    • primary operating balance, Table 4A.2

  • Notional resident unit, 2.13, 7.169, A4.26

O

  • Obsolescence, 3.125, 6.53, 6.56, 10.8, 10.66, A6.54

  • Off-market swap, 7.162, A3.67-A3.71

  • Offshore financial operations, 2.11

  • One-off guarantees, 7.253–7.260, Figure 7.2, Tables 4.6 and 7.10

    • bailouts and, A3.52

    • financial assets/liabilities versus, 7.207, 7.251

    • IPSASs’ treatment of, A6.21, Box A6.1

    • standardized guarantees versus, 7.201, A4.80

  • On-lending of borrowed funds, A3.72-A3.78, Table A3.1

  • Operating leases, 3.90, 7.108, 8.57, A4.4, A4.6-A4.9, A4.37, Table 7.8

    • financial lease versus, 6.50, A4.12

    • leases as assets versus, A4.54-A4.56

    • rent versus, 5.131–5.132

  • Option contracts, 7.209–7.211

  • Other accounts receivable/payable, 3

    • as debt instruments, 7.236, 7.243

    • classification of, 7.224–7.227, 9.3, 9.82–9.84

    • consolidation of, 3.163

    • definition, 7.224

    • holding gains and losses, 10.23

    • in government finance statistics framework, 4.28, Table 4A.1

    • other volume changes in, 10.84

    • recorded by collecting agents, 5.38, 5.40

    • time of recording, 3.56, 3.63, 3.66, 3.72, 3.94–3.96, 3.118, 4.16, 5.13, 6.10

    • use in overestimated revenue corrections, 5.20

    • valuation of, 7.30, 9.10

  • Other changes in volume of assets/ liabilities

    • appearance or disappearance of assets recorded as, 10.48–10.56

    • changes in classification, 3.97, 10.76–10.84

    • classification codes, A8.3, Table A8.3

    • definition of, 3.35, 10.1

    • external events recorded as, 10.59–10.62

    • in financial instruments, 10.71–10.75

    • in fixed assets, 10.64–10.68

    • in government finance statistics framework, 4.10, A7.70, Table 4.3

    • in inventory, 10.70

    • in Statement of Other Economic Flows, 4.38

    • net presentation of, 3.149

    • reclassifications, 3.97, 10.76–10.84

    • time of recording, 3.101, 10.47

    • types of, 10.46

    • valuation of, 3.128–3.129

    • volume changes not elsewhere classified, 10.63–10.75

  • Other current transfers not elsewhere classified described, 5.147, Table 5.11

  • Other economic flows

    • classification of changes in net worth due to, 10.2–10.4, Table 10.1, Table 10.2

    • definition of, 3.31

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.15–1.16, 1.20, 4.8, 4.14, Figure 4.1

    • IPSASs value changes versus, A6.31-A6.33, Box A6.1

    • recording effects of, 3.55

    • time of recording, 3.98–3.102

    • transactions versus, 3.31

    • types of, 3.32, 10.1

    • valuation of, 3.126–3.129

    • See also Holding gains and losses; Other changes in volume of assets/liabilities; Statement of Other Economic Flows

  • Other revenue, 4.23, 5.3, 5.6, 5.106. See also each category of other revenue

  • Other taxes, 5.93

    • classification in 2008 SNA versus government finance statistics, 5.25

    • on goods and services, 5.55, 5.82

    • on income, profits, and capital gains, 5.42, Table 5.2

    • on international trade and transactions, 5.92, Table 5.5

    • on production, 2.74, A7.41, Table A7.3

    • on use of goods and permission to use goods or perform activities, 5.81, Table 5.4

  • Other volume changes not elsewhere classified, 10.63–10.76

  • Overall deficit/surplus, 1.32–1.34

  • Overall fiscal balance, 1.34, 4.29, 4.57, 7.124, Table 4A.2

  • Overall primary balance, Table 4A.2

  • Own-account capital formation in government finance statistics framework, 1.22, 1.24

    • market producer evaluation and, 2.73

    • recorded as acquisition of nonfinancial asset, 6.6, 6.9, 6.12, 6.27, 6.43, Table 8.1

  • Ownership

    • as feature of institutional units, 2.22

    • asset boundary and, 7.5–7.13

    • costs of transfer of, 6.60, 8.6–8.8, 8.42, Figure 8.1

    • economic, 3.38, 3.39, 7.5, A4.4

    • government claims of, 3.40

    • in classification of leases, A4.4

    • in public-private partnerships, A4.61-A4.63, Box A4.4, Box A4.5

    • legal, 3.38, 7.5, A4.4

    • nonresident, 2.13

    • of corporations, versus control, 2.32, Box 2.2

    • of government units, 2.47, 2.79

    • of immovable assets, 2.13

    • of nonproduced assets, 7.90–7.91

    • of nonprofit institutional units,

    • versus control, Box 2.1

    • transformation of assets in transfer

    • of, 3.41

  • Own funds

    • as indicator of net worth of public corporations, 4.40, 7.229

    • as proxy for market value of equity, 7.173, 7.232–7.233

    • bonus shares as reclassification of, 5.111

    • definition of, 7.231

    • shares and other equity versus, 7.231, Figure 7.1

P

  • Partitioning of transactions, 3.11, 3.29, 3.118, 3.124, A7.29, Table A7.1

  • Partnerships, 2.32, 2.141, 7.169. See also Joint ventures; Public-private partnerships

  • Payroll taxes, 5.23, 5.25, 5.45, 5.76, 5.96

  • Pension entitlements

    • assumption of, 5.148, 6.124, 9.66–9.67, A2.60-A2.63

    • changes in classification of, 10.84

    • classification of, 7.189–7.198, 9.63–9.67

    • definition of, 7.190

    • holding gains or losses on liabilities for, 10.36–10.41

    • in calculation of distributable income, 5.116

    • in government finance statistics framework, 2.102

    • other changes in volume of assets for, 10.72–10.74

    • property expense attributed to, 6.113

    • sources of changes in, A2.54

    • treatment in 2008 SNA versus government finance statistics, 5.95, 6.97

    • valuation, 7.197

  • Pension funds

    • administrators, A2.48-A2.51

    • as financial corporations sector, 2.53–2.55, 2.115, A2.43, A2.47-A2.52

    • as financial intermediaries, 2.54–2.55

    • as public financial corporations, 2.102

    • claims of, on pension manager, 7.196, 7.199–7.200, 9.68, A2.50

    • cost of operations, 5.140, A2.58

    • employers’ contributions to, 6.19–6.21, 6.25

    • expense recorded to attribute income, 6.113, 6.116–6.118

    • large one-off transfers from government to, 9.66–9.67, A2.60-A2.63

    • net worth of, 7.230

    • provident funds versus, 2.150

    • social security contributions versus contributions to, 5.95

  • Pension schemes

    • as general government liability, 7.179, 9.57, 9.63

    • autonomous versus nonautonomous, A2.17, A2.24, A2.42-A2.53

    • boundary with social security, Table A2.1

    • classification, 2.147, A2.18, 7.191, A2.41-A2.43

    • compulsory versus voluntary, A2.17

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.164

    • contributions to employment-related, 6.19–6.26

    • contributory versus noncontributory, A2.17

    • defined-benefit, 6.116–6.117, 7.191, 9.64, 10.36–10.41, 10.72–10.73, A2.54

    • defined-contribution versus defined benefit, A2.17

    • defined-contribution, 6.116, 6.118, 7.191, 9.65, 10.74, A2.55-A2.59

    • employment-related, A2.22-A2.24, A2.41-A2.59

    • excluded from social security funds, 2.102

    • funded versus unfunded, 5.95, 7.193, A2.17, A2.24

    • holding gains and losses of, 10.41

    • imputed sale for services of operator

    • of, 5.140

    • in government finance statistics framework, A7.21

    • net worth of, 7.230

    • other changes in the volume of, 10.72–10.74

    • other economic flows of, 10.38–10.40

    • reclassification of, 10.84

    • recording flows related to employment-related, A2.41-A2.63, Table A2.3

    • reserves for, 7.179, 7.189

    • social security schemes versus, 2.102, 4.48, 4.50, 5.95, 6.106, 7.194, A2.5-A2.7

    • treatment in 2008 SNA versus government finance statistics, 1.22, 4.19, 5.95

    • types of, 6.116, 7.191, A2.42

    • valuation of liabilities of, 7.181, 7.197–7.198, A2.57-A2.58

    • See also Pension entitlements; Pension funds

  • Permits

    • as assets, A4.3, 7.106, A4.46-A4.47, A4.54-A4.55, Table 7.8

    • boundary with administrative fees, 5.73–75, 5.138, 7.111

    • recording transactions in, issued by government, A4.42-A4.45, Box A4.2

    • rent versus, 5.124–5.130

    • to undertake certain activities, 7.110, A4.41-A4.52

    • to use environmental assets, A7.127

    • to use goods or perform activities, 5.72, 5.81

    • to use natural resources as sinks, A4.48-A4.50

    • to use natural resources, 7.109, A4.18-A4.35, A4.54-A4.55, Figure A4.1

  • Perpetual inventory method, 7.32, 7.45, Box 6.1

  • Personal attributes as assets, 3.43

  • Policy lending, 4.29–4.30, 4.57, 7.124, Box 4.1, Table 4A.2

  • Political parties, 2.61

  • Poll taxes, 5.93

  • Pollution

    • emissions permits, A4.48-A4.50

    • environmental protection and, A7.107, A7.119

    • subsidies to reduce, 6.90

    • taxes on, 5.81, Table 5.4

  • Preferred stocks or shares, 7.143, 7.150, 7.166

  • Premium, fees, and claims payable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes, 6.125, Table 6.11

  • Premium, fees, and claims receivable related to nonlife insurance and standardized guarantee schemes, 5.149–5.151, Table 5.12

  • Present value of future returns, 7.33

  • Prices, economically significant, 2.66–2.68. See also Economically significant prices

  • Primary balance, 4.55, A5.40, A6.40, Table 4A.1

  • Prison buildings, 7.47

  • Private corporations

    • as market producers, 2.68

    • distinguishing head offices of, 2.128

    • holding companies, 2.128

    • joint ventures with public sector units, 2.140–2.143

    • nationalization of, 9.55

    • nonresident government controlled corporations, 2.14, 2.111

    • receiving aid from government, 2.114

    • relation to other sectors of the economy, Figure 2.1, Figure 2.2

    • subsidies to, 6.84, 6.87

    • See also Public-private partnerships

  • Private finance initiative, 7.39, A4.58

  • Privatization, 4.57, 9.53–9.54

  • Produced assets, 3.50, 4.16, 5.125, 5.131, 7.17–7.18, 7.34

  • Production account, 6.53, A7.24-A7.30, Figure A7.1

  • Production costs, 2.37, 2.69, 2.73–2.74

  • Professional and trade associations, 2.37, 2.61

  • Property expense

    • definition of, 6.108

    • for dividends, 6.109–6.110

    • for investment income disbursements, 6.113–6.119, 10.36

    • for reinvested earnings on foreign direct investment, 6.121

    • for rent, 6.120

    • for withdrawals from income of quasi-corporations, 6.111–6.112

    • forms of, 6.108

    • See also specific type

  • Property income

    • definition of, 5.107

    • forms of, 5.107, Table 5.8

    • from dividends, 5.111–5.117

    • from interest, 5.108–5.110

    • from investment income disbursements, 5.120–5.121

    • from reinvested earnings on foreign

    • direct investment, 5.134–5.135

    • from rent, 5.122–5.133

    • from withdrawn from income of quasi-corporations, 5.118–5.119

    • See also specific type

  • Property sales as exchange type of transaction, 3.9

  • Property taxes, 3.84, 5.46–5.54, 5.77

  • Provident funds, 2.148–2.151

  • Public corporations

    • as instruments of public or fiscal policy, 2.104

    • changes in net worth of, 4.40

    • characteristics of, 2.35, 2.48, 2.104–2.105

    • classification of equity transactions in, 9.47–9.51, Box 6.3

    • classification of revenue from sales of goods and services by, 5.137

    • classification of equity of, 7.15, 7.165–7.173, 7.232

    • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.153, 5.42

    • control of, 2.35, 2.107–2.112, Box 2.2

    • coverage of government finance statistics framework, 1.2, 1.4, 2.1, 2.4, 4.7

    • decision tree for classification of subsector entities, 2.124, Figure 2.4

    • detailed classification of counterparty information, Table 3.1

    • dividends of, 5.111–5117, 6.109–6.110

    • economic sector classification of, 2.59, 2.64, 2.104

    • economic significance of, 2.104-2.105

    • evaluating economically significant prices of, 2.66–2.75

    • identification of, 2.64–2.75

    • in financial corporations sector, 2.57

    • in nonfinancial corporations sector, 2.52

    • monopoly powers of, 6.63

    • net worth of, 7.229, 7.232–7.233, 10.33

    • nonprofit institutions as, 2.37, 5.67

    • privatization of, 9.53

    • purposes of, 2.105

    • quasi-fiscal operations of, 2.4, 2.104

    • reclassification of, 10.77, 10.84

    • residence of, 2.14

    • restructuring of share distribution, 9.51

    • revenue source of, 5.1

    • subscriptions of, 6.42

    • subsector components, 2.104

    • subsidies, 5.146, 6.87

    • taxes collected by, 5.38

    • taxes payable by, 5.42

    • transfer, 3.10, 5.148, 6.124

    • types of, 2.113–2.121

    • Publicly guaranteed debt, 7.254–7.260, Figure 7.2, Table 4.6, Table 7.10

    • Public monuments, 7.42–7.43, 7.47–7.48, 8.30, 10.50

    • Public policy-related assets and liabilities, 4.29–4.30, 4.57, Box 4.1

    • Public-private partnerships

      • alternative names for, A4.58

      • contractual relationships in, 2.140, A4.60

      • definition of, A4.58

      • economic ownership in, 3.40, 7.39, A4.61-A4.63, Box A4.4, Box A4.5

      • ownership of fixed assets built under, 7.39

      • reasons for, A4.58-A4.59

      • statistical treatment of, A4.64-A4.65

    • Public sector

      • accounting standards, 1.35, A6.1–A6.56

      • consolidated statistical presentation, 3.153–3.156, 3.164

      • coverage of government finance statistics framework, 1.2, 1.4, 1.26, 2.1, 2.4, 4.7

      • decision tree for classification of entities in, 2.124, Figure 2.4

      • definition of, 1.2, 2.63

      • financial corporations subsector, 2.115–2.121

      • groupings of institutional units, 2.122–2.123, Figure 2.2

      • institutional units of, 2.63

      • main components of, 2.63, Figure 2.3

      • nonfinancial corporations subsector, 2.114

      • relation to other institutional sectors, 2.62, Figure 2.2

      • scope of government finance statistics framework for reporting on, 1.26

      • subsector of, 2.63, Figure 2.3

      • uses of government finance statistics framework in analysis of, 1.10–1.12

      • See also Public Corporations

      • Public Sector Debt Statistics: A Guide for Compilers and Users, 1.8

    • Purchase of goods and services

      • accrual recording versus cash recording, 4.35

      • as exchange type of transaction, 3.4, 3.9

      • change in inventory and, 6.6, 6.29, Table 6.3

      • distributed without transformation, 6.40, 6.27

      • valuation of, 6.41

      • See also Use of goods and services

Q

  • Quasi-corporations

    • as public corporations, 2.112

    • central government, 2.88

    • classification of equity transactions in, 9.47–9.50

    • classification of, equity of, 7.165–7.169

    • definition of, 2.33

    • enterprises as, 2.25

    • establishments as, 2.24, 2.75

    • identifying, 2.34, 2.125–2.127

    • local government, 2.98

    • nationalization of, 9.55

    • net worth of, 7.173, 7.229, 7.232

    • privatization of, 9.53

    • state government, 2.94

    • time of recording withdrawals from, 3.87

    • transfers to, 6.98, 6.91, 6.123, 6.124, 9.49, Box 6.3

    • withdrawals from income of, 5.118–5.119, 6.108, 6.111–6.112, 9.49

  • Quasi-fiscal activities, 2.137, 3.10, 4.7, 7.170

  • Quasi-fiscal operations, 2.4, 2.104, Table 4A.2

R

  • Radio spectrum, 7.19, A4.4, A4.23-A4.25, A4.38, Table 7.7

  • Reassignment of transactions, 3.30

  • Reclassification

    • of assets or liabilities, 3.101–3.102, 10.50, 10.80–10.84

    • of institutional unit, 10.76–10.79

  • Recurrent taxes, 5.49–5.50, 5.53, 5.77, A7.119

  • Refinancing, A3.5, A3.14-A3.19

  • Refunds/recoveries of overpayments, 3.59, 3.104, 3.110, 3.143, 3.145, 5.7, 5.27, 6.4

  • Regional arrangements

    • central bank of, 2.21

    • classification of financial positions in member states and, 2.19

    • customs unions, A5.5, A5.6-A5.18

    • debt measurement in, A5.44

    • definition, A5.1

    • delineation of general government sectors in member states of, A5.42

    • economic unions, A5.5, A5.19-A5.31

    • harmonization for government finance statistics, A5.41-A5.44, Box A5.1

    • implications for government finance statistics, A5.1, A5.3, A5.36-A5.40

    • monetary and currency unions, A5.5, A5.32-A5.35

    • organizations, 2.17–2.19, A5.2

    • purpose of, A5.2

    • regional enterprises and, 2.20

    • supranational authorities, 2.18

    • time of recording economic flows in, A5.43

    • types of, A5.5

  • Regulatory agencies, 2.156–2.159

  • Reimbursement of job-related expenses, 6.15, 6.35–6.36

  • Reimbursement of social security benefits, 6.101, A7.59

  • Reinvested earnings, 5.134–135, 6.121, 10.34

  • Relief and aid agencies, 2.61, 6.38, 7.252

  • Religious organizations, 2.61, 5.39–5.40

  • Remuneration in kind, 3.21, 3.23, 5.108, 6.17–6.18, 6.35, 9.3

  • Rent

    • asset sale versus, 5.78, A4.21, Box A4.1

    • definition of, 5.122, 6.120

    • environmental-economic accounting, A7.122

    • excluded payments, 5.124

    • land taxes and, 5.128

    • on land, 5.126–5.128, A4.26-A4.27

    • on subsoil assets, 5.129–5.130, 7.99

    • permits to use natural resources, 7.109, A4.19-A4.35, Figure A4.1

    • radio spectrum, A4.23-A2.25

    • receivable by notional resident units, 2.13

    • recording income from, 5.123

    • rental of produced assets versus, 5.131–5.132, 7.96

    • resource lease, A4.16-A4.17

    • resource revenue and, 5.122, Table 4A.2

    • taxes versus, 5.54, 5.133

    • time or recording 3.89, 5.123, 6.120

    • types of, 5.125

    • use of goods and services versus, 6.51

  • Rental

    • of fixed assets, 6.50, 7.108

    • of produced assets, 5.131–5.132, 5.137, 5.141, A4.6-A4.9

    • receivable by notional resident units, 2.13

  • Replacement cost, 3.115, 7.31–7.32, 7.36, 10.14, A6.25

  • Reporting periods, 3.52

  • Repos (repurchase agreement), 7.140, 7.157, 7.159, 9.46

  • Rerouting of transactions, 2.131, 3.28, 5.68, A2.51

  • Rescheduling, debt, 9.26, A3.5, A3.10-A3.13

  • Research and development, 6.46, 7.64, 7.66–7.67, 8.38, Table 7.5

  • Research institutions, 2.37, 2.61

  • Reserve tranche, IMF, A3.82, A3.84-A3.85, A3.89

  • Residence

    • classification of transactions in financial assets and liabilities by, 4.44, 7.120, 9.24–9.25, 9.85–9.87, Table 7.9, Table 9.1, Table 9.2

    • definition of, 2.7

    • in economic union, A5.24-A5.25

    • notional resident units, 2.13

    • of currency union central banks, 2.21

    • of general government units, 2.14

    • of institutional units, 2.12

    • of international organizations, 2.16–2.21

    • of public corporations, 2.14

    • of regional enterprises, 2.20

    • of special or legal zones, 2.11

    • of special purpose entities, 2.15, 2.138

    • of territorial enclaves, 2.10

    • significance of concept of, 2.6

    • to determine economic territory, 2.2, 2.7–2.9, 2.124

  • Resident artificial subsidiaries of government, 2.42–2.44, 2.162

  • Resource expense/revenue, Table 4A.2

  • Resource leases, 5.122, 6.120, 7.99, A4.4, A4.16-A4.17, A4.37

  • Restructuring agencies, 2.129–2.131, A3.46

  • Revenue

    • accounting rules for recording, 3.55, 3.61–3.68, 5.10, 5.11

    • attribution, 5.33–5.40

    • classification of, 1.21, 5.21–5.22, Table 5.1, Table A8.1. See also specific type

    • definition of, 4.16, 4.23, 5.1

    • estimating, 3.78–3.80, 5.17–5.20

    • fiscal analysis, 5.9

    • for common budget of economic unions, A5.26-A5.28

    • gross versus net presentation of, 3.144–3.145, 3.147

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.2, 1.15, 1.33, 4.16, 4.53, Figure 4.1

    • other, 5.6, 5.106

    • refunds, 3.59, 3.104, 3.110, 3.143, 3.145, 5.7, 5.7, 5.27 Revenue Statistics, 5.26

    • time of recording and measurement of, 3.77–3.88, 5.10–5.16

    • transactions excluded from recording as, 5.8

    • types of, 4.23, 5.1. See also specific type

S

  • Sales of goods and services, 2.75, 3.144, 3.162, 5.1, 5.6, 5.136–5.141, 8.47, A2.58, A4.9, A7.123

    • taxes on use of goods versus, 5.73–5.75

    • See also specific type of sales

  • Sales taxes, 5.55, 5.59

  • School buildings, 7.47

  • Schools, 2.37, 2.114, 5.139, 5.148, 7.11, 7.47

  • Sector classification/Sectorization

    • bailout operations and, A3.45- A3.46, 2.125–2.162

    • consistency/inconsistency of, A7.6, A7.9, A7.99, A7.103

    • general government, 2.64. See also General government sector

    • harmonization of, in regional arrangements, A5.42

    • of special purpose entities, 2.136–2.139, A3.54

    • practical application of principles, 2.125–2.162

    • public sector, 2.63. See also Public sector

    • use of decision tree for, 2.124

  • Securities

    • as financial instrument, 4.28

    • asset-backed, 7.151

    • classification of, 7.143–7.153, 9.36–9.43

    • consolidation of, 3.163, 3.165, 9.19

    • definition of, 7.119

    • embedded derivatives, 6.79

    • equity, 7.166, 7.168

    • grace periods of, 6.69

    • gross presentation of, 3.150

    • in policy lending, 4.30

    • index-linked, 6.75, 7.153

    • lending, 7.160

    • negotiability of, 7.119

    • repurchase agreement, 7.159

    • step-up interest of, 6.70

    • stripped, 7.152

    • taxes on, 5.61

    • time of recording transactions in, 3.93, 3.96, 9.13–9.16

    • types of, 7.143–7.153. See also specific types

    • valuation 3.111, 3.113–3.115, 3.117, 7.26–7.27, 7.122, 7.154–7.156, 9.8, 9.9

  • Securitization, debt arising from, 7.151, A3.59-A3.66

  • Seizure of assets, uncompensated, 3.31, 8.52, 9.55, 10.62, A4.29

  • Self-employment, 6.33

  • Services, time of recording transactions in, 3.88–3.92

  • Severance payments to employees, 6.16, 6.104

  • Severance taxes, 5.133

  • Shared assets, A4.36-A4.40

  • Shell companies, 2.15

  • Sinking funds, 2.144–2.146

  • Social assistance

    • definition of, 6.101, A2.25

    • eligibility to receive, 6.101, A2.25-A2.26

    • government reimbursement to corporations for provision of, A2.28

    • in kind, 6.39, A2.27

    • in typology of social protection arrangements, A2.18, A2.20, Figure A2.2

    • liability for future payments of, A2.29

    • payable tax credits as, 5.31

    • purpose of, A2.25

    • recording of flows related to, 3.10, 6.101–6.102, A2.27-A2.29, Table A2.1

    • scope of, 2.147, A2.5-A2.6

    • social insurance versus, Figure A2.1

    • types of, 6.102–6.103

  • Social benefits

    • as transfer payment expense, A2.9

    • classification of expense for, 4.24, 6.16, 6.98, A2.4, Table 6.8. See also specific types

    • definition of, 6.96, A2.4

    • delivery methods, cash versus in kind, A2.8

    • employment-related, 6.104–6.106

    • goods and services distributed as, 6.39–6.40

    • nonpension, A2.7

    • private insurance versus, A2.11-A2.16

    • purpose of, 6.96

    • social assistance, 6.101–6.102

    • transfers not eligible for classification as, 6.97, A2.10

    • See also Social assistance benefits; Social security benefits

  • Social contributions

    • as revenue, 4.23, 5.4

    • as transfer transactions, 3.10, 3.14

    • classification of, 4.23, 5.94–5.95, Table 5.6

    • definition of, 5.4, 5.94, A2.4

    • employers’, as expense, 6.19–6.26

    • fiscal burden of, 4.55, Table 4A.1

    • imputed, 5.100, 6.25–6.26, 6.105

    • taxes versus, 5.96

    • time of recording and measurement of, 3.77–3.82, 5.17–5.20

    • to social insurance schemes, 5.98–5.100

    • to social security schemes, 5.97

    • transactions not eligible for classification as, 5.95

    • voluntary and compulsory, 5.94, 5.96, A2.16-A2.17

  • Social insurance schemes

    • contributions and benefits, 5.4, 5.94, 5.98, 6.1, 6.19, A2.15, A2.31

    • defined-contribution versus defined-benefit, A2.17, A2.21, A2.54-A2.59

    • definition of, 2.101, A2.30

    • eligibility to participate in, 2.101, A2.30

    • employee contributions as revenue, 5.99

    • employers’ contributions as expense, 6.19–6.26

    • employers’ contributions as revenue, 5.99–5.100

    • employment-related, A2.22-A2.24, A2.40-A2.58, A2.64-A2.66, Table A2.3, Table A2.4

    • funded versus unfunded, A2.17

    • imputed contributions to, 5.100

    • in typology of social protection arrangements, A2.18, A2.20-A2.23, A2.32, Figure A2.2

    • individual insurance versus, Figure A2.1

    • noncontributory, 6.26

    • programs covered by, 2.101

    • purpose of, A2.14, A2.30

    • See also Pension schemes, employment-related

  • Social protection arrangements

    • administrative arrangements, A2.4

    • as institutional units, 2.46, 2.62, 2.100–2.103

    • autonomous versus nonautonomous, A2.17

    • beneficiaries, population versus employees, A2.17

    • benefits to households, A2.3, A2.8

    • benefits/contributions as transfer transactions, 3.10

    • classification criteria for, A2.17

    • compulsory versus voluntary, A2.17

    • contributory versus noncontributory, A2.17

    • defined contribution versus defined benefit, A2.17

    • funded versus unfunded, A2.17

    • nature of, A2.3

    • pension versus nonpension, A2.17

    • private insurance and, A2.11-A2.16, Figure A2.1

    • purpose of, A2.1

    • types of, 6.98, A2.5-A2.7

    • typology of, A2.18-A2.24, Figure A2.2

  • Social risks, 2.46, 5.4, 6.96, A2.1

  • Social security schemes

    • accounting rules, 3.144–3.145, 3.161

    • as general government subsector, 2.78, 2.100–2.103, A2.34

    • as social benefits expense, 6.99–6.100

    • benefits as transfer transactions, 3.10, 3.14, 3.17, 6.99–6.100

    • benefits in kind, 6.100, A2.37

    • classification of flows related to, A2.34-A2.39, Table A2.2

    • classification of liabilities of, 7.194

    • compulsory versus voluntary, A2.16

    • contributions, 5.97, 6.19–6.26, A2.36

    • definition of, A2.33

    • fund, 2.58, 2.62, 2.78, 2.100, 9.67, A2.34-A2.35, Figure 2.3

    • in typology of social protection arrangements, A2.22, Figure A2.2

    • net implicit obligations for future benefits, 4.13, 4.15, 4.47–4.48, 4.50, 7.13, 7.261, A2.39, Table 4.6

    • pensions provided by, 2.147

    • presentation of statistics by level of government, 2.78

    • provident funds versus, 2.149–2.151

    • reporting contingent liabilities, 1.18, A2.38-A2.39

    • rerouting of transactions of, 3.28

    • scheme, 2.101–2.102

    • social insurance schemes and, A2.32, Figure A2.1

    • tax on payroll versus, 5.23, 5.45

    • unilateral changes in, 4.49

    • See also Social contributions; Social insurance; Summary Statement of Explicit Continent Liabilities and Net Obligations for Future Social Security Benefits

  • Social spending, Table 4A.1

  • Sovereign statistics, 2.123

  • Sovereign wealth funds, 2.152–2.155

  • Special Drawing Rights, A3.82, A3.87

    • as debt instrument, 7.236, 7.243

    • classification as foreign currency, 3.136

    • classification of, 7.131–7.134, 9.31–9.32, A3.91-A3.95

    • creation or extinction of, 10.58

    • holding gains and losses on, 10.21–10.22

    • unit of account, 3.1307.134

  • Special purpose entities

    • artificial subsidiaries of government as, 2.43

    • as institutional units, 2.137–2.138

    • classifying debt of, A3.54-A3.58

    • defining characteristics of, 2.136

    • equity of, 7.170

    • functions of, 2.137

    • nonresident foreign direct investment of, 5.134

    • recording of flows and stock positions, 2.138–2.139

    • residence of, 2.15, 2.138–2.139

    • sector classification of, 2.137–2.139

  • Sports clubs, 2.61, 2.97, 6.17, 7.48

  • Sports players, A4.51

  • Stamp taxes, 5.93

  • Standardized guarantee schemes as debt instrument, 7.236, 7.243, 7.253, Figure 7.2

    • classification of transfers in, A4.72

    • classification of, 7.178, 7.201–7.202

    • conceptual basis of, A4.71

    • consolidation of, 3.164

    • definition of, 7.201, A4.71

    • financial protection schemes provided by, 2.135

    • guarantee holders, public sector units as, A4.80

    • guarantors, public sector units as, A4.79

    • holding gains and losses, 10.35

    • premium, fees, and claims payable related to, 6.107, 6.125, Table 6.11

    • premiums, fees, and claims receivable related to, 5.6, 5.149–5.151, Table 5.12

    • property expense for investment income disbursement, 6.113–6.115

    • providers of, A4.72

    • provisions for calls under, 3.49, 7.201–7.202, 9.57, 9.69, 10.75

    • recording of flows and stock positions, A4.78-A4.80

    • terminology of, A4.73-A4.77

    • types of insurance, A4.68-A4.72

    • valuation of, 7.122, 7.180–7.181

    • See also Insurance, pension, and standardized guarantee schemes

  • State government

    • authorities and responsibilities of, 2.91

    • characteristics of, 2.90

    • definition of, 2.90

    • institutional units of, 2.80–2.83, 2.91–2.94

    • institutional units subject to dual control, 2.79, 2.99

    • international comparison of data for, 2.77

    • relation to other institutional sectors, Figure 2.2, Figure 2.3

    • Statement of Operations

    • accrual reporting of, 3.64, 3.107

    • analytic balances of, 4.17–4.20

    • classification of transactions in, 4.22, Table 4.1

    • components of, 4.16, 4.22, Table 4.1

    • definition and purpose of, 3.64, 4.9

    • expense recorded in, 4.24, 6.6

    • financing transactions recorded in, 4.26–4.31

    • fiscal indicators derived in, 4.17–4.21, 4.53

    • implementation of governments

    • finance statistics framework, 1.38

    • in analytic framework of GFSM 2014, 1.15, A7.18

    • in structure of analytic framework, 4.8, Figure 4.1

    • IPSASs statements versus, A6.37

    • purpose of, 1.15

    • revenue recorded in, 4.23, 5.10

    • Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash and, 4.12, 4.35

    • Statement of Total Changes in Net Worth and, 1.18, 4.46

    • System of National Accounts and, 7.14, Table A7.2

    • transactions in nonfinancial assets recorded in, 4.25

  • Statement of Other Economic Flows

    • accrual reporting of, 3.64, 3.107

    • classification of changes in net worth in, 4.36–4.38, 10.2, Table 4.3, Table 10.1

    • definition and purpose of, 1.16, 3.64, 4.10

    • holding gains and losses recorded in, 4.37

    • in analytic framework of GFSM 2014, 1.16, 4.8, A7.20

    • in structure of analytic framework, 4.8, Figure 4.1

    • IPSASs statements versus, A6.31, A6.37, A6.53

    • other changes in volume of assets/ liabilities recorded in, 4.38

    • purpose of, 4.36

  • Statement of Total Changes in Net Worth and, 1.18, 4.46

    • valuation of flows in, 3.107

  • Statement of Sources and Uses of Cash

    • cash basis of recording in, 3.67, 3.103, 4.34

    • classification of cash flows in, 4.32, Table 4.2

    • government borrowing in, 3.105

    • implementation of government finance statistics framework, 1.15, 1.38

    • in structure of analytic framework, 4.8

    • purpose of, 1.15, 3.68, 3.103, 4.32

    • recording of consumption of fixed capital, 6.61

    • recording of expense transactions, 3.104, 6.7

    • recording of grants in kind, 6.95

    • recording of purchase of goods and services, 6.31

    • recording of revenue in, 3.104, 5.11

    • Statement of Operations and, 3.106, 4.12, 4.35

    • valuation in, 3.107

  • Statement of Total Changes in Net Worth

    • definition and purpose of, 4.14, 4.46

    • in analytic framework of GFSM 2014, 1.18, 4.13, Table 4.5

  • Statistical units, 2.2–2.3. See also Institutional units

  • Statistics compilation method/ principles, 1.1, 1.25–1.35

  • Stock positions

    • balance sheet, 1.17, 1.30, 3.56, 7.1

    • classification of, Table A8.3, 7.34–7.232. See also specific categories definition of, 3.1, 3.36

    • economic benefits, 3.37

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.15, 1.21, 3.36

    • in structure of analytic framework, 4.8, Table 4.1

    • integration of economic flows and, 1.20, 1.31, 3.2

    • net/gross presentation of, 3.143–3.151

    • valuation of, 3.107, 3.113–3.117, 7.20–7.33

  • Stripped securities, 7.152

  • Structural balances, 4.58, A5.40, Table 4A.2

  • Structural primary balances, Table 4A.2

  • Subscription fees, 2.37, 2.53, 6.42, 6.123, 9.52, A3.82

  • Subsidies

    • as transfer transactions, 3.10, 3.17, 6.85

    • capital transfers versus, 9.49

    • central bank interest rate policies as, 5.26, 5.70, 6.89, Box 6.2

    • classification of, as expense, 1.23, 4.24, 6.84–6.91, Table 6.6

    • classification of, as revenue, 5.146, Table 5.11

    • definition of, 5.146, 6.84

    • environmental, A7.130-A7.134

    • expense incurred by non-government unit, 6.84

    • foreign trade, 6.89

    • general government units as recipient of, 6.86

    • in Classification of Functions of Government, 6.145

    • in exchange rate regimes, 5.26, 5.89, 6.89

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.23

    • losses of government trading organizations as, 6.89

    • on production, 6.90

    • on products, 6.89

    • purpose of, 6.84

    • tax credits as, 5.31, 6.89

    • to households, 6.86, 6.91

    • to nonprofit institutions serving households, 6.86

    • transfers not qualifying as, 6.91

    • treatment in calculation of economically significant/market prices, 2.69, 2.74, 3.110, 5.136

  • Subsoil assets, 5.54, 5.129–5.130, 7.93, 7.97–7.99, 8.32, 8.51, 10.52. See also Mineral and energy resources;

  • Mineral exploration and evaluation Summary Statement of Explicit Continent Liabilities and Net Obligations for Future Social Security Benefits

    • classification of revenue and expenses in, 4.48–4.50, Table 4.6

    • in analytic framework of GFSM 2014, 1.19, 4.13

    • purpose of, 4.15, 4.47

  • Super-dividends, 5.115–5.116, 6.110

  • Supranational authorities, 2.18, 5.37

  • Sustainability

    • calculation of primary balance for analysis of, 4.55, Table 4A.1

    • changes in net worth as indicator for, 1.10, 1.33, 2.106, 3.167, 4.3, 4.18, 4.39–4.40

    • debt sustainability, 4.55

    • net financial worth as indicator for, 4.41

    • net operating balance as a summary measure of, 4.18

  • Swap contracts, 7.215–7.217, A3.20-A3.23, A3.67-A3.71

  • System of Environmental-Economic Accounting Central Framework, A7.105-A7.134

  • System of National Accounts 2008

  • consolidation principles in, 3.167

  • consumption of fixed capital in, 6.53

  • coverage of social contributions in, 5.95

  • government finance statistics framework and, 1.8, 1.22–1.24, 1.35, 3.6, 4.6, A7.5-A7.72, Table A7.1, Table A7.2, Table A7.3, Table A7.4, Table A7.5

  • treatment of economic activities in, 3.6

  • treatment of tax revenue in, 5.25

T

  • Tax burden, 1.3, Table 4A.1, A5.38

  • Taxes

    • accounting presentation, 3.143, 3.145

    • administrative fees versus, 5.73–5.75

    • amnesties, 5.19

    • as revenue transactions, 3.5, 3.10–3.13, 4.23, 5.1–5.2

    • attribution/assignment principles, 3.30, 5.33–5.40

    • burden, fiscal analysis of, 4.55, 5.9, Table 4.1

    • business and professional licenses, 5.81

    • capital levies, 5.52

    • capital, 5.51

    • cash basis recording, 3.104

    • central governments’ right to impose, 2.85

    • characteristics of, 5.2

    • classification of, 5.21–5.26, Table 5.1

    • consolidation, 3.161–3.162

    • credits as subsidies, 5.31, 6.89

    • credits, 5.29–5.32

    • definition of, 5.2, 5.23

    • direct versus indirect, Table 4A.1

    • earmarked taxes, 2.41, 2.79, 2.146, 5.39

    • environmental, A7.115-A7.121

    • exchange profits, 5.88–5.90

    • exchange, 5.91

    • excise, 5.62

    • expenditures, 5.28

    • fines and penalties on overdue, 5.24, 5.143

    • general taxes on goods and services, 5.57–5.61, Table 5.3

    • gross versus net presentation of, 3.143–3.145

    • harmonization of, A5.20

    • implicit taxes of central banks, 5.70, Box 6.2

    • imposed by force of law, 3.5

    • imputation system of corporate income, 5.44

    • in common budget of economic unions, A5.26-A5.28

    • in cross country comparisons, 1.13

    • in System of National Accounts 2008, 5.25

    • interest payable on overdue, 5.24, 6.82

    • local governments’ right to impose, 2.95

    • multistage, 5.60

    • net presentation of, 3.143–3.145

    • of government employees, 3.161

    • on business activities, 5.76

    • on capital gains, 5.41

    • on emissions, 5.81, A4.48-A4.49

    • on estates, 5.51

    • on exports, 5.85

    • on extraction of exhaustible resources, 5.82

    • on financial and capital transactions, 5.61

    • on foreign exchange transactions and profits, 5.88–5.91

    • on gifts, 5.51

    • on goods and services, 5.55–5.56. See also specific type

    • on goods and services, general, 5.57–5.61, Table 5.3

    • on imports, 5.84

    • on income, profit, and capital gains, 5.41–5.44, Table 5.2

    • on income of corporations, 5.41

    • on income of individuals or households, 5.41

    • on inheritance, 5.51

    • on international trade and transactions, 5.83–5.92, Table 5.5

    • on motor vehicles, 5.79, 5.80

    • on net wealth, 5.50

    • on ownership of assets or net worth, levied irregularly, 5.52

    • on ownership of immovable property, 5.49

    • on ownership of property other than immovable property, levied regularly, 5.53

    • on payroll and workforce, 5.45

    • on permission to perform activities, 5.72, 5.79, Table 5.4

    • on permission to use goods or perform activities, 5.72, 5.79, Table 5.4

    • on pollution, 5.81

    • on production, 2.74, A7.41, Table A7.3

    • on profits of export or import monopolies, 5.86–5.87

    • on profits of fiscal monopolies, 5.63–5.68

    • on property, 3.84, 5.46–5.54, 5.77

    • on recreational activities on religious organizations, 5.39–5.40

    • on specific services, 5.69–5.71

    • on use of goods and permission to use goods or perform activities, 5.72, 5.79, Table 5.4

    • on winnings from lotteries or gambling, 5.41

    • other taxes category, 5.93

    • other taxes on goods and services, 5.82

    • other taxes on international trade and transactions, 5.92

    • other taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities, 5.81

    • payment in kind of, 3.24

    • payments classified as transactions, 3.5, 3.10, 3.12–3.13

    • payroll and workforce, 5.45

    • penalties/fines on overdue, 5.24, 5.143

    • permits as A4.42

    • refunds, 3.145, 5.7, 5.27

    • regional organizations and, 2.18

    • relief measures, 5.28–5.31

    • rent and, 5.128, 5.133

    • sales, 5.59

    • severance, 5.133

    • social contributions versus, 5.96

    • state governments’ right to impose, 2.91

    • time of recording and measurement of, 3.57–3.60, 3.62, 3.76–3.86, 5.10–5.20

    • value-added, 5.58

    • withheld from employees, 3.161, 6.12

  • Territorial enclaves, 2.9–2.10, 2.13, 2.16, 8.50, A3.56, A7.84

  • Territorial waters, 2.9, 3.40, 7.19

  • Timber resources, 5.82, 5.127, 7.61, 7.82, 8.34, 10.52, A4.28-A4.29

  • Time of recording economic flows accounting bases, choices, 1.27, 3.57–3.60, 3.68

    • advantages of accrual accounting, 3.68–3.74

    • appearance or disappearance of existing assets, 10.52

    • challenges in, 3.58–3.59, 3.75, 5.14

    • consumption of fixed capital, 3.90, 8.16

    • dividends, 3.87, 5.112, 6.109

    • expense transactions, 6.6–6.7

    • fines and penalties, 3.85, 5.144

    • grants, 3.86, 5.105

    • holding gains and losses, 3.99–3.100, 10.7

    • in accrual basis accounting, 3.62–3.64, 3.76–3.102

    • in cash basis accounting, 3.67, 3.69, 3.70, 3.71, 3.72, 3.103–3.106

    • in commitments basis accounting, 3.65, 3.69, 3.71

    • in due-for-payment basis accounting, 3.66, 3.69, 3.70, 3.71, 3.73

    • in government finance statistics framework, integration of 3.57

    • in regional arrangements, A5.43

    • income taxes, 3.83, 5.15

    • inventories, 3.91, 8.47

    • operating leases, 3.90

    • other changes in the volume of assets, 3.98, 3.101–3.102

    • other economic flows, 3.98–3.102

    • production of fixed assets, 7.37

    • reclassifications, 3.102, 10.83

    • revenue transactions, 5.10–5.20

    • sales of goods and services, 5.141

    • taxes and compulsory transfers/social contributions, 3.77–3.86, 5.12

    • taxes on ownership of property, 3.84

    • transactions in services, 3.89

    • transactions in financial assets and liabilities, 3.93–3.97, 9.2, 9.13–9.16

    • transactions in goods, services, and nonfinancial assets, 3.88–3.92

    • transactions in nonfinancial assets, 8.2, 8.13–8.17

    • transactions with nonfinancial component, 9.15

    • use of goods and services, 3.92, 6.7, 6.28

    • withdrawals of income from quasi-corporations, 3.87

  • Tools, 6.15, 6.35, 6.43, 7.40, 7.52, 8.33

  • Total change in net worth, Table 4A.1. See also Changes in net worth

  • Total expenditure or outlays, Table 4A.1. See also Expenditure

  • Total financing, Table 4A.1. See also Financing

  • Total transfer payments excluding grants, Table 4A.1

  • Trade, international

    • associations, 2.37, 2.61, 6.42

    • government trade organizations, 6.89

    • sales of monopolies in, 5.86–5.87

    • subsidies, 6.89

    • taxes on, 5.83–5.92, Table 5.5

    • zones, 2.11

  • Trade credit and advances, 3.72, 3.95, 7.225, Table 4A.1

  • Transactions

    • barter as, 3.22

    • characteristics of transactions, 3.7–3.30

    • classification of, 1.15, 1.21, 3.7, 5.21–5.22, 6.8, 6.148–6.150, 8.21–8.23, 9.24–9.27, Table 5.1, Table 6.1, Table 6A.1, Table 6A.2, Table 8.1, Table 9.1

    • counterparty classifications, 2.23, 3.165, Table 3.1, Table 9.2, Table A8.4

    • currency conversion for recording, 3.132–3.133

    • definition of, 3.5, 4.9

    • double-entry of, 3.54

    • exchanges as, 3.9

    • imputed, 3.28

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.15, 1.20, 1.26–1.28, 1.32–1.34, 3.6–3.7, 4.22, Figure 4.1, Table 4.1, Table 4.2

    • in kind, 3.23–3.25

    • integration of, 1.20, 1.31, 3.36

    • internal/intra-unit, 3.26

    • monetary, 3.8–3.18

    • nonmonetary, 1.28, 3.19–3.26

    • partitioning of, 3.29

    • rearrangements of, for recording, 3.27–3.30

    • reassignment of, 3.30

    • rerouting of, 3.28

    • time of recording of. See Time of recording economic flows

    • transfers as, 3.10–3.18

    • two-party nonmonetary transactions, 3.21–3.25

    • valuation of. See Valuation

    • See also specific type of transactions

  • Transfer pricing, 3.122

  • Transfers

    • as monetary transaction, 3.10

    • as nonmonetary transaction, 3.19

    • capital versus current, 3.15–3.18, 4.23, 5.145, 5.147–5.148, 6.122, 6.123–6.124

    • compulsory transfers, 3.85

    • conditional, 3.86

    • consolidation of, 3.155

    • definition of, 3.10

    • exchanges combined with, 3.11–3.12

    • fines and penalties as, 5.142

    • grants as, 5.5, 5.101–5.105, 6.92–6.95, Table 5.7, Table 6.7

    • in-kind, 3.25

    • nonlife insurance premiums and claims, 3.14

  • not elsewhere classified, 5.6, 5.145–5.148, 6.122–6.124, Table 5.11, Table 6.10

    • of goods and services, 6.37–6.42

    • social benefits as, 6.96–6.106

    • subsidies, 5.146, 6.84–6.91, Table 5.11, Table 6.6

    • taxes, 3.13

    • time of recording, 3.77–3.86

    • types of, 3.12–3.15

    • use of goods and services versus, 6.37–6.42

    • valuation of, 3.112, 3.121

    • voluntary transfers, 3.86

  • Transport equipment, 7.54, Table 7.4

  • Tree, crop, and plant resources, 7.59, 7.61–7.63, 8.34–8.36, Table 7.5

  • Turnover and other general taxes on goods and services, 5.60, Table 5.3

U

  • Underwriting facilities, 7.259

  • Unions, trade and labor, 2.61, A2.11

  • Unit of account, 3.51, 3.130–3.131

  • Use of goods and services

    • acquisition of nonfinancial assets versus, 6.43–6.49, 7.40, 7.57

    • as charges for collection fees, 5.35

    • as expense, 4.24, Table 6.1

    • compensation of employees versus, 6.9, 6.15, 6.18, 6.33–6.36

    • definition, 6.27

    • distributed as social benefits, 6.39–6.40

    • excluded from, 6.27

    • fees and charges related to, 5.136–5.138, 6.30

    • fees for financial services and, 6.52, 6.81

    • gross recording of, 6.30

    • in calculation of production costs, 2.74, 5.136

    • in own-account capital formation, 6.27, 8.15

    • in production of coins or notes, 6.48

    • in research and development, 6.46

    • indirect estimation of, 6.29

    • internal or intra-unit transactions

  • in, 3.26

  • inventories and, 6.29, 6.44, Table 6.3

  • major renovations versus, 6.45, 8.25–8.27

  • military, 6.49

  • mineral exploration and evaluation, 6.47

  • prepayments for, 6.69

  • reimbursement to employee as, 6.15

  • rent versus, 6.51

  • rentals and financial leases versus, 6.50

  • taxes on, 3.84, 5.35, 5.55, 5.72–5.82

  • time of recording, 3.92, 6.28, 6.31

  • transfers of goods and services versus, 6.37–6.42, 6.97

V

  • Valuables

    • as payments in kind, 3.24

    • catastrophic losses, 10.60

    • classification of, 3.50, 4.25, 4.44, 6.43, 7.17

    • consumption of fixed capital on, 6.55

    • costs of ownership transfer, 8.7, 8.48

    • definition of, 7.18, 7.87

    • economic appearance or disappearance of, 10.50

    • holding gains on, 10.18

    • reclassification of, 10.84

    • types of, 7.88, 7.129

    • valuation of, 7.20, 7.89, 8.9, 8.48

  • Valuation

    • accumulating and revaluing transaction, 7.31–7.32

    • as reason for consolidation discrepancies, 3.165

    • effect of external events on, 10.59

    • estimation of, 3.125

    • general rule for, 3.107

    • gross debt, 7.239–7.242

    • in government finance statistics framework, 1.29

    • in Statement of Operations, 3.107

    • in Statement of Sources and Used of Cash, 3.107

    • IPSASs versus GFS, A6.25-A6.30

    • observed in markets, 7.26

    • of arrears, 3.71, 7.250

    • of assets and liabilities, 7.20–7.33

    • of barter, 3.112, 3.125

    • of changes in volume of assets, 3.128–3.129

    • of concessional loans, 3.123

    • of consumption of fixed capital, Box 6.1

    • of debt instruments, 7.238

    • of debt securities, 7.154–7.156

    • of deposits, 7.142

    • of derived measures, 3.140–3.143

    • of dwellings, 7.45

    • of employee stock options, 7.223

    • of equity, 7.166, 7.171–7.173

    • of financial derivatives, 7.204

    • of fixed assets, 7.36, 8.9

    • of grants in kind, 5.104

    • of holding gains and losses, 3.127

    • of inventories, 7.78, 8.10

    • of land, 7.94

    • of loans, 7.163

    • of nonperforming loans, 7.262–7.263

    • of other changes in the volume of assets

    • of other economic flows, 3.126

    • of public monuments, 7.43

    • of stock positions, 3.2, 3.113–3.117

    • of transaction after partitioning, 3.124

    • of transactions and stock positions expressed in foreign currency, 3.119

    • of transactions in financial assets and liabilities, 3.11, 9.7–9.12

    • of transactions in nonfinancial assets, 8.9–8.12

    • of transactions with a contractual quotation period, 3.120

    • of transactions with transfer pricing, 3.122

    • of transactions, 3.108–3.112, 8.9–8.12

    • of transfers in kind, 3.112, 3.121, 3.123

    • of valuables, 7.89, 8.48

    • present value of future returns, 7.33

    • when payment made after long delay, 3.118

  • Value-added taxes, 5.27, 5.58, Table 5.3, A7.120

W

  • Wages and salaries

    • definition, 6.12, Table 6.2

    • in cash, 6.13–6.16

    • in kind, 6.17–6.18

    • reimbursements of costs not counted as, 6.15

    • social benefits not counted as, 6.16

  • War, 6.58, 6.91, 10.60–10.61

  • Water resources, 7.12, 7.102, A4.32-A4.34, A7.119

    • taxes on, 5.62, 5.71

  • Weapons systems, 6.49, 7.52, 7.74, 8.43

  • Work in progress, 3.91, 6.29, 6.44, 7.37, 7.62, 7.80, 7.82. 8.47, Table 7.6

  • Write-offs, debt, 4.35, 10.24, 10.57, A3.4, A3.7, A3.32-A3.34

Z

  • Zakat taxes, 5.39–5.40

  • Zero-coupon bonds, 3.70, 3.115, 4.35, 6.71, 7.147, 9.40, 10.25

1

The Classification of Functions of Government (COFOG) (see Annex to Chapter 6) has a category labeled social protection, but its scope differs from social protection described here, notably by excluding health care.

2

A discussion of the issues involved in the organization and treatment of social protection schemes can also be found in the European Commission, European System of Integrated Social Protection Statistics (ESSPROS) Manual 2008 (Luxembourg, 2008).

3

As described in paragraph 6.97, the category social benefits [GFS] differs from social benefits as defined in the 2008 SNA.

4

In this case, the social benefit will cover only the difference between the normal price of such services and the price payable.

5

Social insurance schemes are a subset of social protection arrangements, and social security schemes are a subset of social insurance schemes.

6

As indicated in paragraph A2.12, individual insurance or saving arrangements that maintain the integrity of the participant’s contributions are not considered social insurance.

7

The definition of an institutional unit and the criteria that an entity must fulfill to be an institutional unit are described in paragraph 2.22.

8

The economic substance of the transactions is recorded as if the government purchased the goods and distributed them to the beneficiaries. The intermediate step of acquisition and disposal of inventories of goods is netted out in the calculation of change in inventories.

9

This treatment differs from the treatment in the 2008 SNA. See Appendix 7, Box A7.1, for an explanation of the difference in the treatment of goods produced by government and transferred in kind.

10

For example, assume person A has met the eligibility criteria for unemployment payments in period t1, and is entitled to receive benefits for six periods. Because of administrative delays, no benefit payment was made in the first period—therefore, an other account payable at the end of that period, equal to the value of payment for one period only, should be recorded. Similarly, if another payment is not made in the second period, the account payable will increase with the value of benefits for another one month. The full amount of benefits to be receivable over the six periods should not be recognized as an upfront payable, but rather be accrued continuously over the period of eligibility.

11

The amounts of social security contributions receivable and benefits payable may be deliberately changed in order to achieve objectives of government policy. The change may have no direct connection with the functions of social security. For example, the contributions and benefits may be raised or lowered in order to influence the level of aggregate demand in the economy, or to ensure fiscal sustainability.

12

When using the cash basis of recording, the only flow recorded for these unfunded pension schemes is the employment-related social benefits expense, with a counterpart entry as a decrease in currency and deposits. The expense is recorded when cash payments are made.

13

Although this financial asset effectively represents a claim of the pension manager on the pension fund, the same line item title is used for both the asset and liability accounts.

14

There are four sources of changes in pension entitlements in a defined-benefit pension scheme: (i) the current service increase—it is the increase in entitlement associated with the wages and salaries earned in the current period; (ii) the past service increase—it is the increase in the value of the entitlement due to the fact that for all participants in the scheme, retirement (and death) is one year nearer; (iii) a decrease due to the payment of benefits to retirees of the scheme; and (iv) other factors—that is, factors that are related to other changes in the volume of assets.

15

Defined-contribution schemes are also referred to as money-purchase schemes.

16

The treatment of the flows and stock positions of these schemes is similar to the treatment of compulsory savings schemes.

1

Gross debt and net debt are defined in paragraphs 7.236–7.245.

2

Some agreements described as debt swaps are equivalent to debt forgiveness from the creditor together with a commitment from the debtor country to undertake a number of development, environmental, etc., expenses. These transactions should be considered under debt forgiveness, as counterpart funds are not provided to the creditor.

3

Debt forgiveness is unlikely to arise between commercial entities.

4

If the original terms of the contract provide that the maturity or interest rate terms, or both, change as a result of, for example, a default or decline in credit rating, then this involves a reclassification. In practice, these reclassification entries cancel out within the same instrument category unless the original and new terms have a different principal, different instrument classification, or different maturity classification. In contrast, if the original terms of a debt (typically a loan or debt security, but also other debt instruments) are changed through renegotiation by the parties, this is treated as transactions in the repayment of the original debt and the creation of a new debt liability.

5

From the debtor perspective, debt refinancing may involve borrowing from a third party to repay a creditor. The definition of debt refinancing used here is a narrower concept reflecting transactions between the debtor and same creditor only.

6

Often, a third party is involved in a debt-for-equity swap, buying the claims from the creditor and receiving equity in a public corporation (the debtor).

7

For example, a central government unit offering to provide funds to pay off the debt of a local government unit owed to a bank.

8

An “effective financial claim” is understood to be a claim that is supported by a contract between the new debtor and the original debtor, or (especially in the case of governments) an agreement, with a reasonable expectation to be honored, that the original debtor will reimburse the new debtor. A “going concern” is understood to be an entity in business, or operating for the foreseeable future.

9

Debt payments on behalf of others are different from the case where debt may be considered to be assumed at inception when a guarantee has a very high likelihood to be called, as described in paragraph 7.258.

10

If a bankruptcy still allows some of the debt to be settled, it is possible that the creditor writes off only a part of the claim.

11

Provisions by the creditor for bad debts or expected losses (sometimes referred to as “write-down”) are not recorded in macroeconomic statistics.

12

The grace period is the period from the disbursement of the loan until the first payment due by the debtor.

13

In the case of banks with impaired assets, such entities are commonly referred to as “bad banks.”

14

A realistic rate of return on funds is indicated by the intention to earn a rate of return that is sufficient to generate dividends or holding gains at a later date, and that is a claim on the residual value of the corporation.

15

The reason for having a special approach for government entities is that, unlike in the private sector, the nonresident entity undertakes functions at the behest of general government for public policy, not commercial purposes. Without this approach, a misleading picture of government expenditure and debt could arise.

16

For a detailed discussion of securitization, see Handbook on Securities Statistics, Bank for International Settlements, European Central Bank, and International Monetary Fund, May 2009, as well as the 2008 SNA, paragraphs 22.131–22.133. The Handbook also considers that securitization can occur when there is no securitization unit or transfer of assets.

17

For example, future tax revenue has not yet accrued, presumably because the event that leads to the tax liability has not yet taken place, and consequently no asset exists on the government balance sheet.

18

“Type 2” schemes in the Handbook on Securities Statistics and the “first case” of securitization in the 2008 SNA.

19

To be treated as a sale, the asset must already appear on the balance sheet of the public sector unit (e.g., central government) and there must be a full change of ownership to the securitization unit, as evidenced by the transfer of the risks and rewards linked to the asset. The following must be considered: (i) The purchase price should equal the current market price, otherwise it is not a sale; and (ii) if the originator (e.g., central government) guarantees repayment of any debt related to the asset acquired by the securitization unit, it is unlikely that all of the risks associated with the asset have been transferred and there is, therefore, no sale.

20

Derived from the “first case” of securitization in the 2008 SNA.

21

The “second case” of securitization in the 2008 SNA.

22

“Type 3” schemes in the Handbook on Securities Statistics.

23

“Type 1” schemes in the Handbook on Securities Statistics.

24

“Type 3” schemes in the Handbook on Securities Statistics.

25

When both the originator and the securitization unit are in the public sector, this loan will be eliminated from public sector debt through consolidation.

26

When both the originator and the securitization unit are in the public sector, this loan will be eliminated from public sector debt through consolidation.

27

A credit default swap is a financial derivative whose primary purpose is to trade credit default risk.

28

The fiscal agency may be the member’s treasury (ministry of finance), central bank, official monetary agency, stabilization fund, or other similar agency. The IMF can deal only with, or through, the designated fiscal agency.

29

If the member has no central bank, it shall designate such other institution as may be acceptable to the IMF.

30

The type of instrument varies.

31

When the IMF uses funds from the No. 2 Account to pay for the acquisition of goods and services, the member country shows a reduction in this account and an offset transaction in the use of goods and services.

32

See paragraph 7.264 for a discussion of the classification of the counterparty by institutional sector.

33

The IMF has prescribed a limited number of international financial institutions as holders of SDRs.

1

While social protection and debt operations can also be regarded as cross-cutting issues, these issues are described separately in Appendixes 2 and 3.

2

At the time of publication of this Manual, the treatment of financial and operating leases is under review by international accounting standard setters.

3

For example, a build, own, operate, transfer scheme could be established to assign the risks and rewards of ownership to the government, and the private partner would be treated as the provider of a financial lease.

4

Further discussions of natural resources in the next section also indicate other cases where the use of a resource should be taken as the sale of the resource.

5

The encumbered value of the resource is based on the present value of future rental payments taking the existence of the lease into account. The value of the resource increases as the contract winds down, while the value of the contract decreases over the same period. Also see Box A4.3.

6

Also see this issue articulated in the context of the case of mobile phone licenses in SNA News and Notes, Volume 14, United Nations, 2002.

7

To decide whether ownership is effectively transferred, the six criteria presented in Box A4.1 are to be considered.

8

This recording ensures a neutral effect on the net worth of the overall economy during the life of the license.

9

As described in paragraph 2.13, land may not be recorded as being sold to a nonresident unit. In such cases, a notional resident unit is created that holds title to the land; the nonresident unit then owns the equity in the notional resident unit.

10

The sale of forested land may be recorded as the sale of the timber and the land separately, depending on the intended use of each.

11

It is not realistic to consider that permission would be given to exhaust fish stocks, but illegal fishing may either reduce the stock position below the point of sustainability or exhaust it altogether. In these cases, an other volume change in the stock position should be recorded.

12

The reasons for recommending the simple recording of payments each year from the extractor to the owner as rent and changes in the size and value of the resource as other changes in the volume of assets of the legal owner are given in the 2008 SNA, paragraph 17.343.

13

See the 2008 SNA, paragraphs 17.360–17.362. Similarly, contracts for time share arrangements are not discussed in this Manual (see the 2008 SNA, paragraphs 17.344–17.348).

14

The contract period refers to the length of the contractual agreement between the parties involved in the PPP.

15

“Majority” should be assessed from an economic point of view. A single risk and reward may imply the “majority” in some cases, while in other cases, a number of separate risks and rewards combined may do so.

16

IPSAS 32 spells out some guidelines for recognizing and measuring assets and liabilities relating to service concession assets (i.e., PPP-related assets).

17

The PSDS Guide presents examples of the recording of financial leases (see Box 4.11) and the recording of debt and flows arising from PPPs (see Box 4.16).

18

Another form of insurance is provided by one insurer to another insurer, which is referred to as reinsurance.

19

This default risk establishes the liability arising from standardized guarantees.

20

If participation in such a deposit insurance or other guarantees is compulsory—that is, if beneficiaries cannot opt out of the scheme and the payment is clearly out of proportion to the service provided—it will not constitute a standardized guarantee scheme, but should be recorded as taxes on use of goods and on permission to use goods or perform activities (1145) as described in paragraphs 5.73–5.76.

21

For example, an important series of claims were recognized only when exposure to asbestos was established as a cause of serious illness and was judged to give rise to claims under an insurance policy valid at the time of the exposure.

22

These recoveries could include recoveries from the insured, reinsurance, defaulting borrowers, or third parties.

23

An implicit service charge is implied by nonlife premiums. However, these charges can be calculated only in the context of an analysis of the whole of the economy. Therefore, the implicit service charge is not recognized in GFS.

24

The attribution should, in principle, be made according to the proportion of reserves (stock of reserves) attributed to the different classes of insurance and policyholders. In practice, the usual method is to distribute the investment income in proportion to the actual premiums.

25

In the case of standardized guarantees, the institutional unit that benefits from the guarantee may not be the same as the unit paying the fee for the guarantee. In this case, the property income is distributed to the unit paying the fee. The distributed property income is treated as a supplementary fee.

1

International organizations are discussed in paragraphs 2.16–2.21.

2

Examples of such arrangements are: the Mercosur, which comprises Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, and Venezuela; and the Southern African Customs Union, which comprises Botswana, Lesotho, Namibia, South Africa, and Swaziland.

3

Bilateral trade agreements may also be observed between a regional arrangement and third countries or between regional arrangements. “Free trade agreements” generally fall under this category.

4

There could be other, less formal or less complete arrangements. In the case of Mercosur countries, for instance, duties have so far been recorded for each individual country as taxes on international trade and transactions, as goods from third countries transiting from one union member to another are regarded as imports and exports among different custom union members. In 2010, Mercosur members agreed on a customs code that will allow the final confirmation of a genuine customs union and the redistribution of customs duties among members.

5

To levy a tax implies that the agency has the authority to impose the tax, either as principal or through the delegated authority of a principal, and the agency has final discretion to set and vary the rate of the tax.

6

Member countries of the Central American Common Market (CACM) (Costa Rica, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua) apply a common external tariff for products manufactured and imported from outside of the CACM. However, each CACM member is allowed to determine any product exceptions.

7

As noted in paragraph 2.11, an economy and, by extension, an economic union can include physical or legal (special) zones to which, to some extent, separate laws are applied.

8

In the European Union, the common budget amounted to about 1 percent of GDP of the union at the time of drafting this Manual.

9

See paragraphs 2.6–2.21 for a description of the use of the residence criteria in GFS.

10

In some cases, by agreement, a part of the expense, in the context of programs managed at the union level, may be financed by the member government; for this portion of the expense the impact on the member government finances will not be neutral.

11

This arrangement is applied in the case of the West African Economic and Monetary Union (WAEMU) and the Economic and Monetary Community of Central Africa (CEMAC). WAEMU includes Benin, Burkina Faso, Côte d’Ivoire, Guinea-Bissau, Mali, Niger, Senegal, and Togo. CEMAC includes Cameroon, the Central African Republic, Chad, the Republic of Congo, Equatorial Guinea, and Gabon.

12

This arrangement is applied in the case of the European Monetary Union with the “Euro system” made up of the national central banks of the EU member states.

13

See the BPM6, Appendix 3.

14

In the case of the West African Economic and Monetary Union (WAEMU), these quantitative targets, called “convergence criteria,” are important for the multilateral surveillance exercised by the WAEMU Commission to ensure the convergence of the economic performance and policies of the member countries.

1

In this appendix, most references to the SNA concern the general content of the volume rather than the citation of a specific portion of the text. The expression “in the SNA” is used to refer to the national accounts compiled in accordance with the 2008 SNA as a body of thought.

2

See Dziobek and Tanase, Institutional Cooperation between Central Banks and the Statistical Offices for Producing Macroeconomic Statistics, IFC Bulletin No 28, August 2008.

3

Revision of the MFSM, 2000 edition, to align with the 2008 SNA, is pending at the time of publication of this Manual.

4

The definition of public sector as defined in the 2008 SNA, Chapter 22, Section B, is identical to the definition in paragraph 2.63 of this Manual.

5

For analytical reasons, the Statement of Other Economic Flows could also be presented as separate statements to record Holding Gains and Losses and Other Changes in Volume of Assets and Liabilities.

6

Explicit provision is made in the SNA for flexibility in the presentation of stock positions and flows. The accounts described here comprise the basic presentation described in Chapters 6 through 13 of the 2008 SNA.

7

“Revaluations” and “holding gains” are used interchangeably in the 2008 SNA.

8

The SNA classification codes for transactions and other flows have the form of a letter: D for distributive transactions, F for financial assets and liabilities, K for other changes in assets accounts, or P for transactions in products, each followed by a number. The SNA codes for the balance sheet are AN for nonfinancial assets and AF for financial assets and liabilities. The SNA coding system uses the letter B for balancing items. The GFS coding system is presented in Appendix 8.

9

Output for own final use in the SNA consists of products retained by the producer for its own use as final consumption or capital formation. Therefore, own-account capital formation, as referred to in GFS, is a narrower definition than the SNA concept of output for own final use.

10

Market establishments included in the general government sector are usually a small fraction of the general government total output.

11

Sales of nonmarket goods or services at prices that are not economically significant remain a part of the value of nonmarket output (see the 2008 SNA, paragraph 6.132).

12

See the 2008 SNA, paragraphs A3.24–A3.27, for additional details on the estimation of these services.

13

Other taxes on production consist of all taxes except taxes on products that enterprises incur as a result of engaging in production. A tax on products is a tax that is payable per unit of some good or service. (See the 2008 SNA, paragraphs 7.88–7.97.)

14

While a general government unit, public and private corporations, NPISH, or households may be recipients of subsidies, these are payable by government units only.

15

Social transfers in kind are recorded in the redistribution of income in kind account.

16

Actual and imputed contributions to pension and other retirement benefit schemes are therefore excluded from GFS revenue from social contributions (GFS revenue category 12).

17

As illustrated in Tables A7.3 and A7.4, this corresponds to the sum of the following GFS categories: 1421+21.2+22.2+23.2+FISIM.

18

As illustrated in Tables A7.3 and A7.4, this corresponds to the sum of the following GFS categories: 2712+2722+2732+2821.32+2821.42.

19

When an existing good is sold, the amount receivable from its sale is recorded as negative final consumption expenditure if the initial outlay on the good was classified as final consumption expenditure.

20

The SNA also provides volume measures (including of government components)—an important type of information for fiscal analysis that makes the SNA complementary to GFS.

21

Goods as used in this context include both consumer goods and produced nonfinancial assets.

22

See the BPM6, paragraphs 10.173–10.181. The criteria for the identification of these fees are the same as in the SNA and GFS.

23

The detailed corresponding GFS categories are shown in Tables A7.3 and A7.4.

24

The term functional classification is used in a different context in the classification of the functions of government.

25

The international accounts identify general government, but do not present data for the subsectors of the general government, as is the case in GFS.

26

See SEEA Central Framework, paragraphs 1.39–1.52.

27

See SEEA Central Framework, section 4.4, for a detailed description on accounting for transactions related to the environment.

  • Collapse
  • Expand